HomeMy WebLinkAbout10 080 2010 Street Reconstruction Project Adjusted Tender Acceptance By-Law•
•
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
BY -LAW
NO. 2010 - 080
BEING A BY -LAW TO ACCEPT A TENDER FOR THE 2010 STREET
RECONSTRUCTION PROJECT WITHIN THE
MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
(Coores Construction Inc.)
WHEREAS Section 44 of the Municipal Act, 2001, S.O. 2001, c. 25, as amended,
provides that a municipality that has jurisdiction over a highway or bridge shall
keep it in a state of repair that is reasonable in the circumstances;
AND WHEREAS pursuant to the said Municipal Act, Section 8 (1) and 9 provide
that the powers of a municipality under this or any other Act shall be interpreted
broadly so as to confer broad authority on the municipality to enable the
municipality to govern its affairs as it considers appropriate and to enhance the
municipality's ability to respond to municipal issues and has the capacity, rights,
powers and privileges of a natural person for the purpose of exercising its
authority under this or any other Act;
AND WHEREAS the Council of The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine
deems it expedient to accept a tender for the 2010 Street Reconstruction Project
as outlined in Report PWM 2010 — 07, as presented June 2, 2010;
NOW THEREFORE the Council of The Corporation of the Municipality of
Kincardine ENACTS as follows:
1. That the adjusted tender of Coores Construction Inc. for the 2010 Street
Reconstruction Project, as detailed in Report No. PWM 2010 -07, in the
amount of $1,456,533.87, including applicable taxes, be hereby accepted.
2. That monies be transferred from the Sanitary Sewer Reserves, in the
amount of $125,000.00, and the Municipal Administration Centre Roof
Project, in the amount of $250,000.00 to fund the 2010 Street
Reconstruction Project.
3. That the Mayor and Chief Administrative Officer be hereby authorized and
directed to sign and execute, on behalf of the Council of The Corporation of
the Municipality of Kincardine, any contracts and other documents required
to authorize such work to commence.
4. This by -law shall come into full force and effect upon its final passage.
5. This by -law may be cited as the "2010 Street Reconstruction Project
(Coores Construction Inc.) Adjusted Tender Acceptance By -law ".
•
•
•
•
READ a FIRST and SECOND TIME this 2 day of June, 2010.
Page 2
2010 Street Reconstruction Project (Coores Construction Inc.)
Adjusted Tender Acceptance By -Iaw
By -Iaw No. 2010 - 080
Mayor
Q Qcvn Q i.
aspual, Clerk
READ a THIRD TIME and FINALLY PASSED this 2 day of June, 2010.
Ntayor 1c4tal Clerk
Plan takers shall note the following:
(1) Page SP - 11, Item No. 20 - Remove Culverts
May 26, 2010
Municipality of Kincardine
2010 Street Reconstruction
Contract No. 09071
ADDENDUM NO. 3
The existing trunk CSP storm sewer located within the south boulevard on MacCaskill Road
shall be removed. Native material may be used to backfill the trench across lawn areas and
granular material shall be used as backfill for all road crossings and at all driveways.
The unit price bid for culvert removal shall include backfill, compaction and disposal of
material off site.
Private drain connections have been identified as being connected to this existing CSP. These
connections shall be located at the time of construction and are to be connected to the new
storm system. Connecting the private drains shall be paid for under Item No. 25 — Installation
of Storm Services.
(2) Page T - 3 has been replaced with the attached T 3(Revised). Item No. 20 — Removal of CSP
Culverts (All Sizes) has been amended.
B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED
Consulting Engineers
62 North Street
Goderich, ON N7A 2T4
Phone: (519) 524 -2641
Fax: (519) 524 -4403
www.bmross.net
Contractor's Signature Date
(Bidders shall sign and date all addenda and attach copies to the submitted Tender)
(Faxed to all plan takers - 2 pages + addenda receipt)
Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount
13 510, SP Removal of concrete curb and gutter 72 m $ $
14 353, SP Concrete curb and gutter (all types) 1200 m $ $
15 510, SP Removal of concrete sidewalk and drives 655 m $ $
16 351, SP Place concrete sidewalk and drives
a) Sidewalks (125 mm) 650 m $ $
b) Sidewalks (150 mm) 125 m $ $
c) Driveway Slabs (150 mm) 35 m $ $
d) House #50 MacCaskill Rd (150 mm) 35 m $ $
exposed aggregate driveway
17 570, SP Topsoil (imported) 4500 m $ $
18 571, SP Sodding
a) Nursery, unstaked 4200 m $ $
b) Nursery, staked (Provisional) 400 m $ $
19 SP Place precast modular block steps 1 L.S. $
20 SP
Removal of CSP culverts (all sizes)
a) Driveway and Entrance Culverts 20 m $ $
b) Trunk Storm (South Blvd) 650 m $ $
21 510, SP Remove and replace precast concrete
unit pavers
a) Remove 80 m $ $
b) Replace 55 m $ $
22 SP Steel beam guiderail
a) Remove 15 m $ $
b) Place 17 m $ $
23 N/A
Sub -Total Roadwork -- $
T- 3(Revised)
Plan takers shall note the following:
(1) The closing date for tender submissions has been amended. Tenders will be received until:
May 21,2010
Municipality of Kincardine
2010 Street Reconstruction
Contract No. 09071
ADDENDUM NO. 2
12:00 noon, Monday, May 31, 2010.
(2) Item No. 38 a) and 38 b). The forcemain material shall be SDR 11 as noted on the Form of
Tender.
B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED
Consulting Engineers
62 North Street
Goderich, ON N7A 2T4
Phone: (519) 524 -2641
Fax: (519) 524 -4403
www.bmross.net
Contractor's Signature Date
(Bidders shall sign and date all addenda and attach copies to the submitted Tender)
(Faxed to all plan takers -1 page + addenda receipt)
Plan takers shall note the following:
(1) Harmonized Sales Tax (HST)
(3)
May 12, 2010
Municipality of Kincardine
2010 Street Reconstruction
Contract No. 09071
ADDENDUM NO. 1
On July 1, 2010, the Harmonized Sales Tax (HST) will take effect in Ontario. This change will have
implications on projects that will bridge the July 1, 2010 implementation date.
For the purpose of this contract, bidders shall consider their proposed schedule of work with respect to July
1, 2010 for the PST requirements.
For work completed prior to June 30, 2010, bidders shall include, in the Unit Prices and Lump Sums,
sufficient funds for their PST obligations. For payment purposes, the GST will be added to Payment
Certificates for work up to June 30, 2010. No adjustments will be made to the original unit price bids.
For work being completed after July 1 2010, only the Harmonized Sales Tax (HST) will be added to the
Payment Certificates. No adjustments will be made to the original unit price bids.
For bidding purposes, 5% GST is to be included on the Form of Tender.
If required, Contractors shall co- operate with the Contract Administration by providing any necessary
documentation to satisfy the requirements of the Canada Revenue Agency, the requirements of OPS
General Condition GC8.02.08 — Taxes, and the Contract Supplemental General Conditions, 4.0 and 5.0.
(2) Test pits will be dug by the Owner on MacCaskill on Thursday, May 20, 2010 at 10:00 a.m. sharp.
Certificate of Approval
A Certificate of Approval from the Ontario Ministry of the Environment has not been received. Tenderers
are advised that construction will not be allowed to commence until a Certificate of Approval is received by
the Owner.
B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED
Consulting Engineers
62 North Street
Goderich, ON N7A 2T4
Phone: (519) 524 -2641
Fax: (519) 524 -4403
www.bmross.net
Contractor's Signature Date
(Bidders shall sign and date all addenda and attach copies to the submitted Tender)
Z: \wp \09071 - Kincardine \Contract 2010 \09071- Addendum 1 - HST(NEW).doc
MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
2010 STREET RECONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT NO. 09071
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Form of Tender
Statement re Sub - Contractors
Agreement to Bond
Performance Bond
Labour and Material Payment Bond
Municipality of Kincardine
2010 Street Reconstruction
Contract No. 09071
INDEX TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Description Page
Addendum No. 1 Front Cover
Information to Bidders IB -1 - IB -11
Tender
Schedule of Plans, Specifications, General Conditions & Standards
Index to Special Provisions
Special Provisions
Supplemental General Conditions
General Conditions — OPSS.MUNI 100 Rev. Date: 11/2006
Agreement
Municipality of Kincardine Corporate Statement Occupational Health and Safety
Contract Release
Statutory Declaration re Payment of Accounts
Statutory Declaration re Liens and Liabilities
Standards
Appendix A — Geotechnical Investigation
Appendix B — Subsurface Evaluation and Drainage Analysis
T -1 - T -13
T -A & T -B
SP -1 to SP -39
SGC -1
A -1 -A -4
INFORMATION TO BIDDERS
F: \wp \Contracts\Forms\Info. to Bidders.doc
INDEX TO INFORMATION TO BIDDERS (January 2010)
1) Date and Place for Receiving Tenders I13-1
2) Tender Deposit IB -1
3) Submission of Tender IB -1
4) Clarification 113-2
5) Withdrawal of Tender IB -2
6) Disqualification of Tender IB -2
7) Form of Agreement I13-2
8) Competency of Bidders I13-2
9) Sub - Contractors IB -3
10) Tender Acceptance 13-3
11) Performance and Payment Bonds IB -3
12) Insurance 113-3
13) Completion Date and Liquidated Damages IB -4
14) Disposal and Use of Excavated and Excess Materials 113-5
15) Taxes I3-5
16) Regulation of Pits and Quarries M -6
17) Salvageable Material 113-6
18) Geotechnical Investigation Report 113-6
19) Utilities 18 -6
20) Occupational Health and Safety Act 113-6
21) Workplace Safety and Insurance Board Certificates I13-6
22) Contract Release 113-7
23) Use of Premises 1B -7
24) Permit for Taking Water in Excess of 50,000 Litres Per Day I13-7
25) Hot Mix Plant - Environmental Protection Act I3-7
26) Restrictions on Open Burning IB -7
27) Night, Sunday, and Holiday Work I13-8
28) Drainage 1B -8
29) Bribery 113-8
30) Provisions for Traffic, Access, and Protection 113-8
31) Cold Weather Concrete 113-9
32) Falsework 1B -
33) Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles 18 -9
34) Protection of Trees 1B -10
35) Ontario Provincial Standards 1B -10
36) Guaranteed Maintenance IB -10
37) Garbage Collection and Blue Box Recycling I3-10
38) Dust Control I3-10
39) Disposal of Waste Asphalt IB -11
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
INFORMATION TO BIDDERS
1) DATE AND PLACE FOR RECEIVING TENDERS:
Tenders will be received by:
for the amount of:
3) SUBMISSION OF TENDER:
a) Form of Tender:
Jim O'Rourke, Public Works Manager
Municipality of Kincardine
1475 Concession 5, RR5
Kincardine, ON N2Z 2X6
until 12:00 noon, Wednesday, May 26, 2010
as stated in the official tender call advertisement.
2) TENDER DEPOSIT:
Each tender must be accompanied by a tender deposit in the form of a certified cheque payable to:
Municipality of Kincardine
Ninety Thousand Dollars ($90,000.00).
IB -1
This deposit shall serve as evidence of good faith that if awarded the contract, the bidder will execute and
enter into a formal agreement with the Owner within the time required and will furnish the security required
to secure the performance of the terms and conditions of this contract.
The tender deposit of the bidder whose tender is accepted shall be forfeited by him should he fail to execute
a contract and provide the satisfactory bonds, referred to hereafter, within ten (10) days after receiving
written notice from the Contract Administrator of the award of the contract to him.
The deposits of unsuccessful bidders will be returned within thirty (30) days of the award of the contract.
The deposit of the successful bidder shall be returned upon receipt of the performance bond and the signed
contract.
Tenders shall be submitted on the blank form herewith provided and shall give the lump sum and /or unit
prices for the work, and the total tender shall be described in both words and figures. Bidders will be
required to add Goods and Services Tax on the tender form in the space provided. The tender shall be signed
by the bidder on page T -B of the Form of Tender and delivered in a sealed, opaque envelope, clearly marked
TENDER.
b) Statement re Sub - Contractors:
Where included in the contract documents, each bidder shall complete along with the tender, a list of
proposed Sub - Contractors showing the value of the work to be sublet to each. The value of work sublet
shall not exceed 50% of the total work to any one subcontractor without written authorization of the
Contract Administrator. Failure to provide this list may render the tender invalid.
c) Agreement to Bond:
Bidders must have the "Agreement to Bond" forms, or equivalent, of this contract completed by their
bonding company, and the same must be submitted with their tender in order to validate their bid.
d) Addenda:
Bidders shall sign and date all addenda and attach copies to the submitted Tender.
4) CLARIFICATION:
Any details in question on this contract or in the accompanying plans shall be clarified by the bidder prior to
submitting the bid. The unit prices as tendered shall include the supply of all permits, labour, equipment,
and materials except where noted that are necessary to complete the contract.
5) WITHDRAWAL OF TENDER:
A bidder will be allowed to withdraw their tender unopened after it has been deposited if such request is
received in writing prior to the time specified for the closing of tenders.
6) DISQUALIFICATION OF TENDER:
Tenders will not be considered where:
a) They are received after the official closing time stated in the advertisement.
b) They are not properly executed, and the associated documentation is not complete.
c) They are not accompanied by a certified deposit cheque.
d) They are submitted by "Fax ".
More than one tender from an individual, firm, partnership or association under the same or different names
will not be considered. Collusion between bidders will be sufficient cause for rejection of all tenders so
affected.
7) FORM OF AGREEMENT:
It is not necessary to complete the "Form of Agreement" when submitting your tender, but the successful
bidder shall be required to complete the form upon notification of the award of the contract.
8) COMPETENCY OF BIDDERS:
IB -2
Bidders and Sub - Contractors must be capable of performing the various items of work bid upon. They may
be required to furnish a statement covering experience on similar work, list of machinery available for the
proposed work, and such statements of their financial resources as may be deemed necessary.
9) SUB - CONTRACTORS:
The Contract Administrator shall reserve the right to review the Sub - Contractors proposed at the time of
tendering and to approve any Sub - Contractors proposed after the contract is awarded.
10) TENDER ACCEPTANCE:
Bidders are notified that any unbalanced items, errors, or omissions in the tender may render the tender
invalid.
IB - 3
Contractors are notified that each tender shall continue open to acceptance by the Owner until the formal
contract is executed by the successful bidder or until at least thirty (30) days after the tender closing date,
whichever occurs first. The Owner may at any time within that period, without notice, accept this tender
whether any other tender had been previously accepted or not.
The accepted bidder shall provide a Clearance Certificate from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board.
11) PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS:
The Contractor, upon receipt of written notice from the Owner awarding the contract, shall provide a
Performance Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100 %) and a separate Labour and Material
Payment Bond, in the amount of fifty percent (50 %) of the total tender to guarantee the performance of all
obligations of the contract. These Bonds shall be supplied to the Owner within ten (10) days of the
acceptance of the tender, and shall be at the expense of the Contractor.
12) INSURANCE:
GC 6.03.01 — General has been amended as follows:
Without restricting the generality of subsection GC 6.02, Indemnification, the Contractor shall
provide, maintain, and pay for the insurance coverages listed under clauses GC 6.03.02 — General
Liability Insurance and GC 6.03.03 — Automobile Liability Insurance. Insurance coverage in
clauses GC 6.03.04.01— Aircraft Liability Insurance, GC 6.03.04.02 — Watercraft Liability
Insurance, GC 6.03.05.01 — Property Insurance, GC 6.03.05.02 — Boiler Insurance, and GC 6.03.06
— Contractor's Equipment Insurance shall be required as listed below:
a) Aircraft Liability Insurance: The Contract Administrator, on behalf of the Owner, will be requesting
proof of valid insurance whenever aircraft are anticipated to be used during the course of
construction.
b) Watercraft Liability Insurance: The Contract Administrator, on behalf of the Owner, will be
requesting proof of valid insurance whenever watercraft are anticipated to be used during the course
of construction.
c) Contractor's Equipment Insurance: The Contract Administrator, on behalf of the Owner, will be
requesting proof of insurance.
GC 6.03.02.01- General Liability Insurance, has been amended as follows:
General liability insurance and completed operations coverage shall both be in the name of the
Contractor, with the Owner, the Contract Administrator named as additional insureds, both with the
limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and
damage to property including loss thereof, with a property damage deductible of not more than
$5,000. The form of this insurance shall be the Insurance Bureau of Canada Form IBC 2100 or
equivalent.
GC 6.03.07.01 has been amended as follows:
The duration of each insurance policy, excluding completed operations coverage. shall be from the
date of commencement of the Work until 10 days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as
set out in the final Acceptance Certificate. Completed operations coverage shall be maintained for
six years from the date of Final Acceptance.
13) COMPLETION DATE AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:
a) Time:
Time shall be the essence of this agreement.
b) Progress of the Work and Time for Completion:
The Contractor shall complete this contract in its entirety by:
Part 1— November 12, 2010
Part 2 & Part 3 — September 30, 2010 (Interim)
IB -4
If this time limit above specified is not sufficient to permit completion of the work by the Contractor
working a normal number of hours each day or week on a single daylight shift basis, it is expected that
additional and /or augmented daylight shifts will be required throughout the life of the contract to the extent
deemed necessary by the Contractor to ensure that the work will be completed within the time limit
specified. Any additional costs occasioned by compliance with these provisions will be considered to be
included in the prices bid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed
therefore.
If the Contractor is delayed in the completion of the work,
1) by reason of changes or alterations made under Section GC3.07 of the General Conditions;
2) by reason of any breach of contract or prevention by the Owner or other Contractor of the Owner or
any employee of any one of them;
3) by reason of delay by the Owner issuing instructions or information or in delivering materials;
4) by any other act or neglect of the Owner or any other Contractor of the Owner or any employee of
any one of them;
5) for any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor;
or
6) by Acts of God, or of the Public Enemy, Acts of the Province or of any Foreign State, Fire, Floods,
Epidemics, Quarantine Restrictions, Embargoes or delays of Sub - Contractors due to such causes,
the time of completion shall be extended in writing at any time on such terms and for such period as shall be
determined by the Contract Administrator, and notwithstanding such extensions, time shall continue to be
deemed of the essence of this contract.
IB -5
An application by the Contractor for an extension of time as herein provided shall be made to the Owner in
writing at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date of completion fixed by the contract. All bonds or other
surety furnished to the Owner by the Contractor shall be amended where necessary at the expense of the
Contractor to provide coverage beyond the date of any extension of time granted, and the Contractor shall
furnish the Owner with evidence of such amendment of the bonds or other surety.
Any extension of time that may be granted to the Contractor shall be so granted and accepted without
prejudice to any rights of the Owner whatsoever under this contract, and all such rights shall continue in full
force and effect after the time limited in this contract for the completion of the work and whenever in this
contract power and authority is given to the Owner or the Contract Administrator or any person to take any
action consequent upon the act, default, breach, neglect, delay, non - observance or non - performance by the
Contractor in respect of the work or contract, or any portion thereof, such powers or authorities may be
exercised from time to time and not only in the event of the happening of such contingencies before the time
limited in this contract for the completion of the work but also in the event of the same happening after the
time so limited in the case of the Contractor being permitted to proceed with the execution of the work under
an extension of time granted by the Contract Administrator.
c) Liquidated Damages:
It is agreed by the parties to the contract that in case all the work called for under the contract is not fmished
or completed within the date of completion, damages will be sustained by the Owner, and that it is and will
be impracticable and extremely difficult to ascertain and determine the actual damage which the Owner will
sustain in the event of and by reason of such delay and the parties hereto agree that the Contractor will pay to
the Owner the sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) per day for liquidated damages for each and every
calendar day's delay in finishing the work beyond the date of completion prescribed, and it is agreed that
this amount is an estimate of actual damage to the Owner which will accrue during the period in excess of
the prescribed date of completion.
The Owner may deduct any amount under this paragraph from any monies that may be due or payable to the
Contractor on any account whatsoever. The liquidated damages payable under this paragraph are in addition
to and without prejudice to any other remedy, action or other alternative that may be available to the Owner.
14) DISPOSAL AND USE OF EXCAVATED AND EXCESS MATERIALS:
OPSS 180 shall apply to this contract. Excess materials shall be disposed of within or outside of the contract
limits as set out elsewhere in the contract.
15) TAXES:
a) Ontario Retail Sales Tax:
Contractors shall pay any applicable Ontario Retail Sales Tax and include this price in their bids.
b) Federal Goods and Services Tax:
The 5% Federal Goods and Services Tax will be paid on all work performed within the contract. It will be
listed as a separate item on all tender documents and adjusted on final payment in accordance with the fmal
contract price.
16) REGULATION OF PITS AND QUARRIES:
Bill 120, An Act to Regulate Pits and Quarries and to Provide for their Rehabilitation shall be applicable in
such parts of Ontario as the Lieutenant Governor shall from time to time designate by Regulation.
All costs related to this specification will be deemed to have been included in the appropriate tender items
and no separate payment will be made therefore.
17) SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL:
All existing materials along the line of construction deemed salvageable by the Contract Administrator shall
be delivered to the storage site designated by the Contract Administrator. All other materials that, in the
opinion of the Contract Administrator, cannot be salvaged shall be disposed of outside the limits of the
contract, as directed by the Contract Administrator or at locations arranged for by the Contractor at his own
expense. The Contractor will be responsible for all clean-up after construction to the complete satisfaction
of the Contract Administrator.
18) GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION REPORT:
If a geotechnical investigation was performed for this contract, the report will be made available at the office
of the Contract Administrator for inspection by any bidder but the office of the Contract Administrator
assumes no responsibility for any errors or omissions which may be inherent in the soils report. Neither the
Owner nor the Contract Administrator warrants interpretations of data or opinions expressed in any
subsurface report.
19) UTILITIES:
The location and depth of the utilities shown on the contract drawings are based on information obtained
from the applicable operating authority. It is the Contractor's responsibility to contact the Municipal
Authorities or Utility Companies for further information in regard to the exact location of these utilities or
other utilities not shown on the drawings and to exercise the necessary care in construction operations and to
take such other precautions as are necessary to safeguard the utilities from damage. This provision shall also
apply to all storm and sanitary sewers, and the Contractor shall be completely responsible for the
replacement or repair of any utilities or sewers damaged because of their operations.
The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements for pipe support as provided by the utility company.
20) OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT
The Contractor's attention is drawn to the regulations issued by the Ministry of Labour for the Province of
Ontario under the Occupational Health and Safety Act. The Contractor acknowledges that they will comply
with these regulations and that they will be the Constructor under said Act as it relates to the completion of
this contract.
21) WORKPLACE SAFETY AND INSURANCE BOARD CERTIFICATES
IB -6
The Contractor shall submit a current clearance certificate from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board
(WSIB) in advance of each monthly payment. Payment certificates will not be issued without receipt of a
valid Workplace Safety and Insurance Board Certificate.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IB -7
22) CONTRACT RELEASE:
Prior to receiving the Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates based on Substantial Performance or
Completion, the Contractor shall complete, in triplicate, the Contract Release, the Statutory Declaration re
Payments of Accounts and the Statutory Declaration re Liens & Liabilities on the forms bound herein. Only
the original, signed forms will be accepted by the Contract Administrator.
23) USE OF PREMISES:
The Contractor shall confine the apparatus, the storage of materials, and the operations of workers to limits
indicated by law, ordinances, permits or directions of the Contract Administrator and shall not unreasonably
encumber the premises with materials. Use of any adjacent property for storage purposes will be the
Contractor's full responsibility and will in no way involve the Owner. The Contractor shall secure
permission from each property owner before trespassing on any property.
24) PERMIT FOR TAKING WATER IN EXCESS OF 50,000 LITRES PER DAY:
Where the Contractor will require water in excess of 50,000 litres per day, a permit must be obtained as per
The Ontario Water Resources Act. A permit may be obtained by making an application to the Ministry of
the Environment.
25) HOT MIX PLANT -- ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ACT:
The attention of the Contractor is drawn to the Environmental Protection Act, RSO 1980, and regulations
under this Act. Compliance with these regulations does not relieve the Contractor of contractual obligations
as set out in the General Conditions, Section GC7.01.
26) RESTRICTIONS ON OPEN BURNING:
Any open burning must be in conformity with local municipal by -laws, regulations pursuant to The Ontario
Fire Code and the conditions noted below. Open burning which does not conform to these policies may be in
contravention of the Environmental Protection Act, RSO 1990.
a) The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for conducting open burning in accordance with the
safety measures required by police and fire services and the Ministry of Natural Resources and
other regulatory bodies having jurisdiction. -
b) Open burning is prohibited in areas subjected to a smog alert advisory as issued by the MOE.
c) The Contractor shall inform the District Officer of the Regional Operations Division of the Ministry
of Environment, one week in advance, of the date when burning will commence.
d) All open fires shall be limited as much as possible to daylight hours.
e) All open fires shall be attended at all times.
f) Open burning shall be located within the contract limits, no closer than 30 m to water bodies, and no
closer than 150 m to any dwelling and shall be conducted in a manner that prevents odour, excessive
smoke, material discomfort to nearby recipients, and a decrease in visibility on any roadway.
g) No open fires shall be maintained when the wind is in such a direction as to cause a decrease in
visibility on any highway.
h) Open fires shall not be started on days of adverse weather such as rain, fog, or other conditions that
prevent the ready dispersion of smoke. During the fire season this condition may be exempted in
the fire zone, provided there are no occupied dwellings within 600 m.
IB -8
i) Materials to be burned shall consist of wood wastes only and shall not be burned in such a manner
as to cause odour, excessive smoke or other material discomfort to nearby receptors.
j) Debris from open fires shall not be piled adjacent to or discharged into watercourses.
k) Open fires shall not be located between Sta. and Sta. . Where open burning is prohibited
or impractical in specific areas of this contract, brush and debris may, as an alternative to burning,
be disposed of outside the right -of -way in a manner approved by the Contract Administrator, so as
not to be unsightly or potentially unsightly from any highway. The Contractor shall arrange for
disposal areas at his own expense.
27) NIGHT, SUNDAY, AND HOLIDAY WORK:
Work during the night, on Sundays or on Statutory Holidays shall not be permitted without the written
permission of the Contract Administrator.
28) DRAINAGE:
The Contractor shall keep all portions of the work properly and efficiently drained during construction and
until completion, and will be held responsible for all damage which may be caused or result from water
backing up or flowing over, through, from or along any part of the works, or which any of the operations
may cause to flow elsewhere.
29) BRIBERY:
Should the Contractor or any of the agents give or offer any gratuity to, or attempt to bribe any officer or
servant of the Owner, the Owner shall be at liberty to cancel the contract forthwith or to direct the Contract
Administrator to take the whole or any part of the works out of the hands of the Contractor. Bribery shall be
considered as non - fulfilment of the contract by the Contractor.
30) PROVISIONS FOR TRAFFIC, ACCESS, AND PROTECTION:
a) Urban Areas:
Traffic shall be maintained at all times during construction for private access, but detours to streets adjacent
to the work will be permitted with permission from the Contract Administrator. When requested by the
Contract Administrator, the roadway shall be kept open by placing sufficient granular material to carry
traffic.
If it is desirable to detour traffic during the construction of any part of the work, the Contractor shall supply,
place and maintain proper detour signs, including adequate barricades and lights to clearly mark such
detours throughout their entire length to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. The routing of such
detours will be approved by the Contract Administrator.
The Contractor shall be responsible for grading and maintaining any streets used as detours or haul roads
and shall restore these roads to their original condition. The Contract Administrator may require that
Granular "A" or Calcium Chloride be applied at the Contractor's expense to a street before allowing its use
as a detour, or during the period of use.
b) Rural Areas:
If required under the Special Provision item, the Contractor shall construct a detour to carry vehicular traffic.
The Contractor shall place proper detour signs, including adequate barricades and lights to clearly mark this
detour throughout the entire length and to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator.
c) General:
The Contractor shall be responsible for signing the detour and the detour shall be as per the Ontario Traffic
Manual for roadway work operations under OTM Book 7 (Temporary Conditions). As per Book 7, the
Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan a minimum of one week prior to any necessary traffic control
measures. A copy of this plan will be kept on file by the Owner.
The Contractor will be responsible for maintaining proper signs, barricades, and lights at all points along the
line of construction that may be hazardous. The Contractor will provide good vehicular access at all times,
for all residents who presently have access along the line of construction.
Where applicable, the Contractor shall supply an adequate number of flagmen/women to direct traffic at all
times during construction as required by the Contract Administrator.
31) COLD WEATHER CONCRETE:
The grades and stresses of all materials shall be in accordance with the Canadian Standards Association
(C.S.A.) latest revisions to standards CAN 086.1 -M and S269.1. The deflection of beams used for
falsework shall be limited to 1/360 of the span and shall be noted on the drawings.
IB -9
Unless otherwise specifically stated in the Special Provisions, the bidders shall note that no additional
payment will be made for heating or cooling of concrete or housing of structure and heating of the housing
enclosure.
32) FALSEWORK:
All falsework drawings shall bear the seal and signature of a Professional Engineer who is a member of or is
licensed by the Association of Professional Engineers of Ontario. The drawings shall include the following
information: The type of work and grade of all materials, including sills to be used in the falsework; Design
loads on mud sills or other falsework supports; Horizontal forces imposed on the falsework and used for
design purposes; Details of splices of supports for motorized fmishing machines, and the like. The
Contractor is to submit three copies of the drawings to the Engineer at least one week prior to construction of
the falsework.
The completed falsework shall be reviewed on site and certified as being in general conformance with the
falsework design. The letter of certification shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer licenced
in Ontario. Such certification shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator not less than 24 hours prior
to pouring concrete.
33) EXCESS LOADING OF MOTOR VEHICLES:
For the purpose of this contract, payment for weighed items is as follows:
Vehicles hauling material being measured for payment by weight will be paid for the actual amount of
material hauled.
This shall not be construed to mean that the Owner condones excess loading of motor vehicles and in
no way permits the overloading of vehicles or absolves the Contractor from complying with the
provisions of the Highway Traffic Act.
34) PROTECTION OF TREES:
The Contractor's operations shall not cause damage to the trunk or branches of trees, or flooding or sediment
deposits on areas where trees are not designated for removal.
Protective measures shall be taken to safeguard trees from contract operations, equipment and vehicles.
Unless stated elsewhere in the contract, equipment or vehicles shall not be parked, repaired, refuelled,
construction materials shall not be stored, and earth materials shall not be stockpiled within the dripline area
of any tree not designated for removal. Where the contract requires work within the dripline of trees,
operation of equipment shall be kept to the minimum necessary to perform the work required. Within five
calendar days of any damaged that may occur, branches 25 mm or greater in diameter that are broken, shall
be cut back cleanly at the break or to within 10 mm of their base, if a substantial portion of the branch is
damaged.
Roots 25 mm or larger in diameter that are exposed by the Contractor's operation shall be cut back cleanly to
the soil surface within five calendar days of exposure. Bark that is damaged by the Contractor's operation
shall be neatly trimmed back to uninjured bark, without causing further injury, within five calendar days of
damage. All damaged areas shall be treated with an approved tree paint after trimming of damaged section
of tree.
35) ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARDS:
Bidders are hereby advised that the Ontario Provincial Standards apply to this contract and are to be used
where applicable. Bidders are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the latest revisions of the
Ontario Provincial Standards.
36) GUARANTEED MAINTENANCE:
No alternate forms of security will be considered.
IB -10
5 % of the value of the work will be retained for a period of 24 months following the date of completion
as a guarantee of the proper performance of the work included in the contract. This amount will be released
without interest upon expiry of the maintenance period and correction of all deficiencies.
The maintenance holdback will be held in addition to the 10% holdback required by the Construction Lien
Act. The holdback will be retained by the Owner, commencing during the latter part of the period of
construction and generally not before the contract is approximately 80% complete.
37) GARBAGE COLLECTION AND BLUE BOX RECYCLING:
The Contractor shall be responsible for co- ordinating the collection of all garbage and blue box recycling,
within the limits of the contract during construction, with the appropriate authority.
38) DUST CONTROL
The Contractor shall take such steps, as may be required to prevent dust nuisance resulting from the
operations either within the contract limits, on detours, or elsewhere, or by public traffic, where it is the
Contactor's responsibility to maintain a roadway through the work.
Where the work requires the sawing of asphalt or the sawing or grinding of concrete, blades and grinders of
the wet type shall be used together with sufficient water to prevent the incidence of dust, wherever dust
would affect traffic or wherever dust would be a nuisance to residents of the area where the work is being
carried out.
The contract price for the item requiring such work shall be full compensation for excavating, crushing,
loading, hauling, and levelling and for all other work which may be required to dispose of the asphalt
material and for providing a suitable site for material which is to be disposed of within the roadbed or
outside the contract limits.
IB -11
The cost of all preventative measures required by the Contract Administrator outside the limits of the
contract shall be borne by the Contractor. The cost of such measures within the contract shall be borne by
the Contractor except in contracts where tender items include "Water for Compaction and Dust Control" or
"Calcium Chloride" or both. In such cases, the Contractor shall be paid by the Owner at the contract unit
price(s) for the appropriate item(s).
39) DISPOSAL OF WASTE ASPHALT
Asphalt pavement and/or prime surface asphalt required for removal in carrying out the work of the various
tender items included in this contract shall be disposed of either within the roadbed or outside the contract
limits.
Disposal outside the contract limits shall be at a certified waste disposal site for asphalt.
Disposal of asphalt within the roadbed must be crushed and not contaminated with non - granular material.
The crushed asphalt may be used for backfill to sewers or as selected fill material.
Tender by Coores-Constructionn Inc.
residing at 771 Chester Street
Sarnia, ON N7S 5N2
a company duly incorporated under the laws of Ontario
and having its head office at
hereinafter called the "Bidder"
To -- The Municipality of Kincardine
I/We Coores Construction Inc.
FORM OF TENDER
Municpality of Kincardine
2010 Street Reconstruction
Contract No. 09071
771 Chester Street, Sarnia, ON N7S 5N2
T - 1
having carefully examined the locality and site of the proposed works and all contract documents relating
thereto, including the Plans, Specifications, Drawings, Profiles, Form of Tender, Information to Bidders,
General Conditions, Special Provisions, Form of Agreement, Form of Contract Bond and Addendum/
Addenda Numbers 1 to 3* inclusive, hereby tender and offer in accordance therewith to enter
into a contract within the prescribed time, to construct the said work in strict accordance with the contract
documents and such further detail drawings as may be supplied from time to time, and to furnish all labour,
materials, tools, plant, matters and things necessary therefor, complete and ready for use within the time
specified for the sum of
One million, five hundred sixty -four thousand, five hundred eighty-eight dollars and forty -six cents
($1,564,588.46)
or such other sum as is determined from the actual measured quantities at the unit prices set forth in the
Tender.
* The bidder will insert here the number of the Addenda received during the tendering period and
taken into account when preparing the Tender. Bidders shall sign and date all addenda and
attach copies to the the submitted Tender.
1
T -2
I THE AFORESAID SUM IS MADE UP AS FOLLOWS:
SCHEDULE OF ITEMS AND PRICES
Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount
PART 1- HURON RIDGE RECONSTRUCTION PHASE 3
1 ROADWORK
1 206, SP Earth excavation 6150 m 7.90 48,585.00
2 501, 506 Water for compaction (supplied by the 590 m 4.50 2,655.00
Contractor)
3 506 Calcium chloride 7 t 827.00 5,789.00
4 314, SP Granular "A" 3800 t 12.70 48,260.00
I 351
I 5 314, SP Granular "B" 9050 t 10.41 94,210.50
6 N/A
7 310, SP Hot Mix HL -4 660 t 107.00 70,620.00
I 8 N/A
I 9 310, SP Hot Mix Miscellaneous 450 m 30.00 13,500.00
10 510, SP Removal of bituminous pavement 100 m 5.00 500.00
1 (outside excavation)
U 11 408, SP Adjust existing maintenance holes and 7 Ea. 340.00 2,380.00
catch basins
I 12 510, SP Removal of existing maintenance holes
and catch basins
1 a) Maintenance holes 4 Ea. 210.00 840.00
b) Catch basins 2 Ea. 210.00 420.00
I
c) IPCB
8 Ea. 75.00 600.00
T- 3(Revised)
Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount
13 510, SP Removal of concrete curb and gutter 72 m 5.00 360.00
14 353, SP Concrete curb and gutter (all types) 1200 m 37.00 44,400.00
15 510, SP Removal of concrete sidewalk and drives 655 m 8.00 5,240.00
16 351, SP Place concrete sidewalk and drives
a) Sidewalks (125 mm) 650 m 40.00 26,000.00
b) Sidewalks (150 mm) 125 m 44.00 5,500.00
c) Driveway Slabs (150 mm) 35 m 47.00 1,645.00
d) House #50 MacCaskill Rd (150 mm) 35 m 100.00 3,500.00
exposed aggregate driveway
17 570, SP Topsoil (imported) 4500 m 3.00 13,500.00
18 571, SP Sodding
a) Nursery, unstaked 4200 m 4.00 16,800.00
b) Nursery, staked (Provisional) 400 m 5.00 2,000.00
19 SP Place precast modular block steps 1 L.S. 5,000.00
20 SP Removal of CSP culverts (all sizes)
a) Driveway and Entrance Culverts 20 m 57.00 1,140.00
b) Trunk Storm (South Blvd) 650 m 23.00 14,950.00
21 510, SP Remove and replace precast concrete
unit pavers
a) Remove 80 m 8.00 640.00
b) Replace 55 m 45.50 2,502.50
22 SP Steel beam guiderail
a) Remove 15 m 64.00 960.00
23 N/A
b) Place 17 m 147.00 2,499.00
Sub -Total Roadwork -- 434,996.00
Item Spec. #
STORM SEWERS
Description
24 410, 507, Supply, excavate for and place storm pipe
SP sewers including bedding, and granular backfill
a) 150 mm CL -3 concrete or equivalent 16 m 327.00 5,232.00
b) 200 mm CL -3 concrete or equivalent 4 m 331.20 1,324.80
c) 300 mm CL -3 concrete or equivalent 139 m 249.50 34,680.50
d) 375 mm CL -3 concrete or equivalent 171 m 199.50 34,114.50
e) 375 mm Boss 2000 (Perf.) or equivalent 119 m 202.00 24,038.00
f) 450 mm Boss 2000 (Perf.) or equivalent 120 m 293.60 35,232.00
g) 525 mm Boss 2000 (Perf.) or equivalent 141 m 309.90 43,695.90
h) 675 mm Bosss 2000 (Perf.) or equivalent 257 m 403.50 103,699.50
i) 900 HDPE BOSS 2000 or equivalent 6.0 m 823.00 4,938.00
25 410, 507, Supply, excavate for and place PVC SDR -28
SP storm service pipe incl. bedding, imported
granular backfill under the roadbed and
native backfill in boulevards
a) 100 mm dia.
26 407, 516, Supply, excavate for, place and backfill
SP catch basins and/or ditch inlet catch basins,
including frames and grates
a) 600 mm x 600 mm (OPSD 705.010)
b) 600 mm x 600 mmm (OPSD 705.030)
27 407, 516, Supply, excavate for, place and backfill
SP precast maintenance holes and maintenance
hole catch basins incl. frames and grates
a) 1200 mm manhole (701.010)
T -4
Qty./Unit Price Amount
256 m 169.30 43,340.80
11 Ea. 1,399.00 15,389.00
2 Ea. 1,399.00 2,798.00
10 Ea. 4,232.00 42,320.00
SANITARY SEWERS
33 410, SP
Supply, excavate for and place sanitary
sewer pipe including bedding and granular
backfill
a) 200 mm PVC SDR -35
34 410, 507, Supply, excavate for and place PVC SDR -28
SP sanitary service pipe incl. bedding, imported
granular backfill under the roadbed and
native backfill in boulevards
36 410, SP Sanitary sewer service cleanout
21 Ea.
T -5
Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount
b) 1500 mm manhole (701.011) 4 Ea. 6,688.00 26,752.00
c) 1800 mm manhole (701.012) 1 Ea. 5,576.00 5,576.00
28 407, SP Maintenance hole drop structure 8 Ea. 1,710.00 13,680.00
29 410, 504, Reconnect existing drains and services 100 m 141.35 14,135.00
SP (up to 250 mm dia.)
30 405, SP Supply and place 150 mm filter wrapped 600 m 13.00 7,800.00
perforated subdrain including excavation
31 410, SP Storm sewer service cleanouts 26 Ea. 50.00 1,300.00
32 510, SP Remove existing storm sewer 20 m 23.00 460.00
Sub -Total Storm Sewers -- 460,506.00
70 m 167.00 11,690.00
a) 125 mm dia. 220 m 296.00 65,120.00
b) 150 mm dia. (Provisional) 25 m 299.00 7,475.00
35 407, 516, Supply, excavate for, place and backfill 1 Ea. 3,395.00 3,395.00
SP 1200 mm precast maintenance holes
(OPSD 701.010) incl. benching,
frame and cover
131.00 2,751.00
Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount
37 410, SP Supply for and place cast iron strap on 17 Ea. 150.00 2,550.00
saddles for sanitary sewer services
38 410, SP Supply, excavate for and place low pressure
sanitary sewer mains incl. granular backfill
a) 50 mm P.E. mains (SDR11) 35 m 109.00 3,815.00
WATERMAINS
39 507, 701,
702, SP
b) 75 mm P E mains (SDR11) 85 m 100.00 8,500.00
c) Flushing connections 1 Ea. 559.00 559.00
d) Connection to san. MH 1 Ea. 700.00 700.00
Sub -Total Sanitary Sewers -- 106,555.00
Supply, excavate for, place watermain
including bedding and granular backfill
a) 150 mm PVC DR18
b) 200 mm PVC DR18
40 507, 701, Supply, excavate for, place and backfill
SP ductile iron fittings, incl. cathodic protection,
mechanical thrust restraints, thrust blocking
T -6
270 m 119.00 32,130.00
440 m 139.00 61,160.00
a) 150 mm dia. gate valves 13 Ea. 1,037.00 13,481.00
b) 200 mm dia. gate valves 5 Ea. 1,595.00 7,975.00
c) 150 x 150 x 150 mm tees 3 Ea. 643.00 1,929.00
d) 200 x 200 x 150 mm tees 4 Ea. 714.00 2,856.00
e) 200 x 200 x 150 x 150 crosses 2 Ea. 963.00 1,926.00
f) 150 mm cap, tapped 50 mm 2 Ea. 185.00 370.00
g) 200 x 150 mm reducers 2 Ea. 382.00 764.00
h) 150 mm 22'/2 bends 2 Ea. 357.00 714.00
Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount
41 701, SP
i) 150 mm 45 bends 13 Ea. 355.00 4,615.00
j) 200 mm 45 bends 2 Ea. 424.00 848.00
1050 mm blowoff- assembl -y— complete 2 Ea. 55-5 A0 1,110.00
1) Fire hydrants 6 Ea. 3,255.00 19,530.00
m) Connect to existing watermain 7 Ea. 1,950.00 13,650.00
n) Remove and salvage existing fire hydrant 4 Ea. 303.00 1,212.00
Supply, excavate for, place and backfill
water service fitting, incl. tapping main
and all connections
a) 19 mm main stops 22 Ea. 23.00 506.00
b) 19 mm curb stops 22 Ea. 147.00 3,234.00
c) 19 mm saddle 22 Ea. 68.00 1,496.00
d) 50 mm main stop 1 Ea. 152.00 152.00
e) 50 mm curb stop 1 Ea. 335.00 335.00
f) 50 mm saddle 1 Ea. 120.00 120.00
42 507, 701, Supply, excavate for, place and backfill
SP water services, incl. bedding, and all
required connections, cathodic protection
and imported granular backfill under the
roadbed and native backfill in the boulevard
T -7
a) 19 mm dia. Copper service tubing installed 223 m 117.00 26,091.00
by trenching
b) 50 mm dia. P.E. service tubing installed by 4 m 114.00 456.00
trenching
43 507, SP Testing, flushing, swabbing and 1 L.S. 2,000.00
disinfection of watermains
Sub -Total Watermains -- 198,660.00
TOTAL PART 1 1,200,717.00
1
T -8
Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount
1 PART 2 - MOUNT FOREST AVE. - WATERMAIN
1 -38 N/A
WATERMAINS
39 507, 701, Supply, excavate for, place watermain Incl.
702, SP bedding, native backfill and restoration
a) 150 mm PVC DR18 115 m 223.00 25,645.00
I 40 507, 701, Supply, excavate for, place and backfill
SP ductile iron fittings, incl. cathodic protection,
mechanical thrust restraints, thrust blocking
1 a) 150 mm dia. gate valves 3 Ea. 1,037.00 3,111.00
1 b) 150 x 150 x 150 mm tees 1 Ea. 643.00 643.00
c) 200 x 200 x 150 mm tapping tees 1 Ea. 2,145.00 2,145.00
d) 150 mm cap 1 Ea. 295.00 295.00
e) Fire hydrants 1 Ea. 3,255.00 3,255.00
f) Connect to existing watermain 1 Ea. 2,150.00 2,150.00
I 41 701, SP Supply, excavate for, place and backfill
water service fitting, incl. tapping main and
all connections
1 a) 19 mm main stops 2 Ea. 23.00 46.00
I b) 19 mm curb stops 2 Ea. 147.00 294.00
c) 19 mm saddle 2 Ea. 68.00 136.00
1 42 507, 701, Supply, excavate for, place and backfill
SP water services, incl. bedding, and all
I required connections, cathodic protection,
native backfill and restoration
a) 19 mm dia. service tubing installed by 15 m 117.00 1,755.00
trenching
1
1
1
1
1
1
6 310, SP Hot Mix HL -3 270 t 109.00 29 430.00
Item Spec. #
43 507, SP
7 N/A
1
15 N/A
Description
Testing, flushing, swabbing and
disinfection of watermains
PART 3 - MILLENIUM WAY SERVICING
ROADWORK
1 -5 N/A
(small repairs)
T -9
Qty./Unit Price Amount
1 L.S. 1,500.00
Sub -Total Watermains -- 40,975.00
TO-- T-AL --P -ART 2 40,975.00
I 8 Tack coat 2400 m 1.00 2,400.00
9 310, SP Hot Mix Miscellaneous 10 m 30.00 300.00
10 510, SP Removal of bituminous P avement 10 m 20.00 200.00
I (outside excavation)
11 408, SP Adjust existing maintenance holes and 1 Ea. 340.00 340.00
I catch basins
12 N/A
I 13 510, SP Removal of concrete curb and gutter 20 m 15.00 300.00
(small repairs)
14 353, SP Concrete curb and gutter (all types) 20 m 119.00 2,380.00
1 16 351, SP Place concrete sidewalk and drives
a) Millenium Way 350 m 45.00 15,750.00
b) Durham Street (Provisional) 180 m 2 45.00 8,100.00
17 570, SP Topsoil (imported) 1600 m 3.00 4,800.00
1
T -10
r Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount
18 571, SP Sodding (nursery, unstaked) 1600 m 4.00 6,400.00
19 -22 N/A
23SP Fxca_t_ found plant trees,_inclucling
1 topsoil mix
a) Sugar Maples 4 Ea. 450.00 1,800.00
I b) Ginko 2 Ea. 450.00 900.00
1 Sub -Total Roadwork -- 73,100.00
• STORM SEWERS
I 24 410, 507, Supply, excavate for and place storm pipe
SP sewers incl. bedding, granular backfill and
Il granular backfill and restoration
a) 300 mm CL -3 concrete or equivalent 29 m 248.00 7,192.00
1 b) 375 mm CL -3 concrete or equivalent 20 m 234.00 4,680.00
1 c) 450 mm 65D concrete or equivalent 5 m 418.00 2,090.00
25 -27 N/A
1 29 410, 504, Reconnect existing drains and services 15 m 141.35 2,120.25
SP (up to250mmdia.)
30 -31 N/A
1 Sub -Total Storm Sewers -- 16,082.25
SANITARY SEWERS
1 33 N/A
I 34 410, 507, Supply, excavate for and place PVC SDR -28
SP sanitary service pipe incl. bedding, granular
backfill and restoration
I a) 150 mm dia. 32 m 236.00 7,552.00
1 b) 200 mm dia. 16 m 243.00 3,888.00
Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount
35 N/A
36 410, SP Sanitary sewer service cleanout 4 Ea. 131.00 524.00
37 410, SP Supply for and place cast iron strap on 3 Ea. 150.00 450.00
paddles for sanitary sewer services
38 N/A
Sub -Total Sanitary Sewers -- 12,414.00
WATERMAINS
39 507, 701,
702, SP
41 701, SP
Supply, excavate for, place watermain
incl. bedding, granular backfill and restoration
a) 100 mm PVC DR18
b) 150mm PVC DR18
T -11
15 m 370.00 5,550.00
10 m 380.00 3,800.00
40 507, 701, Supply, excavate for, place and backfill
SP ductile iron fittings, incl. cathodic protection,
mechanical thrust restraints, thrust blocking
a) 100 mm. dia. gate valve 2 Ea. 983.00 1,966.00
b) 150 mm dia. gate valves 1 Ea. 1,037.00 1,037.00
c) 300 x 300 x 100 mm tapping tees 2 Ea. 1,483.00 2,966.00
(including conneciton)
d) 300 x 100 x 150 mm tapping tees 1 Ea. 1,857.00 1,857.00
(including connection)
e) 100 mm cap, tapped 50 mm 2 Ea. 282.00 564.00
1) 150 mm cap, tapped 50 mm 1 Ea. 295.00 295.00
g) 150 mm 22'/2 bends 1 Ea. 357.00 357.00
h) 50 mm blowoff assembly, complete 3 Ea. 555.00 1,665.00
Supply, excavate for, place and
backfill water service fitting, incl.
tapping main and all connections
a) 25 mm main stops 1 Ea. 35.00 35.00
Item Spec. #
42 507, 701, Supply, excavate for, place and backfill
SP water services, incl. beding, and all required
connections,cathodic protection, native
backfill and restoration
46 314, SP
47 314, SP
48 SP
b) 25 mm curb stops
c) 25 mm saddle
Description
a) 25 mm dia. service tubing installed by
trenching
43 507, SP Testing, flushing, swabbing and
disinfection of watermains
Sub -Total Watermains --
TOTAL PART 3
PROVISIONAL ITEMS - inclusive to all Darts
49 201, SP Clearing (trees all sizes)
Qty./Unit Price Amount
1 Ea. 171.00 171.00
1 Ea. 89.00 89.00
13 m 253.00 3,289.00
1 L.S.
T -12
1,500.00
25,141.00
126,737.25
44 206, 514, Additional trench excavation in proposed 100 m 7.00 700.00
SP trench bottom where unsuitable soils are
encountered incl. removal from site
45 314, 514, Supply and place approved imported 300 t 14.00 4,200.00
SP granular material in sewer trenches where
native material is unsuitable, incl. removal
of a similar amount of unsuitable material
Supply and place 20 mm dia. Stone bedding 100 m 23.00 2,300.00
where conditions warrant and as directed
Supply and place imported granular bedding 50 t 8.00 400.00
where conditions warrant and as directed
Backfilling of new water services during 10 Ea. 550.00 5,500.00
testing and disinfecting and excavation to
to connect to existing services where
conditions warrant and as directed
7 Ea.
283.00 1,981.00
T -13
Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount
50 201, SP Grubbing (stumps all sizes) 7 Ea. 283.00 1,981.00
51 SP Rigid board insulation 50 m 45.00 2,250.00
52 410, SP Supply, excavate for, place and backfill
inline drain_catch_basins
a) 200 mm dia. 1 Ea. 800.00 800.00
53 SP Excavate for, place and backfill 100 m 74.50 7,450.00
duct and conduit
Sub -Total Provisional Items -- 27,562.00
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS - inclusive to all Darts
54 510, 351 Remove and relocate Canada Post Mail Box 2 Ea. 250.00 500.00
SP
55 543, SP Traffic control 1 L.S. 4,500.00
56 SP Cost of 100% Performance and 50% 1 L.S. 29,093.00
Labour and Material Payment Bonds
and cost of insurance
57 SP Contingency Allowance 1 L.S. 50,000.00
58 SP Lump sum to cover all other requirements 1 L.S. 10,000.00
of the contract not specifically covered by
or related to the preceding items
Sub -Total Miscellaneous Items --
Total Part 1
Total Part 2
Total Part 3
Total Provisional Items
Total Miscellaneous Items
Sub -Total
5% GST
TOTAL TENDER
94,093.00
1,200,717.00
40,975.00
126,737.25
27,562.00
94,093.00
1,490,084.25
74,504.21
1,564,588.46
STANDARD TENDER REQUIREMENTS
I/We agree to complete the work within the time specified in the Information to Bidders.
I/We also agree that this Tender is subject to a formal contract being prepared and executed.
I/We also agree that the Municipality shall have the option of:
Deleting any Part or Parts shown in the Tender.
In submitting this Tender for the work, the Tenderer further declares:
T -A
(a) That no person, firm or corporation other than the one whose signature or seal is attached
below, has any interest in this tender or in the contract proposed to be taken;
(b) That this tender is made without any connection, knowledge, comparison of figures or
arrangement with any other company, firm or person making a tender for the same work
and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud;
(c) That no member of the Municipal Council or any officer of the Owner will become
interested directly or indirectly as a contracting party without disclosing his interest and
otherwise complying with "the Municipal Conflict of Interest Act, RSO 1990 ";
(d) That the offer shown in the Schedule of Items and Prices is to continue open to
acceptance until the formal contract is executed by the successful Tenderer for the said
work or until thirty (30) days after the tender closing date, whichever event occurs first
and that the Owner may at any time within that period without notice, accept this tender
whether any other tender had been previously accepted or not;
(e)
That if we, the undersigned, withdraw this tender before the Owner shall have considered
the tenders and awarded the contract at any time within thirty (30) days after the tender
closing date, the amount of the deposit accompanying this tender shall be forfeited to the
Owner;
That the awarding by the Owner of the contract based on this tender shall be an
acceptance of the tender;
The Tenderer solemnly declares that the several matters stated in the foregoing tender are
in all respects true;
T -A Parts.doc
(h)
day of
NOTE:
T -B
That if this tender is accepted, we the undersigned agree to furnish an approved surety
bond for the proper fulfilment of the contract and to execute the Agreement in triplicate
within ten (10) days after being notified so to do. In the event of default or failure on our
part to do so, we the undersigned agree that the Owner shall be at liberty to retain the
money deposited by us to the use of the Owner, and to accept the next lowest or any
tender or to advertise for new tenders or to carry out the works in any other way deemed
best and we also agree to pay to the said Owner the difference between this tender and
any greater sum which the Owner may expend or incur by reason of such default or
failure, or by reason of such acting, as aforesaid, on their part including the cost of any
advertising for new tenders and to indemnify and save harmless the said Owner and its
officers from all loss, damage, cost, charges and expenses which they may suffer or be
put to by reason of any such default or failure on our part.
The "Agreement to Bond" of the Soverisn Insurance
Company, a company lawfully doing business in the Province of Ontario, to furnish a
Performance Bond in an amount equal to 100% of the contract price and a separate Labour and
Material Payment Bond in an amount equal to 50% of the contract price, is enclosed herewith.
A certified cheque for the sum of Ninetv- Thousand Dollars
($90,000.00) is attached hereto.
DATED AT Sarnia this 31
Mav . 20 10.
(Signed) (Signed)
Signature of Witness Signature of Bidder
If the tender is submitted by or on behalf of an incorporated company, it must be signed in the
name of such company by the duly authorized officers and the seal of the corporation must be
affixed. If the tender is submitted by or on behalf of an individual or a partnership, a seal must
be affixed opposite the signature of the individual or the partner.
T -B 2 Bonds -50% L &M Bond.doc
The following is a list of Sub - Contractors or Sub - Trades intended to be used in the execution of
the contract showing the approximate portion of the work to be allotted to each.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
STATEMENT RE: SUB - CONTRACTORS
ITEM SUB - CONTRACTORS
Name and Address Percent of
Contract
Asphalt Paving Lavis Contracting 10%
Clinton, ON
Curbs & Sidewalk Autoform Contracting 5%
London, ON
F: \wp \Contracts\Forms \Sub - Contractors.doc
Date: , 20
PROJECT NO.
CONTRACT NO.
TO:
Dear Sirs:
RE:
AGREEMENT TO BOND
(PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOUR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND)
**
In consideration of
(hereinafter referred to as "the Owner ") accepting the tender of and executing an Agreement with:
(hereinafter referred to as "the Tenderer ") for the construction of
subject to the express conditions that the Owner receive the Performance Bond and the Labour and
Material Payment Bond in accordance with the said tender, we the undersigned hereby agree with the
Owner to become bound to the Owner as surety for the Tenderer in a Performance Bond in an amount
equal to 100% of the contract price and a Labour and Material Payment Bond in an amount equal to 50%
of the contract price, in the forms of Performance Bond and Labour and Material Payment Bond provided
and in accordance with the said tender, and we agree to furnish the Owner with said Bonds within seven
(7) days after notification of the acceptance of the said tender and execution of the said Agreement by the
Owner has been mailed to us.
Yours very truly,
(Seal)
NOTE: This Agreement to Bond must be executed on behalf of the Surety Company by its authorized
officers under the company's corporate seal. Of the two forms bound herein, one shall become a part of
the tender and the other shall be retained by the Surety Company.
** Enter the name and address of the Surety Company at the top of the page.
F : \wp \Contracts\Forms\AgToBond -2 bonds -50% L &M Bond.doc
Bond No.
Amount $
PERFORMANCE BOND
Project No.
Contract No.
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we
hereinafter called "the Principal"
and
hereinafter called "the Surety ",
are jointly and severally held and firmly bound unto
hereinafter called "the Obligee" its successors and assigns, in the
sum of Dollars ($
of lawful money of Canada, to be paid unto the Obligee, for which payment well and truly to be
made we the Principal and Surety jointly and severally bind ourselves, our and each of our respective
heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns by these presents.
SIGNED AND SEALED with our respective seals and dated this day of
20
WHEREAS by an agreement in writing dated the day of , 20,
the Principal has entered into a contract with the Obligee, hereinafter called "the Contract ", for the
construction, alteration, repair or maintenance of a public work, namely
as in the Contract provided, which Contract is by reference herein made a part hereof as fully to all
intents and purposes as though recited in full herein.
NOW THEREFORE THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Principal
shall at all times duly perform and observe the Contract including all the terms and conditions
thereof, to the satisfaction of the Obligee and shall at all times fully indemnify and keep indemnified
the Obligee from and against all and any manner of loss, damage, expense, suits, actions, claims,
liens, proceedings, demands, awards, payments and liabilities arising out of or in any manner based
upon or attributable to the Contract and shall fully reimburse and repay the Obligee for all outlay,
expense, liabilities, or payments incurred or undertaken to be made by the Obligee pursuant to the
Contract, then this obligation shall be void, but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and
effect.
Performance Bond Page 2
Provided further and it is hereby agreed and declared that there shall be no liability under this
instrument of the Principal and Surety for payment of any claims for labour, material or services used
or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract to the extent the amount of such
claims is paid pursuant to a Labour and Materials Payment Bond.
Provided always and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Obligee and the Principal have the right
to change, alter and vary the terms of the Contract and that the Obligee may in its discretion at any
time or times take and receive from the Principal any security whatsoever and grant any extension of
time thereon or on any liability of the Principal to the Obligee.
Provided further and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Principal and the Surety shall not be
discharged or released from liability hereunder and that such liability shall not be in any way affected
by any such changes, alterations, or variations, taking or receiving of security, or extension of time,
as aforesaid, or by the exercise by the Obligee of any of the rights or power reserved to it under the
Contract or by its forbearance of exercise any such rights or powers, including (but without
restricting the generality of the foregoing) any changes in the extent or nature of the works to be
constructed, altered, repaired or maintained under the Contract, or by any dealing, transaction,
forbearance or forgiveness which may take place between the Principal and the Obligee.
Provided further and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Surety shall not be liable for a greater
sum than that specified in this bond.
In Witness Whereof the Principal and the Surety have executed these presents.
SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE PRINCIPAL
In the presence of:
Witness
Occupation
Address
F : \wp \Contracts\Forms\Performance Bond.doc
)
) Per:
)
) Per:
) Principal
)
)
)
1 Surety
1
1
LABOUR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
1
Bond No. Project No.
Amount $ Contract No.
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we
1 hereinafter called "the Principal ",
and
1
' hereinafter called "the Surety ",
are jointly and severally held and firmly bound unto
as Trustee,
hereinafter called the "Obligee ", for the use and benefit of the Claimants, their and each of the
their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, in the amount of
Dollars ($ )
of lawful money of Canada, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made we the
Principal and Surety jointly and severally bind ourselves, our and each of our respective heirs,
executors, administrators, successors and assigns by these presents.
WHEREAS by an agreement in writing dated the day of 20
the Principal entered into a contract with the Obligee, hereinafter called "the Contract ", for
1
which Contract is by reference herein made a part hereof as fully to all intents and purposes as
though recited in full herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if the Principal
shall make payment to all Claimants for all labour and material used or reasonably required for
use in the performance of the Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it
shall remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions:
Labour and Material Payment Bond Page 2
1. A Claimant for the purpose of this Bond is defined as one having a direct contract with the
Principal for labour, material, or both, used or reasonably required for use in the
performance of the Contract, labour and material being construed to include that part of
water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment, directly
applicable to the Contract provided that a person, firm or corporation who rents equipment
to the Principal to be used in the performance of the Contract under a contract which
provides that all or any part of the rent is to be applied towards the purchase price thereof
shall only be a Claimant to the extent of the prevailing industrial rental value of such
equipment for the period during which the equipment was used in the performance of the
Contract.
2. The Principal and the Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with the Obligee, as
Trustee, that every Claimant who has not been paid as provided for under the terms of his
contract with the Principal, before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) days after the
date on which the last of such Claimant's work or labour was done or performed or
materials were furnished by such Claimant, may as a beneficiary of the trust herein
provided for, sue on this Bond, prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums
as may be justly due to such Claimant under the terms of his contract with the Principal and
have execution thereon. Provided that the Obligee is not obliged to do or take any act,
action or proceeding against the Surety on behalf of the Claimants, or any of them, to
enforce the provisions of this Bond. If any act, action or proceeding is taken either in the
name of the Obligee or by joining the Obligee as a parry to such proceeding, then such act,
action or proceeding, shall be taken on the understanding and basis that the Claimants, or
any of them, who take such act, action or proceeding shall indemnify and save harmless the
Obligee against all costs, charges and expenses or liabilities incurred thereon and any loss
or damage resulting to the Obligee by reason thereof. Provided still further that, subject to
the foregoing terms and conditions, the Claimants or any of them, may use the name of the
Obligee to sue on and enforce the provisions of this Bond.
3. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any Claimant:
(a) Unless such Claimant shall have given written notice within the time limits hereinafter set
forth to each of the Principal, the Surety and the Obligee, stating with substantial accuracy
the amount claimed. Such notice shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail, or
served in any manner in which legal process may be served in the Province of Ontario, to
the Principal, the Surety, and the Obligee, at any place where an office is regularly
maintained for the transaction of business by such persons. Such notice shall be given:
Labour and Material Payment Bond Page 3
1) in respect of any claim for the amount or any portion thereof required to be held back
from the Claimant by the Principal under either the terms of the Claimant's contract
with the Principal or under the Construction Lien Act, Chapter 6, S.O. 1983 applicable
to the Claimant's contract with the Principal, whichever is the greater within one
hundred and twenty (120) days after such Claimant should have been paid in full under
the Claimants contract with the Principal.
2) in respect of any claim other than for the holdback, or portion thereof, referred to
above, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date upon which such
Claimant did, or performed, the last of the work or labour or furnished the last of the
materials for which such claim is made, under the Claimant's contract with the
Principal.
(b) After the expiration of one (1) year following the date on which the Principal ceased work
on the Contract, including work performed under the guarantees provided in the Contract.
(c) Other than in a Court jurisdiction in the Province of Ontario, and the parties hereto agree to
submit to the jurisdiction of such Court.
4. The amount of this Bond shall be reduced by, and to the extent of any payment or
payments made in good faith, and in accordance with the provisions hereof, inclusive of
the payment by the Surety of claims under the Construction Lien Act, whether or not such
claims be presented under and against this Bond.
PROVIDED ALWAYS and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Obligee and the Principal
have the right to change, alter and vary the terms of the Contract, and that the Obligee may in its
discretion at any time or times take and receive from the Principal any security whatsoever and
grant any extension of time thereon or on any liability of the Principal to the Obligee.
PROVIDED FURTHER and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Principal and the Surety
shall not be discharged or released from liability hereunder and that such liability shall not be in
any way affected by any such changes, alterations, or variations, taking or receiving of security,
or extension of time, as aforesaid, or by the exercise by the Obligee of any of the rights or powers
reserved to it under the Contract or by its forebearance to exercise any such rights or powers,
including (but without restricting the generality of the foregoing) any changes in the extent or
nature of the works to be constructed, altered, repaired or maintained under the Contract, or by
any dealing, transaction, forebearance or forgiveness which may take place between the Principal
and the Obligee.
Labour and Material Payment Bond Page 4
PROVIDED FURTHER and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Surety shall not be liable
for a greater sum than that specified in this Bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Principal and the Surety have AFFIXED THEIR SIGNATURES
AND CORPORATE SEALS this day of , 20 .
SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE PRINCIPAL
In the presence of:
Occupation
Address
Witness
Principal
Surety
F: \wp \Contracts\Forms\L &M Bond.doc
SCHEDULE OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, GENERAL CONDITIONS & STANDARDS
The work specified in this contract will be performed in strict accordance with the following plans,
specifications, General Conditions, standards, etc. for the Municipality of Kincardine, 2010 Street
Reconstruction, Contract No. 09071.
A. SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Pages SP -1 to SP -39
B. PLANS - Drawing Nos. 1 -9
C. INFORMATION TO BIDDERS - Pages IB -1 to IB -11
D. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
Ontario Provincial Standard Specification Numbers shall apply to this contract mutatis
mutandis. Only the most recent specifications shall apply to this contract.
180 - Nov /05 310- Nov /08 405- Nov /08 501- Nov /05 516- Nov /05 701 - Nov /09
201- Nov /07 314- Nov /04 407 - Nov /07 504- Nov /09 543 - Dec /90 702 - Nov /08
206 - Nov /09 330 - May /94 408 - Nov /07 506- Nov /05 552- Nov /08
352- Nov /00 409 - Nov /09 507- Nov /05 570- Nov /07 MUNI -1101- Nov /02
353- Nov /06 410 - Apr /08 510- Nov /09 571- Nov /07
355- Nov /06 451- Apr /08 514- Nov /09 572- Nov /03
E. STANDARD DRAWINGS
310.010 400.110 701.010 802.010 912.101 1103.010 BMROSS
310.030 401.010 701.011 802.030 912.532 1103.020 208 1002
310.050 403.010 701.012 802.031 1104.010 500 1101
351.010 701.021 802.032 1006.010 1104.020 700 1106
600.040 705.010 1006.020 1105.010 702 1103
705.030 1109.011 1000 Figure No. 1
Figure No. 2
F. FORM OF TENDER
G. SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS - SGC -1
H. GENERAL CONDITIONS - OPSS.MUNI 100 Rev. Date: 11/2006
I. AGREEMENT
J. MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE CORPORATE STATEMENT
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
K. PERFORMANCE BOND
L. LABOUR & MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
M. CONTRACT RELEASE
N. STATUTORY DECLARATION RE PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
O. STATUTORY DECLARATION RE LIENS AND LIABILITIES
P. APPENDICES
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
INDEX TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS
General 1
Disposal of Surplus Materials SP -1
Restoration SP -1
I
Co- ordination of Work by Others SP -2
Item No. 1 Earth Excavation SP -3
Item Nos. 4 & 5 Granular "A" and Granular `B" SP -3
Item Nos. 6, 7,& 9 Hot Mix HL -3, HL -4 and Hot Mix Miscellaneous SP -4
Item No. 10 Removal of Bituminous Pavement (Outside Excavation) SP -7
Item No. 11 Adjust Existing Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, and SP -7
Catch Basins to Grade
Item No. 12 Removal of Existing Maintenance Holes and Catch Basins SP -7
Item No. 13 Removal of Concrete Curb or Curb and Gutter SP -8
Item No. 14 Concrete Curb and Gutter (All Types) SP -8
Item No. 15 Removal of Concrete Sidewalk and Drives SP -8
Item No. 16 Place Concrete Sidewalk and Drives SP -9
Item No. 17 Topsoil (Imported) SP -9
Item No. 18 Sodding (Nursery, Unstaked) and (Nursery, Staked) SP -10
Item No. 19 Place Precast Modular Block Concrete Steps SP -10
Item No. 20 Remove Culverts SP -11
Item No. 21 Remove and Replace Precast Concrete Unit Pavers SP -11
Item No. 22 Steel Beam Guiderail SP -11
Item No. 23 Excavate for and Plant Trees Including Topsoil Mix SP -12
Item No. 24 Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill Storm Pipe Sewers SP -12
Item No. 25 Installation of Storm Services SP -14
Item No.26 Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill 600 mm x 600 mm SP -15
Catch Basins (705.010), 600 mm x 600 mm Ditch Inlet Catch Basins
(705.030) Including Frame and Grate
Item No. 27 Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill 1200 mm, 1500 mm, & SP -15
1800 mm Precast Maintenance Holes and Maintenance Hole Catch
Basins, OPSD 701.010, 701.011, 701.012 Including Frames and Grates
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Index to Special Provisions — Page 2
Item No. 28
Item No. 29
Item No. 30
Item No. 31
Item No. 32
Item No. 33
Item No. 34
Item No. 35
Item No. 36
Item No. 37
Item No. 38
Item Nos. 39 -42
Item No. 43
Item No. 44
Item No. 45
Item No. 46
Item No. 47
Item No. 48
Item No. 49
Item No. 50
Item No. 51
Item No. 52
Item No. 53
Item No. 54
Item No. 55
Item No. 56
Item No. 57
Item No. 58
SP -16
SP -16
SP -17
SP -17
SP -18
SP -18
SP -20
SP -21
SP -21
SP -22
SP -22
SP -23
SP -32
SP -35
SP -35
SP -35
SP -36
SP -36
SP -36
SP -37
SP -37
SP -37
SP -37
SP-38
SP -38
SP -39
SP -39
SP -39
Maintenance Hole Drop Structures
Reconnect Existing Drains and Services (up to 250 mm dia.)
Supply and Place 150 mm Filter Wrapped Perforated Subdrain
Including Excavation
Storm Sewer Service Cleanout
Remove Existing Storm Sewer
Sanitary Sewer Pipe
Installation of Sanitary Services
Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill 1200 mm Precast
Maintenance Holes, OPSD 701.010
Sanitary Sewer Service Cleanout
Supply for and Place Cast Iron Strap on Saddles for Sanitary
Sewer Services
Low Pressure Sanitary Sewer System
Watermain Installation
Testing, Flushing, Swabbing and Disinfection of Watermains
Additional Trench Excavation
Imported Granular Backfill
Supply and Place 20 mm Crushed Stone Bedding
Supply and Place Imported Granular Bedding
Backfilling of New Water Services During Testing and
Disinfecting and Excavation to Connect Existing Services
Where Conditions Warrant and as Directed
Clearing (Trees All Sizes)
Grubbing (Stumps All Sizes)
Rigid Board Insulation
Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill Inline Drain Catch Basins
Excavate for, Place and Backfill Duct and Conduit
Remove and Relocate Canada Post Mailboxes
Traffic Control
Bonding and Insurance
Contingencies
Lump Sum for Other Requirements
GENERAL
DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS MATERIALS
All excavated material shall become the property of the Contractor, and the Contractor's unit
price bid for the item shall include the cost of loading, hauling, dumping and levelling the
material as directed by the Contract Administrator. The Contractor's management of excess
materials shall be in accordance with OPSS 180.
1. Earth material shall be disposed of by the Contractor, outside the contract limits.
2. Asphalt shall be disposed of by the Contractor, at an approved site outside the contract
limits
3. Concrete shall be disposed of by the Contractor outside the contract limits
4. Asbestos Cement Pipe shall be collected daily and delivered to the Municipal landfill
site on Bruce Ave.
RESTORATION
When noted in the Form of Tender or identified in the Special Provision, the unit price bid for
the appropriate item(s) shall include complete restoration. All restoration shall be as noted
below in the General Restoration Requirements.
Restoration Beyond the Limits of General Grading Onerations
SP -1
When noted in the Form of Tender or identified in the Special Provisions, the unit price bid for
the appropriate item(s) shall include restoration beyond the general grading operations. Contract
items are provided for the restoration of work within the general grading operations. Restoration
of areas beyond the general grading operations shall be included in the unit price of the item.
Areas beyond the general grading operations include, but are not limited to, stockpile locations,
areas disturbed by equipment or material storage sites or service connections. All restoration
shall be as noted below in the General Restoration Requirements.
General Restoration Requirements
All restoration shall be in accordance with OPSS 507 and the following:
(a) Lawn Areas -- 100 mm of approved topsoil levelled and graded to conform to the
existing ground, followed by nursery sod approved by the Contract Administrator.
(b) Non -lawn, Non - roadwav areas -- 100 mm of approved topsoil levelled and graded to
conform to the existing ground, followed by an approved seed and mulch application.
(c) Where existing roadway /driveway is paved -- 300 mm minimum of Granular `B ",
150 mm of Granular "A ", and 50 mm of HL -3 in driveways, or 2 -40 mm lifts of HL -4
minimum in roadways or to match the depth of existing asphalt. Where 2 or more lifts of
asphalt are required against existing pavement, a stepped joint shall be prepared by
removing 0.5 m wide by the depth of the existing surface course prior to paving.
(d) Where existing roadway /driveway is gravel -- 300 mm of Granular `B "; and 150 mm of
Granular "A ".
SP -2
(e) Where existing driveway is concrete -- 300 mm minimum of Granular `B" and 150 mm
of Granular "A "; for residential drives -- 150 mm of 30 MPa concrete with crushed
limestone; and for commercial drives -- 200 mm of 30 MPa concrete with crushed
limestone.
(f) Where existing driveway is brick or unit pavers — 300 mm minimum of Granular `B" and
150 mm of Granular "A" and 25 mm to 38 mm of limestone screening and match existing
patterns.
(g) All disturbed or damaged concrete structures, such as sidewalks, curbs and gutter, etc.,
shall be removed and replaced.
(h) Prior to the expiration of the maintenance holdback, the contractor shall repair all
settlements. Settlements of lawns, non -lawns or non - roadway areas shall be restored by
applying sufficient topsoil to the settled area followed by an application of approved seed
and mulch. Asphalt settlements shall be restored by milling the deficient area followed
by the placement Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA). All repairs shall be in accordance with OPSS
570, OPSS 572, and OPSS 310.
NOTE
• In (a) and (b) above, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure a catch of grass at the
termination of the contract.
• All asphalt surfaces shall be saw -cut prior to resurfacing.
• All concrete structures shall be saw -cut prior to replacement.
CO ORDINATION OF WORK BY OTHERS
The Contractor will co- ordinate his work with local utility companies for the installation of new
underground ducts and existing utilities that are to be relocated. When it is impossible to avoid
working in the area at the same time, a barrier will have to be maintained to have separation in
time and space between the contractor and the utility company. Where necessary, the Contractor
shall move the operation to another part of the contract and give the utility sufficient time to
complete any work deemed necessary at that time during the contract.
Dale Wall — Construction Coordinator, Bruce Telecom — (519) 368 -1243
Peter Gibson — Kincardine Cable TV — (519) 396 -8880
Utilities Relocation
The Contractor will encounter existing underground utility cables during construction. The
drawings indicate the approximate locations of buried cables for T.V., telephone and hydro.
A) The BMTS Telephone system includes buried cables along the northerly side of
MacCaskill and easterly side of Riggins with service wires crossing the streets.
B) The Kincardine Cable TV system includes a coaxial cable on the northerly side of
MacCaskill and the easterly side of Riggins
Where these utilities are encountered, the Contractor shall expose the utility cable, move and
protect them to the side of his operations. The utility company will be responsible for the
reburying of these utility lines.
Payment for this work shall be included in the appropriate item in the Form of Tender.
Duct Installation
A provisional item has been included in the contract for the installation of new duct where
required by the utility company.
ITEM NO. 1
EARTH EXCAVATION
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall excavate to the required line and grade, or as directed
by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. All excavated material shall be
disposed of as outlined under the General SP - Disposal of Surplus Materials.
The unit price bid shall also include all excavation and grading required for sidewalks and all
excavation required at side street and private entrances. The unit price bid shall include the
removal and disposal of designated asphalt, including curbs and any other minor structures
encountered during the course of construction if not included as a separate item in the contract.
The Contractor may be required to use approved excavated material as fill behind the proposed
curbs at sites designated by the Contract Administrator.
The Contractor may be required to salvage existing granular material to be used as
granular backfill to the roadbed and placed as directed by the Contract Administrator.
Payment for this work will be paid as earth excavation per cubic metre based on the theoretical
calculated end areas for the roadbed excavation.
The Contractor shall restore each block for traffic before beginning excavation in any other
block. Access to commercial establishments will be maintained at all times by a method
satisfactory to the Contract Administrator.
ITEM NO. 4 &5
GRANULAR "A" AND GRANULAR `B"
SP -3
The Contractor shall give the local utility sufficient time after the road excavation is completed
to do any work necessary regarding utilities before any granular backfill is placed.
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply to the site, place, fine grade and compact
Granular "A" and Granular `B" materials required in the roadway for roadbed, subdrains,
shouldering, driveways, under the sidewalk and curb and gutter, which are applicable to this
contract. All other Granular "A" or Granular `B" materials required shall be included in the unit
prices bid for those items where material is required.
ITEM NO. 6,7, &9
HOT MIX HL -4, HOT MIX MISCELLANEOUS
General
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials, for the
execution of paving work in accordance with OPSS 310 for Marshall mixes of Hot Mix Asphalt
(HMA).
The Contractor's unit price bid for this item shall also include all ramping, transverse joints,
and/or removal of all transverse joints and all deramping at structures, sidewalk drops and
driveway entrances, as directed by the Contract Administrator.
If applicable, tack coating will be included and paid as a separate item in the contract.
All asphalt plant operations shall comply with municipal regulations and ordinances governing
the area in which the plant is located.
SP -4
The Contractor will be required to submit a mix design for approval prior to commencing
the paving operations.
Materials
Performance graded asphalt cement shall be PG 58 -28. The Performance Graded Asphalt
Cement (PGAC) will conform to MUNI OPSS 1101 for the specified grade.
Equipment
OPSS 310 is amended in that automatic screed controls are not required. No surface trial coat
area shall be required under this contract.
Construction
• When the Hot Mix Price Adjustment is part of the contract, Hot Mix asphalt sampling and
testing is a requirement of the contract and all costs to be paid by the Contractor.
• Asphalt cement sampling and testing is not a requirement of the contract.
• The contractor is responsible for all Quality Control (QC) testing. The QC documentation
shall be made available to the Contract Administrator upon request.
• Quality control testing are to be used for acceptance in place of Quality Assurance test
results.
• 450 mm stepped joints are required when placing HMA adjacent to existing paved areas with
an existing asphalt depth of 100 mm or more.
• Hot Mix Asphalt padding shall be placed prior to placing the surface course of asphalt. The
tonnage required for HMA padding will be included with the appropriate HMA item.
OPSS 310.07.11.04 Longitudinal and Transverse Joints is amended as follows:
b. Where a surface course is placed flush against an existing HMA pavement, a stepped joint
shall be prepared by removing the existing surface course to its full depth for a length of
Hot Mix Miscellaneous
Hot Mix Miscellaneous shall be measured in square metres. In areas where Hot Mix
Miscellaneous is designated on the plans and more than one 50 mm lift of Hot Mix is required,
measurement for payment will be made as if two single courses of Hot Mix were required.
The payment adjustment per tonne will apply to the quantity of asphalt cement in the hot mix
accepted into the Work during the month for which it is established. The payment adjustment
for the month will be calculated by the following means:
SP -5
0.5 m and the remaining depth shall be trimmed to form a straight vertical face (see Asphalt
Joint Detail BMROSS 208). Removal of existing surface course shall be by means of
burning out or a milling machine.
The Contractor shall also take note that he is to pave designated drives, boulevards and areas
behind the curb as directed by the Contract Administrator. This hand laid asphalt will only apply
to areas that, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, do not permit the operation of a
paving machine. The supply of the HL -3 for these areas shall be included under the item for Hot
Mix Miscellaneous.
Hot Mix Price Adjustment
Payment to the contractor for hot mix to be based on changes to the Ministry of Transportation's
performance graded asphalt cement price index as presented herein.
The price index will be published monthly in the MTO Contract Bulletin and displayed on the
OHMPA (www.ohmna.ora) and the MTO website (www.raas.mto.aov.on.ca). The price index
will be used to calculate the amount of the payment adjustment per tonne of asphalt cement
accepted into the Work.
The price index will be based on the price, excluding taxes, FOB the depots in the Toronto area,
of asphalt cement grade PG 58 -28 or equivalent. One index will be used to establish and
calculate the payment adjustment for all grades. As of July 2006 the price index for each month
will reflect the average of the same month's prices and be published on the last day of the month
and be retroactively applied to HMA laid in the same month.
A payment adjustment per tonne of asphalt cement will be established for each month in which
paving occurs when the price index for the month differs by more than $15.00 /tonne from the
AC price index for the month prior to tender opening. When the price index differential is less
then $15.00 /tonne, there will be no payment adjustment for that month. Payment adjustments
due to changes in the price index are independent of any other payment adjustments made to hot
mix tender items.
1. When AC Prices are Rising by more than $15.00 /tonne: the payment adjustment to be
paid to the Contractor is the result of subtracting the price index established by the
Contract Administrator from the price index in effect when paving takes place, minus
the $15.00 float, multiplied by the number of tonnes of PGAC incorporated in the mix(s)
as determined by the job mix formula.
SP -6
2. When AC Prices are Falling by more than $15.00 /tonne: the payment adjustment made
in favour of the Owner is the result of subtracting the price index in effect when paving
takes place, plus the $15.00 float from the price index for established by the Contract
Administrator, multiplied by the number of tonnes of PGAC incorporated in the mix(s)
as determined by the job mix formula.
3. When Paving Occurs After the Date of Completion: The price index for the month of
completion shall be used when determining the payment adjustment should the paving be
performed after the specified completion date. The calculations used in determining the
payment, regardless of rising AC prices or falling AC prices, shall be as indicated above.
4. The tender price and Hot Mix Price Adjustment will be based on $950 /tonne liquid
asphalt.
For mixes which contain reclaimed asphalt pavement, the quantity of new asphalt cement will be
determined from the difference between the asphalt cement content required by the job mix
formula and the asphalt cement content of the reclaimed asphalt pavement incorporated into the
hot mix, as calculated by the Contract Administrator.
The quantity of new asphalt cement includes all grade of asphalt cement supplied by the
Contractor with and without polymer modifiers. For each month in which a payment adjustment
has been established, the quantity of the escalation/de- escalation will be calculated using the hot
mix quantity accepted into the Work and its corresponding asphalt cement content as required by
the job mix formula.
For mixes which contain reclaimed asphalt pavement, the increase due the contractor or the
rebate due the owner will be calculated as if virgin hot mix asphalt has been supplied. This fairly
reflects the increasing value of the Contractor's RAP pile when AC prices are increasing and the
opposite when they are declining.
Example 1 AC Prices Increasing
• PGCA 58 -28 specified, 1,100 tonnes of HL4 @ 5.2% AC (57.2 tonnes AC)
• The Price Index on tender opening is $900 /tonne
• The applicable Price Index as published on August 30 effective for the August 17 -
24 2009 actual paving dates is $950.00 /tonne (PG 58 -28)
• Payment adjustment to be paid to the Contractor:
($950 - $15.00) - $900.00 x 57.2 tonnes AC = $35.00 x 57.2 tonnes AC = $2,002.00
Example 2 — AC Prices Decreasing
• PGAC 58 -28 specified, 1,100 tonnes of HL4 @ 5.2% AC (57.2 tonnes AC)
• The Price Index on tender opening is $900.00 /tonne (PG 58 -28)
• The applicable Price Index as published on September 30 effective for the
September 11 2009 actual paving dates in $775.00 /tonne (PG 58 -28)
• Payment for hot mix items reduced by:
$900.00 — ($775.00 + $15.00) x 57.2 tonnes AC = $110 x 57.2 tonnes AC =
$6,292.00
ITEM NO. 10
REMOVAL OF BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT (OUTSIDE EXCAVATION)
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and equipment to remove and
dispose of bituminous pavement from those areas shown on the drawings or as directed by the
Contract Administrator at the time of construction. This item will only be used for removal of
asphalt where the earth excavation item is not applicable and will include saw - cutting, if
required.
Disposal of asphalt shall be as outlined under the General SP- Disposal of Surplus Materials.
ITEM NO. 11
ADJUST EXISTING MAINTENANCE HOLES AND CATCH BASINS TO GRADE
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to adjust the
designated maintenance holes or catch basins to the grade established by the Contract
Administrator at the time of construction. The frames and grates shall be adjusted by removing
or placing additional precast concrete adjustment units. The precast adjustment units will be
grouted into place by means of an approved mortar mix and shall be parged inside and outside
with 12 mm thick mortar coat. Asphalt removal and restoration around structures shall be
included in the price bid per each and shall include placing asphalt to the depth of existing
asphalt for all disturbed areas where applicable. All work shall be carried out to the satisfaction
of the Contract Administrator.
Adjustment
The adjustment of maintenance holes and catch basins will apply where the tops are to be raised
or lowered by 600 mm or less using adjustment units.
ITEM NO. 12
REMOVAL OF EXISTING MAINTENANCE HOLES AND CATCH BASINS
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to excavate,
remove and dispose of the maintenance holes and catch basins shown on the drawings or as
directed by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The Contractor shall backfill
the excavation with Granular `B ", compact the excavation and dispose of all debris to the
satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. All existing frames and grates removed are the
property of the owner and shall be delivered to the owner's yard at the Contractor's expense. It
will be the Contractor's responsibility to seal off any existing pipes or reconnect to new outlets.
The Contractor shall note here that catch basins constructed from inverted sewer 300 mm dia. tile
or smaller shall not be considered for payment.
Disposal of material shall be as outlined under the General SP — Disposal of Surplus Materials.
SP -7
ITEM NO. 13
REMOVAL OF CONCRETE CURB OR CURB AND GUTTER
Disposal of material shall be as outlined under the General SP Disposal of Surplus Materials.
ITEM NO. 14
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER (ALL TYPES)
SP -8
For the unit price bid the contractor shall supply all labour, equipment, and materials to remove
the existing concrete curb or curb and gutter as indicated on the contract drawings or as directed
by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The unit price bid shall include the
cost of saw cutting the existing asphalt pavement adjacent to the curb and gutter being removed.
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials. Further to the
requirements of 353.07.06, Joints, the Contractor, when placing concrete curb and gutter, by the
extrusion method, shall saw -cut contraction joints in the hardened concrete within a sufficient
time of placing of the curb and gutter to prevent uncontrolled cracking
The spacing of these joints shall be not more than 5.0 metres.
ITEM NO. 15
REMOVAL OF CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVES
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to remove
the concrete sidewalks and drives as indicated on the contract drawings or as directed by the
Contract Administrator at the time of construction.
When the existing sidewalk or drive is to be replaced as indicated on the contract drawings, the
unit price bid shall also include the removal of an additional 125mm (min) of any non - granular
material under the existing concrete. This additional depth is required for the placement of the
Granular "A" base for the new concrete.
The unit price bid shall include the saw cutting of existing concrete sidewalk or drive at the side
streets and private walks adjacent to the front of buildings. The Contractor shall be responsible
for any damages to existing building fronts during the removal of existing sidewalks, where
applicable.
Excavated material and concrete shall be disposed of as outlined under the General SP - Disposal
of Surplus Materials.
ITEM NO. 16
PLACE CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVES
PART 1
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials to place concrete
sidewalks and drives where indicated on the drawings or designated by the Contract
Administrator at the time of construction.
Exposed Aggregate
The contractor shall provide a qualified foreman or supervisor, who has a minimum, 5 years
experience with exposed aggregates and who has successfully completed exposed aggregate
installations of high quality and similar in scope. The exposed aggregate finish shall be
completed on site by trained and experienced workmen.
The pea gravel used will have a strong influence on the final appearance of the slab. The
contractor shall supply a sample of the pea stone to be approved by the Contract Administrator
and Owner prior to the start of construction.
When washing the cement off of the surface, the wash water is extremely high in pH, and has
suspended solids. The Contractor shall ensure that the wash water does not enter the Municipal
sewers.
The Contractor shall provide and use a sealer for all imprinted concrete. The sealer shall be a
clear sealer with a non -slip additive being used — SureGrip or equivalent to be used. The
concrete shall be washed prior to sealing.
PART 3
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials to place concrete
sidewalks where indicated on the drawings and on Figure 2 or designated by the Contract
Administrator at the time of construction.
SP -9
All excavation and Granular "A" base for the sidewalks shall be included in the unit price bid for
Millenium Way and Durham Street sidewalks.
Inclusive to all parts:
OPSS 351 is amended to include the following:
351.05.01 - Concrete - coarse aggregate shall be crushed limestone and the mix design shall
be submitted to the Contract Administrator for approval.
351.05.04 - Granular - the granular material shall be Granular "A ".
351.07.02.02 - Granular Base - the placement depth of Granular "A" shall be 125 mm
minimum or to the same depth as the sidewalk or drive.
351.07.10 - Joints, all longitudinal and transverse joints shall be saw cut contraction
joints in the hardened concrete within a sufficient time of placing the sidewalk.
351.10 - Basis of Payment - Granular "A" shall be paid under the item Granular "A" as
specified in OPSS 314.
ITEM NO. 17
TOPSOIL (IMPORTED)
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall fine grade to a uniform surface the areas to be
topsoiled as indicated on the contract drawings or as designated by the Contract Administrator at
the time of construction. The topsoil shall be of good quality. subject to the Contract
Administrator's approval. The Contractor shall uniformly spread the topsoil to a depth of not
less than 100 mm. The cost of fine grading, supplying, placing and raking the topsoil shall be
included in the unit price bid.
ITEM NO. 18
SODDING (NURSERY, UNSTAKED) and (NURSERY, STAKED)
For the unit price bid, the nursery sod and water for sod shall be supplied and placed by the
Contractor at locations designated by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction.
All sod shall meet the requirements current at the date of contract of the Ontario Sod Growers
Association for No. 1 Bluegrass Fescue Sod and shall be cut to a minimum thickness of 19 mm.
All sod shall be delivered to the site in good condition and placed in a manner satisfactory to the
Contract Administrator.
The sod shall be watered by the Contractor at his expense using approved equipment and in a
manner that shall not erode, wash away, or damage the sod or topsoil.
The maintenance period for OPSS 571 has been amended. The maintenance period for sod shall
be as per Information to Bidders, IB 36.
ITEM NO. 19
PLACE PRECAST MODULAR BLOCK CONCRETE STEPS
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to
construct modular block concrete steps in accordance with manufacturers specifications, and
with instructions given by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The following
table summarizes the locations and approximate dimensions.
The concrete block system shall be Grande by Pavestone Plus Inc., Cambridge, Ontario, or
equivalent product as approved by the Contract Administrator. Colour to be selected from
standard monochromatic or blended colours at time of construction.
SP -10
The blocks shall be set with such skill that the vertical and horizontal alignment is straight and
true to the eye at the completion of stair assembly.
Under this item, the Contractor shall supply, place, level and compact Granular "A" bedding and
backfill to the strict requirements of the modular block manufacturer.
Payment for this item shall be a lump sum and shall be full compensation for excavating for,
supplying and installing the modular blocks, granular foundation and granular backfill.
Sta.
1 +030
ITEM NO.20
REMOVE CULVERTS
Approx. Vertical (m)
1.4 m
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall remove existing culverts, including excavation and
backfill for culverts across the roadway or entrances as shown on the plans or directed by the
Contract Administrator at the time of construction. All work shall be done in accordance with
OPSS 421. All backfill material shall be approved granular material compacted to a minimum
dry density of 100 %.
ITEM NO. 21
REMOVE AND REPLACE PRECAST CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS
Width (m)
1.5 m
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to remove,
salvage and re -lay the existing concrete unit pavers as indicated on the contract drawings or as
directed by the Contract Administrator. When relaying the unit pavers, the contractor will match
the pre - construction pattern.
Any additional pavers required shall be supplied by the Owner and any surplus pavers shall
become the property of the Owner.
Construction
• Setting bed for the pavers to be 25mm of limestone screening,
• Joint filler to be a clean, sharp natural, fine masonry sand.
• Sealer to be applied as per manufacturer's specifications.
All materials required for setting bed, joint filler and sealer shall be included in the unit price bid
for this item.
All other work shall be in accordance with OPSS 355.
ITEM NO. 22
STEEL BEAM GUIDERAIL
SP -11
a) For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all materials, labour and equipment to
remove the existing steel beam guiderail where shown on the contract drawings
b) For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, material, and equipment for the
complete installations as per OPSD 912.532 and OPSS 552. Signage shall be a Wa -8R
checkerboard sign as per Book 6 of the Ontario Traffic Manual.
1
1
ITEM NO. 23
EXCAVATE FOR AND PLANT TREES INCLUDING TOPSOIL MIX
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, materials, and equipment for the
complete installation of the trees including preparation of soil mix, and staking of trees as
directed by the Contract Administrator.
The trees shall be a minimum of 50 mm in diameter and a minimum height of 3.0 m. The tree
location shall be determined at the time of construction by the Contract Administrator. The
Contractor shall maintain the trees until the end of the guaranteed maintenance. Trees that
require replacement prior to the expiration of the guaranteed maintenance shall be at the
Contractor's expense.
ITEM NO. 24
SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL STORM PIPE SEWERS
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the
complete installation and testing of the storm sewers as indicated on the contract drawings. The
sizes of the sewers as well as the backfill material are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the
contract drawing.
Pipe Material
OPSS 410.05 materials is amended to accept the following pipe material for storm sewers:
(a) Concrete Sewer Pipe (Rigid)
- 150 mm to 375 mm Class 3
- 375 mm or greater as specified in the tender form
(b) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (Flexible)
- Class SDR 35 or Class V (320 kPa)
- Annular ribbed profile for ribbed pipe
(c) Polyethylene Sewer Pipe (Flexible) - CSA certified Sewer Class to B 182.6
- 150 mm to 750 mm
- smooth inner wall, annular corrugated profile (320 kPa), 15 PSI bell and spigot joints
shall have elastomeric gaskets (CSA certified to B 182.6).
SP -12
If pipe material selected differs from that specified in the Form of Tender, the Contractor shall,
upon request, supply the Contract Administrator with proof of CSA certification for both the
pipe and the elastomeric gaskets, all at the expense of the Contractor.
The Contractor shall supply the pipe in the size and strength designated, as noted in the Form of
Tender or approved equivalent by the Contract Administrator.
Bedding, Embedment and Backfill
SP -13
Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid
pipe and whichever soil type is applicable.
Embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013, or 802.014 for flexible pipe and whichever
soil type is applicable.
Embedment material shall be Granular "A ". Cover material shall be approved granular material
or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe.
Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall be
compacted to a minimum dry density of 95 %. If granular material is specified, it shall be
compacted to a minimum dry density of 100 %.
The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular bedding, embedment cover material and
the backfilling noted herein.
All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the General
SP - Disposal of Surplus Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid
of sewer.
Perforated Storm Sewer
Perforated storm sewer to be installed as per detail on Drawing 1. The unit price bid shall
include 19 mm dia. clear stone wrapped in non -woven filter cloth. Class 1 with Filter Opening
Size (FOS) of 130 -110 µm, as directed by the Contract Administrator.
Field Testing
All deflection testing of sewers as per OPSS 410.07.16 shall be included in the unit price bid if
using PVC or polyethylene pipe.
Compaction
All bedding, cover and backfill materials shall be placed in layers prior to compacting in
accordance with OPSS 514.07.10. Compaction shall be done using a "Hoepac" type
compaction unit.
All costs of compaction and water used for compaction shall be included in the unit price for
sewer. No additional payment will be made for removal of existing sewers, watermains, or
minor structures encountered in the trench excavation.
Removing Existing Storm Sewer
The unit price bid shall include the cost of removing existing storm sewers where applicable.
Abandoning Sewers
The Contractor will be required to plug up, by means of brick and mortar, certain existing sewers
that are to be abandoned, as directed by the Contract Administrator. The cost of this work is to
be included in the Contractor's bid for new sewer intercepting these old sewers or drains.
The Contractor shall allow sufficient time for the Owner to video inspect the sewers to determine
if there are any blind connections.
Connecting Sewers
The Contractor will be required, at his own expense, to make all connections to new and existing
catch basins, maintenance holes, culverts, or sewers (regardless of pipe material) in a manner set
out in the contract drawings or as designated by the Contract Administrator at the time of
construction.
Maintenance of Flow
The Contractor shall provide for the maintenance of flow in all sewers and maintenance holes at
all times.
Restoration
Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP - Restoration.
ITEM NO. 25
INSTALLATION OF STORM SERVICES
SP -14
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the
complete installation of the storm services as indicated on the contract drawings. The sizes of
the services are as noted on the Form of Tender. The unit price bid shall also include the cost of
the main line service tee and end cap required for each service.
Pipe Material
Pipe material for storm sewer services shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) SDR - 28.
Bedding and Backfill
Bedding and cover shall be as per OPSD 1006.010 for rigid main pipe sewer and OPSD
1006.020 for flexible main pipe sewer. Backfill shall be as noted on the Form of Tender.
Compaction
All bedding, cover and backfill materials shall be placed in layers prior to compacting in
accordance with OPSS 514.07.10. Compaction shall be done using a "Hoepac" type
compaction unit.
Installation of Services
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the cost of connecting to existing storm
services with the approved fittings and material to make the connection (Fernco or equivalent).
The unit price bid shall include all restoration outside the limits of the grading operations of the
road reconstruction part of the project, when applicable.
All services to vacant lots shall include an end cap and the ends of all services shall be marked
by a 50 mm x 100 mm wood post extending from the service to 300 mm above the surface of the
ground with the top section painted fluorescent green. The post shall be supplied and placed by
the Contractor.
Restoration
Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP - Restoration.
ITEM NO. 26
SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL 600 mm x 600 mm
CATCH BASINS (705.010), 600 mm x 600 mm DITCH INLET CATCH BASINS
(705.030), INCLUDING FRAME AND GRATES
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the
complete installation of the structures as indicated on the contract drawings. The sizes of the
structures are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the contract drawing.
The contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply the necessary granular bedding and
backfill and compact the material in accordance with OPSS 516.
The unit price bid shall also include the supply and placing of catch basin frames and grates in
accordance with OPSD 400.110 OR 403.010 and the cost of connecting new basins to existing
sewers as directed at the time of construction.
Compaction around catch basins shall be done using a "Hoepac" type compaction unit.
Payment for the structure shall be 80% of the unit price for the installation and 100% of unit
price upon completion of parging and removal of debris from the bottom of the structure.
When the surface course of asphalt is to be placed at a later date, the unit price bid shall also
include ramping of the structure and the installation of 50mm diameter PVC drains as per
BMROSS Standard Drawing 702.
SP -15
ITEM NO. 27
SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL 1200 mm, 1500 mm, & 1800 mm
PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLES AND MAINTENANCE HOLE -CATCH BASINS,
OPSD 701.010, 701.011, or 701.012 INCLUDING FRAMES AND GRATES
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the
complete installation of the structures. The sizes of the structures are as noted on the Form of
Tender and on the contract drawing.
SP -16
The Contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply the necessary granular bedding and
backfill and compact the material in accordance with OPSS 516.
The Contractor shall supply and install frames and grates as shown on the drawings to the grade
established by the Contract Administrator. The Contractor shall supply ladder rungs and all
materials to make all connections to existing sewers.
Also, when required, included in the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the benching of
all storm maintenance holes designated, as per OPSD 701.021.
Where new maintenance holes are to be constructed on existing sewers, the Contractor will be
required to maintain the sewage flow by either piping through the maintenance hole location or
providing by -pass pumping around the maintenance hole site. Prior to the commencement of
work, the Contract Administrator shall approve the method proposed by the contractor for
maintaining flow.
Compaction around maintenance holes shall be done using a "Hoepac" type of compaction
unit.
Payment for the structure shall be 80% of the unit price for the installation and 100% of unit
price upon completion of parging, removal of debris from the bottom of the structure and
benching when applicable.
ITEM NO. 28
MAINTENANCE HOLE DROP STRUCTURES
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to construct
external precast drop structures at the storm sewer maintenance holes as indicated on the contract
drawings.
Drop pipe shall be one size smaller than the incoming sewer with a minimum 200 mm dia. and a
maximum of 375 mm dia. The required pipe, tees and bends shall be the same class as that used
for sewers.
ITEM NO. 29
RECONNECT EXISTING DRAINS AND SERVICES (up to 250 mm dia.)
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall excavate for, supply and install, reconnect and backfill
all existing drains and /or services encountered, as directed at the time of construction. All
connections shall be made with approved couplings (Fernco or equivalent).
Payment under this item will only be paid when directed by the Contract Administrator to:
• Relocate drains and services that conflict with the sewer and/or watermain in horizontal or
vertical alignment.
• Repair any drains and services encountered that have not been shown on the drawings.
The Contractor is responsible for replacing all other broken or damaged drains and services
encountered in the excavation.
Pipe Material
Pipe material for repairs shall be Polyethylene Sewer Pipe (flexible) — CSA certified Sewer Class
to B 182.6 or PVC SDR -28.
Bedding, Embedment and Backfill
SP -17
Embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.013 or 802.014 for flexible pipe and whichever soil type
is applicable.
Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular `A ". Cover material shall be approved
granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm (min) above the top of the pipe.
ITEM NO. 30
SUPPLY AND PLACE 150 mm FILTER WRAPPED PERFORATED SUBDRAIN
INCLUDING EXCAVATION
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall excavate for, supply and install the subdrain, including
filter wrap (non -woven type) Class 1 with a Filter Opening Size (FOS) of 130 -100 pm as
directed by the Contract Administrator.
The supply and backfilling of granular backfill shall be paid for with the granular item for the
roadbed.
Pipe Material
OPSS 405.05 Materials is amended to accept the following material for pipe subdrains.
(a) Corrugated steel pipe minimum 1 3 mm thickness
(b) Polyethylene Big "0" Boss 2000 or equivalent.
The filter wrap geotextile shall be in accordance with OPSS 1860.
The maximum stone size for the granular backfill shall be 50 mm dia.
ITEM NO. 31
STORM SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUT
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials for the complete
installation of service cleanouts as shown on the detail drawing.
Each cleanout shall be a 100 mm diameter cover equal to a Malcolm Bolter Cover (Bell end) as
supplied by Crowle Fittings Ltd., or equivalent. Adaptors to be provided as required.
Each cleanout shall be clearly marked with a minimum of 2.0 m of 50 x 100 wooden post.
ITEM NO. 32
REMOVE EXISTING STORM SEWER
For the unit price bid the Contractor shall remove and backfill existing storm sewers as directed
by the Contract Administrator. The granular backfill material shall be included in the unit price
bid for this item. Backfill to be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100 %. Payment of this
item will only be made where the existing sewer being removed is outside of the excavated
trench for the other proposed works in the opinion of the Contract Administrator.
Excavated material and storm sewer pipe shall be disposed of by the Contractor.
ITEM NO. 33
SANITARY SEWER PIPE
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the
complete installation and testing of the sanitary sewers as indicated on the contract drawings.
The sizes of the sewers as well as the backfill material are as noted on the Form of Tender and on
the contract drawing.
Pipe Material
Bedding, Embedment and Backfill
SP -18
Pipe material for sanitary sewers shall be as noted in the Form of Tender. Where required and
shown on the drawings, end caps, adapters, reducers, etc. shall be provided and the cost included
in the unit price bid for this item.
Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid
pipe and whichever soil type is applicable.
Embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013 or 802.014 for flexible pipe and whichever
soil type is applicable.
Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular "A ". Cover material shall be approved
granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe.
Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall
be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95 %. If granular material is specified, it shall be
compacted to a minimum dry density of 100 %.
The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular bedding or embedment, cover material
and the backfilling noted herein.
All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the
General SP - Disposal of Surplus Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit
price bid per metre of sewer.
Maintenance of Flow
SP -19
The Contractor shall provide for the maintenance of flow of sanitary sewage in the sewers and in
any maintenance holes being connected by this work.
The Contractor shall provide adequate pumping and power facilities to maintain operation of the
sewer system on a continuous basis. The method of maintaining flow shall be approved by the
Contract Administrator in advance of construction proceeding.
All cost of maintaining sewage flow, where required, shall be included in the unit price bid for
these items.
Connecting Sewers and Modifying Benching
The cost of breaking into, connecting, sealing and modifying the existing benching to
accommodate the same pipe size shall be included in the unit price bid.
Removing Existing Sanitary Sewer
The unit price bid shall include the cost of removing existing sanitary sewers where applicable.
Field Testing
The unit price bid shall include infiltration or exfiltration test and deflection testing in
accordance with OPSS 410.07.16 - Field Testing.
Closed Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines
All mainline sewer shall be television camera inspected, including the complete inspection and
view of all laterals and deficiencies as per OPSS 410.10.02.
The Contractor will engage a Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor and co- ordinate
the work to have it completed prior to achieving substantial performance for the contract.
The General Contractor will be responsible for hiring the Closed Circuit Television Inspection
Contractor directly, however, the Closed Circuit Television inspection work will be carried out
under the supervision of, and to the satisfaction of, the Contract Administrator.
Compaction
All bedding, cover and backfill materials shall be placed in layers prior to compacting, in
accordance with OPSS 514.07.10. Compaction shall be done using a "Hoepac" type
compaction unit.
All work shall be in accordance with OPSS 409 and 409.10. Basis of payment is amended to be
included in the unit price bid per metre of sewer pipe.
Cleaning and Flushing Pipe Sewers
OPSS 410.07.17 is to be included in the unit price bid for this item.
Restoration
Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP - Restoration.
ITEM NO. 34
INSTALLATION OF SANITARY SERVICES
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the
complete installation of the sanitary services as indicated on the contract drawings. The sizes of
the services are as noted on the Form of Tender. The unit price bid shall also include the cost of
the main line service tee and end cap required for each service.
Pipe Material
Pipe material for sanitary sewer services shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) SDR - 28.
Bedding and Backfill
Bedding and cover shall be as per OPSD 1006.010 for rigid main pipe sewer and OPSD
1006.020 for flexible main pipe sewer. Backfill shall be as noted on the Form of Tender.
Compaction
All bedding, cover and backfill materials shall be placed in layers prior to compacting in
accordance with OPSS 514.07.10. Compaction shall be done using a "Hoepac" type
compaction unit.
Installation of Services
SP -20
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the cost of connecting to existing sanitary
services with the approved fittings and material to make the connection (Fernco or equivalent).
The unit price bid shall include all restoration outside the limits of the grading operations of the
road reconstruction part of the project, when applicable.
All services to vacant lots shall include an end cap and the ends of all services shall be marked
by a 50 mm x 100 mm wood post extending from the service to 300 mm above the surface of the
ground with the top section painted fluorescent green. The post shall be supplied and placed by
the Contractor.
Restoration
Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP - Restoration.
ITEM NO. 35
SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL 1200 mm PRECAST
MAINTENANCE HOLES, OPSD 701.010
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the
complete installation of the structures. The sizes of the structures are as noted on the Form of
Tender and on the contract drawing.
The Contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply the necessary granular bedding and
backfill and compact the material in accordance with OPSS 516.
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply and install frames and grates as shown on the
drawings to the grade established by the Contract Administrator. The Contractor shall supply
ladder rungs and all materials to make all connections to existing sewers.
Also included in the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the benching of all sanitary
maintenance holes designated in accordance with standard drawing OPSD 701.021.
Where new maintenance holes are to be constructed on existing sewers, the Contractor will be
required to maintain the sewage flow by either piping through the maintenance hole location or
providing bypass pumping around the maintenance hole site. Prior to the commencement of
work, the Contract Administrator shall approve the method proposed by the contractor for
maintaining flow.
Compaction around maintenance holes shall be done using a "Hoepac" type compaction
unit.
Payment for the structure shall be 80% of the unit price for the installation and 100% of unit
price upon completion of parging, removal of debris from the bottom of the structure and
benching when applicable.
ITEM NO. 36
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUT
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials for the complete
installation of service cleanouts as shown on the detail drawing.
SP -21
Each cleanout shall be a 100 mm diameter cover equal to a Malcolm Bolter Cover (Bell end) as
supplied by Crowle Fittings Ltd., or equivalent. Adaptors to be provided as required.
Each cleanout shall be clearly marked with a minimum of 2.0 m of 50 x 100 wooden post.
ITEM NO. 37
SUPPLY FOR AND PLACE CAST IRON STRAP ON SADDLES FOR
SANITARY SEWER SERVICES
For the price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials for the complete
installation of Concord - Daigle Inc. cast iron strap on saddles or equivalent.
These saddles shall be sized to fit existing sanitary sewers where services are to be placed.
The Contractor shall tap the existing sanitary sewers by mechanical means in a manner
satisfactory to the Contract Administrator.
ITEM NO. 38
LOW PRESSURE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM
Pipe Material
SP -22
Pipe material to be PE (Polyethylene DR11, as specified). Joining of pipe to be made with
compression type couplings. Tracer wire #8 T.W.U. standard wire to be placed on top and
attached to the pipe as directed. The tracer wire is to be brought to the surface at all termination
points. Depth of bury to be 1.5 m as specified on the contract drawings. The Contractor shall
provide for the flushing of all mains following installation. Mains to be pressure tested at
690 kPa for a minimum of 1 hour.
All dead ends shall include an end cap and the ends of all mains shall be marked by a
50 mm x 100 mm pressure treated wood post extending from the service to 200 mm below the
surface of the ground with the top section painted fluorescent green. The post shall be supplied
and placed by the Contractor.
Bedding and Backfill
Bedding for low pressure sanitary mains and services shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013,
802.014, whichever soil type is applicable.
Bedding and cover material shall be Granular "A" and as specified in OPSS 410.
The remainder of the backfill shall be with native material to subgrade elevation where
applicable or original ground and compacted to 95% minimum dry density.
All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the
General SP - Disposal of Surplus Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the price
bid per metre of sewer.
Flushing Connections
Flushing connections to be provided at the locations indicated on the drawings and shall include
50 mm diameter ball valve and c/w stainless steel stem and valve box; 50 mm dia. galvanized
riser section; cover and cap.
ITEM NO. 39 - 42
WATERMAIN INSTALLATION
Work Plan
SP -23
Prior to site activities, the Contractor shall submit a Work Plan for review by the Contract
Administrator. The Work Plan shall provide the following construction details:
• connection point(s) between existing and new watermains
• source water connection(s)
• cross - connection prevention procedures and equipment
• temporary watermains, if any
• swabbing details
• hydrostatic pressure test details
• disinfection details
• dechlorination details
• flushing water disposal details
• details of final connection to existing watermain.
The Contractor shall allow two weeks for the review and approval of the Work Plan. No site
work shall proceed until the Work Plan has been approved by the Contract Administrator. The
Work Plan shall be submitted no later than at the pre - construction meeting.
Watermain Construction and Materials
The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Operating Authority of the proposed disruption of
service to make all connections to the existing distribution system.
The watermain construction shall be staged so as to minimize water service distribution to
residences. Property owners shall be informed by the Contractor a minimum of 24 hours in
advance, as to when these disruptions will occur.
Only authorized Operating Authority personnel shall operate valves on existing watermains for
the purpose of controlling water. No person other than the authorized Operating Authority
personnel shall shut down or charge any section of existing watermain or operate any valve for
the purpose of controlling water from existing watermains.
The Contractor shall provide the Operating Authority at least 48 hours advance notice when a
change in control of the water is required. All necessary water supply interruptions shall be
scheduled in co- operation with the local operating authority.
The Contractor shall operate only those valves, hydrants and curb stops installed in their contract
during the construction period and prior to the date of acceptance of the Contractor's work.
After the works are accepted, only the local operating authority may operate the system.
The unit price bid for each item shall include all costs incurred in excavating for, placing,
anchoring and blocking, connecting, testing, flushing and disinfecting all watermain and fittings,
as outlined in OPSS 701 and restoration outside general grading operations.
The unit price bid per lineal metre shall include the cost of all granular bedding and backfill up to
subgrade and /or original ground. All costs of compaction and water shall be borne by the
Contractor.
Materials
All materials for watermains, valves, valve boxes, etc., shall be supplied by the Contractor.
No substitutes without Contract Administrator's approval or the approval of the
Operating Authority.
Watermain
Watermain material shall be Polyvinyl Chloride PVC -C -900 Class 150 (DR -18). Pipe joints
shall be bell and spigot with rubber gaskets.
OPS 701.07.07 Transporting, Storage and Handling Pipe End Caps are a requirement of the
Contract.
Gate Valves and Boxes
Valves shall be resilient seated gate valves. Main line valves to be MJ type with standard
operating nut. Hydrant valves to be MJ to MJ gate valve with standard operating nut.
All valves to be supplied with "0" ring packing for water use and open counter - clockwise.
Valve boxes shall be Canada Valve screw type with No. 6 base.
Tapping valves and sleeves must meet with approval of the Operating Authority.
Resilient- seated gate valves shall be in accordance with AWWA C509.
Hydrants
Fire hydrants shall be the Mueller Canada Valve New Century type or approved McAvity
equivalent. Hydrant specifications as follows:
• 2 -64 mm hose connections
• B pumper connection
• Hydrants shall open counter - clockwise
• Colour shall be RED
• Operating nut shall be standard
• Hydrant length shall be such that the bottom of the upper barrel shall be 100 mm above
finished grade
• Bury depth 1.7 m.
SP -24
Fittings
All fittings shall be ductile iron cement mortar lined mechanical joint (MJ) type with adaptors to
suit other materials, where necessary. All bends, caps and valves must be suitably mechanically
restrained and all tees, crosses, and hydrants to be suitably mechanically restrained and thrust
blocked using concrete thrust blocking as per OPSD 1103.010 or 1103.020. A polyethylene
barrier shall be used to prevent a bond between the fitting and the concrete.
Ductile iron fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C110 and the rubber- gasket joints for
ductile iron fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C111, pressure rating 1035kPa.
Dry - barrel fire hydrants shall be in accordance with AWWA C502.
Services - Min. 19 mm, Max. 50 mm
• Corporation stops — Mueller, C.C. thread inlet/ compression joint outlet.
• Curb Stop — Mueller, compression joint inlet/ compression joint outlet or approved
equivalent.
• Pipe - to be 19 mm or 25 mm Type "K" copper tubing and 50 mm P E Series 160.
• Service Boxes — Model No. D -1 by Concord -Clow or Mueller equivalent. Service box and
stem (1.4 m to 1.7 m) with 25 mm dia. steel upper section. Box lids shall be regular ribbed
with brass pentagon plus c/w standard stationary rod.
• Service saddles — Model No. 2616 by Robar Industries Inc., stainless steel, double bolted,
broad band.
Underground service line valves and fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C800.
Model numbers shall be stamped on all valves and materials.
Design
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure the performance of the pipe and the
restraining systems.
Design of the pipe joint restraining systems shall consider the pressures that the system will be
subjected to as well as any expansion and contraction due to temperature changes during and
following construction of the various pipe materials selected.
Cathodic Protection
a) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) or Polyethylene (PE) Mainline Piping as per OPSD 1109.011.
Appurtenance Method of Protection
i) Piping Not required
ii) Hydrants One anode per each (see hydrant standard drawing
OPSD 1105.01)
iii) Services
• Each copper service One anode per each service
• Each polyethylene One anode installed per each curb stop and main stop
service
iv) Valves Sacrificial zinc nuts
v) Fittings One anode per each or sacrificial zinc nuts
SP -25
Excavation
• Anode sizes shall be 5.5 kg for watermain appurtenances up to and including 300 mm
diameter and 11.0 kg for watermain appurtenances greater than 300 mm
• Anodes for steel pipe encasement shall be 11.0 kg for all sizes.
• Sacrificial zinc nuts shall be of the protecto -cap type and installed on each bolt.
All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the
General SP - Disposal of Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the bid per metre
of watermain.
Removal of Existing Mains, Services, Hydrants and Fittings
For the unit prices bid for watermain construction, the Contractor shall include the removal of
existing mains and services when required, and /or as directed by the Contract Administrator at
the time of construction.
These mains shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site of
the work.
Any fittings deemed salvageable shall be delivered to the Operating Authority's Workshop.
Remove and Salvage Existing Hydrant
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall remove the existing hydrant as directed by the
Contract Administrator and the hydrant shall be delivered to the Operating Authority's Work's
Shop in good order.
Bedding, Embedment and Backfill
Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid
pipe and whichever soil type is applicable.
Bedding and embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013, or 802.014 for flexible pipe
for whichever soil type is applicable.
The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular bedding or embedment, cover material
and the backfilling noted herein.
SP -26
Bedding material shall be Granular "A ". Cover material shall be approved granular material or
select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe.
Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall
be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95 %. If granular material is specified, it shall be
compacted to a minimum dry density of 100 %.
All bedding, embedment, cover and backfill material shall be placed in layers prior to
compacting in accordance with OPSS 514.07.10. Compaction shall be done using a "Hoepac"
type compaction unit.
All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the General
SP - Disposal of Surplus Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid.
Laying and Jointing - P.V.C.
All PVC watermain shall have a No. 12/7 strand copper cable, having TWH insulation, rated for
underground use, installed as a tracer wire with the pipe to each main line valve box or chamber.
The tracer wire shall be laid along the top of the pipe, strapped every 5.0 metres. The tracer wire
shall be looped at every valve, hydrant, and fitting. The tracer wire shall be secured within the
chambers to 300 mm of final grade with a minimum 600 mm of loose wire.
Installation of Services
For the unit price bid per each, the Contractor shall include the cost of tapping the main,
installing saddles where applicable, corporation stops and curb stops c/w service box, including
all connections to new and existing mains and services.
For the unit price bid per lineal metre, the Contractor shall include the cost of installing water
service tubing by means of trenching and /or boring. All service shall be installed to a depth of
not less than 1.5 m.
For connections to existing service tubing, the excavation for the curb stop shall not be backfilled
until the new service has been connected to the existing. The Contract Administrator may direct
the Contractor to backfill certain services before the connection is made. Payment for re-
excavating the service for the connection will be in accordance with the unit price bid for
Provisional Work.
All servicing tubing shall be superchlorinated in the presence of the Contract Administrator
before connection to service materials. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours notice before
making these connections.
At each service location, the Contractor shall provide service tubing extensions extending above
the ground surface to accommodate flushing of the services following the disinfection
operations.
At vacant lot locations, these extensions shall be cut off and crimped below ground as directed.
The cost of providing for such extensions is to be included in the unit price bid for testing,
flushing, swabbing and disinfection of watermains.
At vacant lots, the ends of all services shall be marked by a 38 mm x 89 mm wood post
extending from the service to 300 mm above the surface of the ground and top section painted
fluorescent blue. The post shall be supplied and placed by the Contractor.
SP -27
1
The unit price bid shall include all restoration beyond the general grading limits. Restoration
shall be as outlined under the General SP - Restoration.
Conductivity Test
SP -28
Before the final connection to the existing main, the Contractor shall demonstrate the integrity of
the new underground tracer wire by applying a conductivity signal and confirming the signal
correlation on all watermains and services. The Contract Administrator must witness the
conductivity test(s).
Connection to Existing Main
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to
reconnect the existing main to the new main with the proper fittings to make the connection. The
length of the reconnection shall not exceed one standard pipe length (i.e. 20 feet or 6 metres).
After the pressure, leakage, chlorine residual and bacteriological tests have passed, the
Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Contract Administrator to make the final
watermain connection to the existing water distribution system.
The Operating Authority shall be contacted 48 hours prior to the final connection to determine if
any special measures must be taken and/or an appropriately licensed operating authority
employee is required to oversee the works. The Contractor will be liable for all costs for callouts
of Operating Authority staff if the Contractor fails to notify the Operating Authority that the
connection will not take place.
The Contractor shall co- ordinate the final connection of the new watermain to the existing water
distribution system to enable the Contract Administrator to witness the entire process.
Watermains shall be cut back to remove all temporary taps. The Contractor shall disinfect the
connection watermain as outlined below and shall, using all means possible, dewater the
watermains and trench in a controlled manner to not allow backflow into the watermains.
The Contract Administrator at their discretion may require the Contractor to flush water through
a nearby fire hydrant to remove water with elevated chlorine residual.
If trench water, dirt or debris has entered the watermain during the final connection, the
watermain shall be aggressively flushed and additional bacteriological samples shall be taken as
directed by the Contract Administrator. The Contract Administrator reserves the right to request
the above steps be taken regardless.
The new piping, fittings and valves required for the connection shall be spray - disinfected and
swabbed with a minimum 1% and maximum 5% solution of chlorine just prior to being installed.
During the final connection, the Contractor shall connect new tracer wire to the existing tracer
wire or cadweld to existing main to provide conductivity.
Anode Installation
Where specified in the Cathodic Protection chart, mechanical joint fittings and couplings used
with either ductile iron or PVC pipe, a sacrificial zinc nut shall be installed on each bolt.
For buried anodes, connect anode copper lead wire to pipe, fitting, hydrant, etc., with "double
nut" type connection. Connect to main stops or curb stops with the electrical ground connections
supplied. Place anode in trench a minimum of 500 mm from pipe, valve, fitting, etc. Complete
installation shall conform to anode manufacturer's recommendations.
TEMPORARY WATER DISTRIBUTION
If the Contractor proposes to supply, install and remove a temporary water distribution system,
the following is required:
Layout Plan
Prior to installing the temporary water distribution system, a detailed plan of the system shall be
provided by the Contractor and approved by the Contract Administrator. The plan shall detail
connection points, materials, mainline and service sizes, sampling points, emergency procedures
and other related information about the temporary water system.
The Contractor shall demonstrate that the level of service to the water users will not be impacted
and that the temporary system will supply water demands at pressures normal to the existing
system. The Contractor shall identify large or exceptional water users and incorporate their
needs into the temporary water distribution system.
Pipe Diameter
The minimum pipe size shall be 50 mm for mainlines and 19 mm for individual service
connections.
The maximum pipe size shall be that of the watermain being placed.
Location
SP -29
The temporary distribution piping shall be installed behind the sidewalk and service piping shall
be installed along the edge of existing driveways to avoid grass- cutting conflicts.
All above ground piping shall be installed with appropriate ramping or burial such that the piping
will:
• not to be endangered by equipment or vehicular traffic
• not pose a hazard for pedestrians (tripping, etc.)
• provide a barrier -free access
• be constructed to safeguard against vandalism and tampering.
Isolation Valves
Isolation valves are required at the source water connection, branches (2 on 3 way, 3 on 4 way)
and at every service.
Source Water Connection
The connection of the temporary water system to the existing distribution system must be done
in a secure location and be vandal and tamper resistant. A cross - connection control device is
required to separate the two systems as long as the temporary system is in service. The cross -
connection control device shall be a double check or a reduced pressure type assembly and shall
be installed, maintained, and field- tested in accordance with the latest edition of CAN /CSA -B64
Series Manual and disinfected prior to installation. At the beginning of the project on the first
installation, a certificate of operation must be completed by an appropriately licensed individual
and submitted to the Contract Administrator prior to the cross - connection control device being
put into use.
Source water connections to fire hydrants are discouraged unless the Contractor can demonstrate
that the hydrant has been disinfected and thoroughly flushed. The Owner assumes no
responsibility for the quality of water obtained from a hydrant. After disinfection, the hydrant
must be pressurized at all times that it serves as a source of potable water.
Pressure Testing and Leakage
All above ground piping must be regularly inspected to ensure leak tight connections at the
beginning and during the period that the temporary water distribution is in use.
SP -30
At the discretion of the Contract Administrator, buried temporary water distribution piping must
satisfy hydrostatic pressure testing.
Operation
The temporary water distribution system must be continually pressurized after the bacteriological
testing is completed and be capable of supplying normal water demands throughout its
installation. During service connections, a minimal portion of the system shall be depressurized
at any one time.
All service connections shall be superchlorinated in the presence of the Contract Administrator
before connecting.
Chlorine Residual and Bacteriological Testing
After the temporary water system is installed (mainlines and services) in its final location but
before service piping is connected to the water users, the temporary water distribution system
must satisfy the chlorine residual and bacteriological testing standards and protocols for the
commissioning of new watermains. Samples must be collected at the end of each branch
(individual services under 50 mm exempt unless designated by the Contract Administrator) and
at maximum 350 m intervals.
All licensing, procedural standards, bacteriological and chlorine residual requirements detailed
for commissioning watermains apply to sampling the temporary water distribution system.
Weekly chlorine residual and bacteriological samples shall be taken until the temporary system
is decommissioned. The chlorine residual and bacteriological requirements after the temporary
system is installed shall be that associated with the existing distribution system.
If a water sample is shown adverse in accordance with Reg. 170/03 after the temporary water
distribution system is in service, the Contract Administrator will notify the Contractor as soon as
possible. The severity of the problem will be addressed and corrective action determined by the
Contract Administrator. If the temporary water system must be disconnected, the Contractor
must supply bottled water or an alternate water supply to the interrupted water users. Before the
temporary water system can be placed back into operation, it must satisfy the chlorine residual
and bacteriological testing standards and protocols used to initially commission the temporary
system.
Analytical fees and cost of gathering samples for the temporary system will be the Contractor's
responsibility.
Service Connections
The service connection piping shall be installed at the same time as the main line in order that
disinfection is accomplished on the service piping. Connection shall not be made to the water
user until the chlorine residual and bacteriological testing requirements have been satisfied.
A check valve shall be installed on the service connection between the mainline and the
connection to the water user.
Prior to connection to water users, individual service lines shall be thoroughly flushed.
SP -31
A typical service connection to a private building shall be at an outside hose bib. An individual
WYE type connector shall be installed. A vacuum breaker shall be installed on the side opposite
the service connection. In the event that this scenario is not possible, it is the responsibility of
the Contractor to determine how to provide temporary water service to the satisfaction of the
Contract Administrator and property owner. Any excavation on private property or internal
plumbing modifications must only be done after written approval is obtained from the property
owner and applicable plumbing permits obtained. A copy of any written approvals must be
provided to the Contract Administrator.
The property owner is under no obligation to allow the temporary water system to be connected
to their internal system at any location other than on the public side of the curb stop. In the event
that a property owner will not permit an above ground connection as a typical, it shall be the
Contractor's responsibility to make alternate arrangements to service the property.
In lieu of making above - ground temporary servicing, the Contractor has the option to connect the
temporary distribution system to the public side of the existing curb stop.
1
Off-Hours Corrective Action
In the event that corrective action is needed to the temporary water distribution system outside of
normal working hours, the Contract Administrator and/or the Owner will attempt to contact the
Contractor to take corrective actions. If, in the sole opinion of the Owner, that the Contractor is
unable to make the corrections in a timely manner, the Owner may direct their own forces to take
corrective steps. The Contractor will be liable for any costs incurred by the Owner.
Relocation of Temporary System
The relocation of the temporary water system either in whole or parts by any means without
conducting and passing the chlorine residual and bacteriological requirements shall not be
permitted. Relocation here is defined as depressurizing and moving the pipework in order to
service other water users.
• AWWA B300 for Hypochlorites
• AWWA B301 for Liquid Chlorine
• NSF /ANSI 60, Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals — Health Effects
• NSF /ANSI 61, Drinking Water System Components — Health Effects.
SP -32
ITEM NO. 43
TESTING, FLUSHING, SWABBING AND DISINFECTION OF WATERMAINS
For the lump sum price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for
the temporary connection, testing, flushing, swabbing and disinfection of watermains and
services in accordance with the following specifications, OPSS 701 for pressure testing, AWWA
C651 for disinfection and connection to waterworks system.
All chemicals and materials used in the disinfecting of the drinking water system shall conform
to the following standards:
The new watermain shall be isolated from the existing waterworks system using a physical
separation until satisfactory bacteriological testing has been completed and accepted by the
Contract Administrator and the Operating Authority. Water required to fill the new main for
hydrostatic pressure testing, disinfection, and flushing shall be supplied through a temporary
connection between the existing water system and the new main. The temporary connection
shall include an appropriate cross - connection control device consistent with the degree of hazard
(a double check valve assembly, used above or below ground level) or a reduced pressure
principle backflow preventer (used above ground level ONLY). The cross - connection control
device operation shall be in accordance with CAN /Canadian Standards Association -B64 Series
Manual and disinfected prior to installation. The backflow preventer shall be disconnected
(physically separated) from the new main during the hydrostatic pressure test. It will be
necessary to re- establish the temporary connection after completion of the hydrostatic pressure
test to swab, chlorinate and flush out the disinfectant water prior to final connection of the new
main to the waterworks system. (Refer to AWWA C651).
Swabbing will be required prior to pressure testing, disinfection and commissioning of the main.
A minimum of two (2) new swabs will be passed through each section of main line pipe to
ensure that there is no blockage, debris, etc. The Contractor shall note that auxiliary equipment
may be required for the swabbing operation.
SP -33
Swabs shall be polyurethane with a density of 24.7 kg/m and shall have a minimum diameter
50 mm larger than the diameter of the watermain and have a minimum length of one and one half
times its diameter.
Swabs shall be propelled through the watermain at a speed of 0.5 to 1.0 m/s using potable water.
The Contractor shall discharge water to an approved outlet ensuring all required erosion and
sediment control and dechlorination measures are followed.
The swabbing shall continue until the discharge water runs clear within ten seconds of the last
swab exiting the discharge point.
The Contractor shall mark, number and demonstrate to the Contract Administrator that all swabs,
or parts thereof, have been retrieved. The Contractor shall be liable for costs associated with
damage caused by and retrieving swabs that, for whatever reasons, escape into the existing water
distribution system.
The pressure testing shall be in accordance with OPSS 701.07.24 Hydrostatic Testing and under
the supervision of the Contract Administrator.
At each service location, the Contractor shall provide service tubing extensions to above the
ground surface to accommodate flushing of the services following the disinfection operations.
At vacant lot locations, these extensions shall be cut off and crimped below ground as directed.
The cost of providing for such extensions is to be included in the lump sum price bid.
After disinfection in accordance with AWWA C651 of the watermains and services for 24
hours and final flushing, two consecutive sets of water samples, taken at least 24 hours apart,
shall be collected for every 350 metres or part thereof of watermain plus from the end of the line
and from each branch line off the main line. In addition, it is recommended that the existing
water system be tested as well, at a location(s) near the new construction.
Following disinfection of the watermains, the chlorinated water shall be managed and disposed
of in accordance with OPSS 701.07.25.
Certified municipal staff or trained designate only (OWRA Reg. 170/03) shall collect samples
for bacteriological testing. All water samples are to be analyzed by a Provincially accredited
Laboratory. One 200 mL bacteriological sample (bottles supplied by the Labs ONLY) must be
obtained from each location. The sample form is to be filled out requesting E. coli, Total
Coliform and is to include the sampler's license number. Each sample collected must include a
"Total and Free Chlorine residual" reading.
The Owner will pay Laboratory expenses for microbiological testing of the initial first 2 sets of
water samples required for commissioning the new mains. If the disinfection fails to produce
satisfactory sample test results, disinfection, sampling and testing shall be repeated at the
Contractor's expense.
The minimum requirements for acceptability of bacteriological tests are:
E. coli (Fecal Coliform)
Total Coliform
Not detectable
Not detectable
Commissioning of New Main
Once a complete set of tests, including the bacteriological sample results, are satisfactory and the
results are received, the Contract Administrator must request approval from the Operating
Authority for the main to be connected to the existing water system. The Operating Authority
and/or the Contract Administrator must be present on site during the removal of the temporary
connection and until the connection of the new main to the existing waterworks has been
completed.
All new piping, services and appurtenances placed in the connection of new main and existing
waterworks system must be disinfected with a 1% (10,000 mg/L) solution of sodium
hypochlorite or equivalent method at the Contractor's expense.
The Contractor must provide, in writing, a method of dewatering in order to protect the final
connection from contamination of the new or existing watermain with foreign material or
groundwater. Should there be a need to re- disinfect, the entire cost of re- disinfecting the mains
will be at the Contractor's expense.
Testing, Flushing and Disinfection of New Services to be Connected to Existing Main
The Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for the testing, flushing and
disinfection of the services in accordance with AWWA C651 and the following.
The tubing and fittings shall be cleaned and disinfected with a 1% (10,000 mg/L) solution of
sodium hypochlorite or equivalent method and the service flushed until two consecutive chlorine
residual tests of 0.75 to 1.0 mg /L as free chlorine are achieved, before connecting to the existing
main.
Dechlorination
SP -34
In all cases, the wasted water must be neutralized to provide a total chlorine residual of less than
2 pg/L (0.002 ppm) (Reg. 170/03 - Procedure for Disinfection of Drinking Water in Ontario -
AWWA C651) at the outfall where detrimental effects may be suffered by plants and/or animals
in the natural environment. The Contract Administrator will monitor the discharge of
wastewater. Should tests show a residual greater than 2 pg/L, the discharge shall be ceased
immediately and the procedure modified to meet the less than 2 pg/L objective.
Sites within 100 m of natural drainage, or with direct discharge to a water body, should be
considered high risk. In such instances, the Owner may request a dechlorination plan along with
contingency and mitigation plans in the event that the chlorine residuals exceed those specified.
SP -35
When no other options are available, the Contractor may be permitted to discharge wastewater
into the sanitary collection system only upon written approval of the Owner. The Owner may
direct the Contractor to dechlorinate to a specified chlorine residual prior to discharge or limit
the discharge rate. The Contract Administrator will monitor the discharge of wastewater to
ensure the chlorine residual and discharge limits are not exceeded.
ITEM NO. 44
ADDITIONAL TRENCH EXCAVATION
When unsuitable soils are encountered and where conditions warrant, and on the Contract
Administrator's direction, the Contractor shall excavate below the proposed trench bottom.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid for this item and shall include the removal and disposal of
this material. Disposal shall be as outlined under the General SP - Disposal of Surplus Materials.
ITEM NO. 45
IMPORTED GRANULAR BACKFILL
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply to the site, place and compact approved
imported granular material in the sewer and /or watermain trenches, whichever is applicable,
where native material is unsuitable: The removal and disposal of a similar amount of unsuitable
excavated material shall be included in the unit price bid for this item. Disposal shall be as
outlined under the General SP - Disposal of Surplus Materials.
Payment under this item will only be made in areas where native backfdl has been
specified, and in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, the native material is
unsuitable for backfill. In all areas where granular backfdl is specified, the cost of this
material shall be included in the unit price bid for the item.
ITEM NO. 46
SUPPLY AND PLACE 20 mm CRUSHED STONE BEDDING
Where conditions warrant, and on the Contract Administrator's direction, and for the unit price
bid, the Contractor shall supply to the site, place, fine grade and compact 20 mm crushed stone
bedding required in the sewer and/or watermain trench.
Payment under this item will only be made in areas where, in the opinion of the Contract
Administrator, it is necessary to excavate below the proposed trench bottom and place
additional crushed stone bedding to provide a proper foundation.
ITEM NO. 47
SUPPLY AND PLACE IMPORTED GRANULAR BEDDING
SP -36
When directed by the Contract Administrator, and for the unit price bid, the Contractor shall
supply to the site, place, fine grade, and compact approved imported granular bedding required
in the sewer trench.
The removal and disposal of a similar amount of unsuitable excavated material shall be included
in the unit price bid for this item. Disposal shall be as outlined under the General SP - Disposal
of Surplus Material.
Payment under this item will only be made in areas where, in the opinion of the Contract
Administrator, it is necessary to excavate below the proposed trench bottom and provide
additional granular bedding to provide a proper foundation.
ITEM NO. 48
BACKFILLING OF NEW WATER SERVICES DURING TESTING AND
DISINFECTING AND EXCAVATION TO CONNECT TO EXISTING SERVICES
WHERE CONDITIONS WARRANT AND AS DIRECTED
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall backfill the new water services during testing and
disinfecting where conditions warrant (i.e. drives, commercial areas, etc.) as directed by the
Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The unit price will also include the re-
excavation and backfilling following the testing and disinfection to allow connection of the new
service to the existing service. All work shall be in accordance with the OPSS for excavation
and backfilling 206 and 514.
ITEM NO. 49
CLEARING (TREES ALL SIZES)
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall cut down and remove each tree, including all wood,
branches, or debris. The wood shall be disposed of by the Contractor at his own expense or at a
place approved by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The Contractor shall
be responsible for damage to all underground utilities, adjacent property, persons, etc. and shall
make restitution for such damage to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. This item
shall apply to all trees shown for removal on the plans or designated at the time of construction.
OPSS 201 will not apply to the size of the trees.
ITEM NO. 50
GRUBBING (STUMPS ALL SIZES)
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall completely remove all stumps and roots designated on
the plans or directed by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The Contractor
shall dispose of all stumps and debris at a site arranged by him at his own expense and approved
by the Contract Administrator. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to all
underground utilities, sidewalks, adjacent property, persons, etc. and shall make restitution for
such damage to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. OPSS 201 will not apply to the
size of stumps.
ITEM NO. 51
RIGID BOARD INSULATION
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply and place 50 mm minimum thick rigid board
insulation above the sanitary sewer, services and /or watermain at locations shown on the drawing
or as directed. The rigid board insulation shall be styrofoam SM or equivalent.
ITEM NO. 52
SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL INLINE DRAIN
CATCH BASINS
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall carry out all excavation, bedding and backfill, supply
all material and labour required to complete the construction of inline drain catch basins in
accordance with the standard drawings for inline drain catch basins in the sizes noted in the Form
of Tender.
The unit price bid shall include all costs of connecting the inline drain catch basins to new or
existing sewers as directed.
ITEM NO. 53
EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL DUCT AND CONDUIT
For the unit price bid per lineal metre of the trench, the Contractor shall carry out all excavation,
bedding and backfill and supply all labour and equipment required to complete the placing of
rigid duct and conduit supplied by the utility company and in accordance with OPSS 601, 603 as
noted in the Form of Tender.
During installation, the Contractor shall ensure that all ducts and conduit are property bedded,
have sufficient depth of cover and are capped.
SP -37
1
SP -38
1
The Contractor shall inspect and test all ducts to ensure that they meet the contract requirements.
In particular, and without limiting the foregoing, the Contractor shall test all ducts to ensure that
they are free of debris, water, breakage or distortion.
The inspection, testing and test results shall be reviewed by the Contract Administrator.
' ITEM NO. 54
REMOVE AND RELOCATE CANADA POST MAILBOXES
I For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for the
complete relocation of the designated mailboxes and as per Figure 1. The unit price bid shall
include the removal of the existing concrete base, excavation for and placement of approximately
I 3.2 m x 200 nun of 25 MPa concrete. All granular materials required shall be included in the
unit price bid. At all times during construction, access to the mailboxes shall be maintained.
ITEM NO. 55
TRAFFIC CONTROL
For the unit rice bid, the Contractor shall include the cost of traffic control as specified below
P P
and in accordance with OPSS 543.
The Contractor shall are re and submit a traffic plan to the Contract Administrator for review
P P
and acceptance.
Payment under this item will be made proportional to completion of the entire project.
General
1 In addition to the requirements in the Information to Bidders for Contractors to control traffic
and provide signage, in accordance with the Ontario Traffic Manual Book 7 and the Ministry of
Transportation Temporary Conditions Manual (March 2001), the following conditions will
I apply:
• At all times of construction, a minimum of one lane for traffic shall be open and maintained
I • using appropriate traffic control measures and signage.
At the end of each working day, two lane traffic, controlled by barricades, delineators, etc.,
shall be maintained. Entrances to commercial establishments shall be maintained.
1 Restrictions on Construction Operations
Construction operations adversely affecting public traffic and the loading or unloading of
materials and construction equipment onto and from the travelled portion of the road shall not be
carried out during the following periods:
1 • 4:00 p.m. Friday to 7:00 a.m. Monday, for normal weekends
• All Canadian statutory holidays.
ITEM NO. 56
BONDING AND INSURANCE
SP -39
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the cost of bonding and insurance as specified
in the Information to Bidders and the General Conditions of Contract. Payment under this item
will be made with the first payment certificate.
ITEM NO. 57
CONTINGENCIES
A lump sum allowance has been made for contingencies in the contract. Only those additional
items approved in writing on behalf of the Owner, by the Contract Administrator, will be
expended from this allowance.
ITEM NO. 58
LUMP SUM FOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall enter an amount for additional labour, equipment or
material required to complete the contract but not specifically covered by or related to the other
items in the Schedule of Items and Prices.
The unit price bid may include, but are not limited to, the following: watchmen, on -site
washroom facilities, permits and approvals (other than those to be paid for by the Owner) or
acquiring the services of the local operating authorities.
Each progress payment certificate will include a percentage of the tender price for this item in
proportion to the percentage of the permanent works completed.
The submission by a tenderer of an unbalanced price for this item renders the tender liable to
disqualification.
SGC -1
SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
The following items shall supplement the OPS General Conditions of Contract, latest edition.
1.0 Section GC2.02, Order of Precedence, shall be revised such that documents shall take
precedence and govern in the following order:
a) Agreement
b) Addenda
c) Special Provisions
d) Contract Drawings
e) Information to Bidders
f) Standard Specifications
g) Standard Drawings
h) Tender
i) Supplemental General Conditions
j) General Conditions
k) Working Drawings
2.0 Section GC 2.01, Reliance on Contract Documents, paragraph 2.01.01 a) shall be revised as
follows:
a) The location and depth of all utilities shown on the contract drawings are based on
information obtained from the applicable operating authority. Neither the Owner nor
the Contract Administrator can warrant the locations of the utilities.
3.0 Section GC8.02.02, Advance Payments for Materials, the first sentence of paragraph
GC 8.02.02.01 shall be revised as follows:
.01 The Owner may make advance payment for material intended for incorporation in the
work upon written request of the Contractor and according to the following terms and
conditions:
4.0 Section GC8.02.08.02, Taxes, shall be revised as follows:
"Claims for compensation for additional tax cost shall be submitted by the Contractor to the
Contract Administrator on forms provided by the Contract Administrator to the Contractor.
Such claims for additional tax costs shall be submitted not later than 120 days after
completion."
5.0 Section GC8.02.08.03, Taxes, shall be revised as follows:
"Where the Contractor benefits from a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes, the
Contractor shall submit to the Contract Administrator, on forms provided by the Contract
Administrator, a statement of such benefits. This statement shall be submitted not later than
120 days after completion."
Z: \wp \Contracts\Forms \Supp. Gen. Conditions.doc
6.0 Section GC3.05.01. Layout, shall be revised as follows:
SGC -2
The Contract Administrator shall, on behalf of the Owner, provide baseline and benchmark
information for the location, alignment, and elevation of the work including:
• Offset stakes for road centreline alignment
• Offset stakes for storm sewer structures and sanitary sewer structures
• Final curb grade and alignment
• Alignment for bridge foundations
One week advance notice is required by the Contract Administrator to schedule the construction
layout.
Z: \wp \Contracts\Forms \Supp. Gen. Conditions.doc
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARDS
FOR
ROADS AND PUBLIC WORKS
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
NOVEMBER 2006
Ontario Provincial Standards METRIC
for OPSS.MUNI 100
Roads and Public Works November 2006
OPS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Table of Contents
SECTION GC 1.0 - INTERPRETATION
GC 1.01 Captions 6
GC 1.02 Abbreviations 6
GC 1.03 Gender and Singular References 6
GC 1.04 Definitions 6
GC 1.05 Substantial Performance 11
GC 1.06 Completion 11
GC 1.07 Final Acceptance 11
GC 1.08 Interpretation of Certain Words 11
SECTION GC 2.0 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents 12
GC 2.02 Order of Precedence 12
SECTION GC 3.0 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
GC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority 14
GC 3.02 Working Drawings 15
GC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment 16
GC 3.04 Emergency Situations 16
GC 3.05 Layout 16
GC 3.06 Extension of Contract Time 16
GC 3.07 Delays 17
GC 3.08 Assignment of Contract 17
GC 3.09 Subcontracting by the Contractor 18
Page 1 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 3.10 Changes 18
GC 3.10.01 Changes in the Work 18
GC 3.10.02 Extra Work 19
GC 3.10.03 Additional Work 19
GC 3.11 Notices 19
GC 3.12 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance 19
GC 3.13 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation 20
GC 3.13.01 Continuance of the Work 20
GC 3.13.02 Record Keeping 20
GC 3.13.03 Claims Procedure 20
GC 3.13.04 Negotiations 21
GC 3.13.05 Mediation 21
GC 3.13.06 Payment 21
GC 3.13.07 Rights of Both Parties 21
GC 3.14 Arbitration 21
GC 3.14.01 Conditions for Arbitration 21
GC 3.14.02 Arbitration Procedure 22
GC 3.14.03 Appointment of Arbitrator 22
GC 3.14.04 Costs 22
GC 3.14.05 The Decision 23
GC 3.15 Archaeological Finds 23
SECTION GC 4.0 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS
GC 4.01 Working Area 24
GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits 24
GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials 24
GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property 25
GC 4.05 Default by the Contractor 25
GC 4.06 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default 25
Page 2 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
GC 4.07
GC 4.08
GC 4.09
GC 4.10
GC 4.11
GC 4.12
GC 4.13
SECTION GC 5.0 - MATERIAL
GC 5.01
GC 5.02
GC 5.03
GC 5.04
GC 5.05
GC 5.05.01
GC 5.05.02
SECTION GC 6.0 - INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE
GC 6.01
GC 6.02
GC 6.03
GC 6.03.01
GC 6.03.02
GC 6.03.03
GC 6.03.04
GC 6.03.04.01
GC 6.03.04.02
GC 6.03.05
GC 6.03.05.01
GC 6.03.05.02
GC 6.03.05.03
GC 6.03.05.04
Owner's Right to Correct a Default 26
Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work 26
Final Payment to Contractor 26
Termination of the Contract 26
Continuation of Contractor's Obligations 27
Use of Performance Bond 27
Payment Adjustment 27
Supply of Material 28
Quality of Material 28
Rejected Material 28
Substitutions 29
Owner Supplied Material 29
Ordering of Excess Material 29
Care of Material 29
Protection of Work, Persons, and Property 31
Indemnification 31
Contractor's Insurance 32
General 32
General Liability Insurance 32
Automobile Liability Insurance 33
Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance 33
Aircraft Liability Insurance 33
Watercraft Liability Insurance 33
Property and Boiler Insurance 33
Property Insurance 33
Boiler Insurance 34
Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion 34
Payment for Loss or Damage 34
Page 3 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 6.03.06 Contractor's Equipment Insurance 35
GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration 35
GC 6.04 Bonding 35
GC 6.05 Workplace Safety and Insurance Board 36
SECTION GC 7.0 - CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK
. GC 7.01 General 37
GC 7.02 Layout 39
GC 7.03 Working Area 39
GC 7.04 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment 40
GC 7.05 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles 40
GC 7.06 Condition of the Working Area 40
GC 7.07 Maintaining Roadways and Detours 40
GC 7.08 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility Services 41
GC 7.09 Approvals and Permits 41
GC 7.10 Suspension of Work 42
GC 7.11 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract 42
GC 7.12 Notices by the Contractor 42
GC 7.13 Obstructions 43
GC 7.14 Limitations of Operations 43
GC 7.15 Cleaning Up Before Acceptance 43
GC 7.16 Warranty 43
GC 7.17 Contractor's Workers 44
GC 7.18 Drainage 44
SECTION GC 8.0 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
GC 8.01 Measurement 45
GC 8.01.01 Quantities 45
GC 8.01.02 Variations in Tender Quantities 45
Page 4 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
GC 8.02 Payment 46
GC 8.02.01 Price for Work 46
GC 8.02.02 Advance Payments for Material 46
GC 8.02.03 Certification and Payment 47
GC 8.02.03.01 Progress Payment Certificate 47
GC 8.02.03.02 Certification of Subcontract Completion 47
GC 8.02.03.03 Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment 47
GC 8.02.03.04 Certification of Substantial Performance 48
GC 8.02.03.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory
Holdback Release Payment Certificates 48
GC 8.02.03.06 Certification of Completion 49
GC 8.02.03.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release
Payment Certificates 49
GC 8.02.03.08 Interest 50
GC 8.02.03.09 Interest for Late Payment 50
GC 8.02.03.10 Interest for Negotiations and Claims 51
GC 8.02.03.11 Owner's Set -Off 51
GC 8.02.03.12 Delay in Payment 51
GC 8.02.04 Payment on a Time and Material Basis 51
GC 8.02.04.01 Definitions 51
GC 8.02.04.02 Daily Work Records 52
GC 8.02.04.03 Payment for Work 53
GC 8.02.04.04 Payment for Labour 53
GC 8.02.04.05 Payment for Material 53
GC 8.02.04.06 Payment for Equipment 53
GC 8.02.04.06.01 Working Time 53
GC 8.02.04.06.02 Standby Time 53
GC 8.02.04.07 Payment for Hand Tools 54
GC 8.02.04.08 Payment for Work by Subcontractors 54
GC 8.02.04.09 Submission of Invoices 54
GC 8.02.04.10 Payment Other Than on a Time and Material Basis 55
GC 8.02.04.11 Payment Inclusions 55
GC 8.02.05 Final Acceptance Certificate 55
GC 8.02.06 Payment of Workers 55
GC 8.02.07 Records 55
GC 8.02.08 Taxes 56
GC 8.02.09 Liquidated Damages 56
Page 5 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 1.01 Captions
.01 The captions appearing in these General Conditions have been inserted as a matter of convenience
and for ease of reference only and in no way define, limit, or enlarge the scope or meaning of the
General Conditions or any provision hereof.
GC 1.02 Abbreviations
SECTION GC 1.0 - INTERPRETATION
.01 The abbreviations on the left below are commonly found in the Contract Documents and represent
the organizations and phrases listed on the right:
"AASHTO" - American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials
"ACI" - American Concrete Institute
"ANSI" - American National Standards Institute
"ASTM" - American Society for Testing and Materials
"AWG" - American Wire Gauge
"AWWA" - American Water Works Association
"CCIL" - Canadian Council of Independent Laboratories
"CESA" - Canadian Engineering Standards Association
"CGSB" - Canadian General Standards Board
"CSA" - Canadian Standards Association
"CWB" - Canadian Welding Bureau
"GC" - General Conditions
"ISO" - International Organization for Standardization
"MOE" - Ontario Ministry of the Environment
"MTO" - Ontario Ministry of Transportation
"MUTCD" - Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Replaced by OTM)
"OPS" - Ontario Provincial Standard
"OPSD" - Ontario Provincial Standard Drawing
"OPSS" - Ontario Provincial Standard Specification
"OTM" - Ontario Traffic Manual
"PEO" - Professional Engineers Ontario
"SAE" Society of Automotive Engineers
"SCC" - Standards Council of Canada
"SSPC" - Structural Steel Painting Council
"UL" - Underwriters Laboratories
"ULC" - Underwriters Laboratories Canada
GC 1.03 Gender and Singular Refer=ences
.01 References to the masculine or singular throughout the Contract Documents shall be considered to
include the feminine and the plural and vice versa, as the context requires.
GC 1.04 Definitions
.01 For the purposes of this Contract the following definitions apply:
Actual Measurement means the field measurement of that quantity within the approved limits of the
Work.
Addendum means an addition or change in the tender documents issued by the Owner prior to tender
closing.
Page 6 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
Additional Work means work not provided for in the Contract and not considered by the Contract
Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope.
Agreement means the agreement between the Owner and the Contractor for the performance of the
Work that is included in the Contract Documents.
Base means a layer of material of specified type and thickness placed immediately below the pavement
wearing surface layers, curb and gutter, or sidewalk.
Business Day means any Day except Saturdays, Sundays, and statutory holidays.
Certificate of Subcontract Completion means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator in
accordance with clause GC 8.02.03.02, Certification of Subcontract Completion.
Certificate of Substantial Performance means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at
Substantial Performance.
Change Directive means any written instruction signed by the Owner, or by the Contract Administrator
where so authorized, directing that a Change in the Work or Extra Work be performed.
Change in the Work means the deletion, extension, increase, decrease, or alteration of lines; grades;
dimensions; quantities; methods; drawings; substantial changes in geotechnical, subsurface, surface, or
other conditions; changes in the character of the Work to be done; or materials of the Work or part
thereof, within the intended scope of the Contract.
Change Order means a written amendment to the Contract signed by the Contractor and the Owner, or
the Contract Administrator where so authorized, covering contingencies, a Change in the Work, Extra
Work, Additional Work, and changed subsurface conditions; and establishing the basis for payment and
the time allowed for the adjustment of the Contract Time.
Completion Certificate means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at completion.
Constructor means, for the purposes of, and within the meaning of the Occupational Health and Safety
Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended and amendments thereto, the Contractor who executes the
Contract.
Contract means the undertaking by the Owner and the Contractor to perform their respective duties,
responsibilities, and obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents.
Contract Administrator means the person, partnership, or corporation designated by the Owner to be
the Owner's representative for the purposes of the Contract.
Contract Documents mean the executed Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, Tender,
General Conditions of Contract, Supplemental General Conditions of Contract, Standard Specifications,
Special Provisions, Contract Drawings, addenda incorporated in a Contract Document before the
execution of the Agreement, such other documents as may be listed in the Agreement, and subsequent
amendments to the Contract Documents made pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.
Contract Drawings or Contract Plans mean drawings or plans, any Geotechnical Report, any
Subsurface Report, and any other reports and information provided by the Owner for the Work, and
without limiting the generality thereof, may include soil profiles, foundation investigation reports,
reinforcing steel schedules, aggregate sources lists, Quantity Sheets, and cross - sections.
Contract Time means the time stipulated in the Contract Documents for Substantial Performance of the
Work, including any extension of Contract Time made pursuant to the Contract Documents.
Page 7 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
Contractor means the person, partnership, or corporation •undertaking the Work as identified in the
Agreement.
Controlling Operation means any component of the Work that, if delayed, may delay the completion of
the Work.
Cost Plus has the same meaning as "Time and Material."
Cut -Off Date means the date up to which payment shall be made for work performed.
Daily Work Records mean daily Records detailing the number and categories of workers and hours
worked or on standby, types and quantities of Equipment and number of hours in use or on standby, and
description and quantities of Material utilized.
Day means a calendar day.
Drawings or Plans mean any Contract Drawings or Contract Plans, or any Working Drawings or Working
Plans, or any reproductions of drawings or plans pertaining to the Work.
End Result Specification means specifications that require the Contractor to be responsible for
supplying a product or part of the Work. The Owner accepts or rejects the final product or applies a price
adjustment that is commensurate with the degree of compliance with the specification.
Equipment means all machinery and equipment used for preparing, fabricating, conveying or erecting
the Work and normally. referred to as construction machinery and equipment.
Estimate means.a calculation of the quantity or cost of the Work or part of it depending on the context.
Extra Work means work not provided for in the Contract as awarded but considered by the Contract
Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope,
including.unanticipated work required to comply with legislation and regulations that affect the Work.
Final Acceptance Certificate means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at Final
Acceptance of the Work.
Final Detailed Statement means a complete evaluation prepared by the Contract Administrator showing
the quantities, unit prices, and final dollar amounts of all items of work completed under the Contract,
including variations in tender items and Extra Work, all as set out in the same general form as the
monthly estimates.
Force Account has the same meaning as "Time and Material."
Geotechnical Report means a report or other information identifying soil, rock, and ground water
conditions in the area of any proposed Work.
Grade means the required elevation of that part of the Work.
Hand Tools means tools that are commonly called tools or implements of the trade and include small
power tools.
Highway means a common and public highway any part of that is intended for or used by the general
public for the passage of vehicles and includes the area between the lateral property lines thereof.
Lot means a specific quantity of material or a specific amount of construction normally from a single
source and produced by the same process.
Page 8 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
Plan Quantity means that quantity as computed from within the boundary lines of the Work as shown in
the Contract Documents.
Lump Sum Item means a tender item indicating a portion of the Work for which payment will be made at
a single tendered price. Payment is not based on a measured quantity, although a quantity may be given
in the Contract Documents.
Major Item means any tender item that has a value, calculated on the basis of its actual or estimated
tender quantity, whichever is the larger, multiplied by its tender unit price, which is equal or greater than
the lesser of,
a) $100,000, or
b) 5% of the total tender value calculated on the basis of the total of all the estimated tender
quantities and the tender unit prices.
Material means material, machinery, equipment and fixtures forming part of the Work.
Owner means the party to the Contract for whom the Work is being performed, as identified in the
Agreement, and includes, with the same meaning and import, "Authority."
Pavement means a wearing course or courses placed on the Roadway and consisting of asphaltic
concrete, hydraulic cement concrete, Portland cement concrete, or plant or road mixed mulch.
Performance Bond means the type of security furnished to the Owner to guarantee completion of the
Work in accordance with the Contract and to the extent provided in the bond.
Project means the construction of the Work as contemplated by this Contract.
Quantity Sheet means a list of the quantities of Work to be done.
Quarried Rock means material removed from an open excavation made in a solid mass of rock that,
prior to removal, was integral with the parent mass.
Quarry means a place where Aggregate has been or is being removed from an open excavation made in
a solid mass of igneous, sedimentary, or metamorphic rock or any combination of these that, prior to
removal, was integral with the parent areas.
Rate of Interest means the rate of interest as determined under the Financial Administration Act by the
Minister of Finance of Ontario and issued by, and available from, the Owner.
Records mean any books, payrolls, accounts, or other information that relate to the Work or any Change
in the Work or claims arising therefrom.
Roadway means that part of the Highway designed or intended for use by vehicular traffic and includes
the Shoulders.
Shoulder means that portion of the Roadway between the edge of the travelled portion of the wearing
surface and the top inside edge of the ditch or fill slope.
Special Provisions mean directions containing requirements specific to the Work.
Standard Drawing or Standard Specification means a standard practice required and stipulated by the
Owner for performance of the Work.
Subbase means a layer of material of specified type and thickness between the Subgrade and the Base.
Page 9 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
Subcontractor means a person, partnership or corporation undertaking the execution of a part of the
Work by virtue of an agreement with the Contractor.
Subgrade means the earth or rock surface, whether in cut or fill, as prepared to support the pavement
structure, consisting of Base, Subbase, and Pavement.
Subsurface Report means a report or other information identifying the location of Utilities, concealed and
adjacent structures, and physical obstructions that fall within the influence of the Work.
Superintendent means the Contractor's authorized representative in responsible charge of the Work.
Surety means the person, partnership or corporation, other than the Contractor, licensed in Ontario to
transact business under the Insurance Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.1.8, as amended, executing a bond provided
by the Contractor.
Tender means an offer in writing from the Contractor, submitted in the format prescribed by the Owner, to
complete the Work.
Time and Material means costs calculated according to clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and
Material Basis. Where "Cost Plus" and "Force Account" are used they shall have the same meaning.
Utility means an aboveground or underground facility maintained by a municipality, public utility authority
or regulated authority and includes services such as sanitary sewer, storm sewer, water, electric, gas, oil,
steam, data transmission, telephone, and cable television.
Warranty Period means the period of 1.2 months from the date of Substantial Performance or such
longer period as may be specified in the Contract Documents for certain Materials or some or all of the
Work. Where a date of Substantial Performance is not established, the Warranty Period shall commence
on the date of Completion.
Work means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents.
Working Area means all the lands and easements owned or acquired by the Owner for the construction
of the Work.
Working Day means any Day,
a) except Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays;
b) except a Day as determined by the Contract Administrator, on which the Contractor is prevented by
inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately therefrom, from proceeding with a Controlling
Operation. For the purposes of this definition, this shall be a Day during which the Contractor cannot
proceed with at least 60% of the normal labour and Equipment force effectively engaged on the
Controlling Operation for at least 5 hours;
c) except a Day on which the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with a Controlling Operation, as
determined by the Contract Administrator by reason of,
i. any breach of the Contract by the Owner or if such prevention is due to the Owner, another
contractor hired by the Owner, or an employee of any one of them, or by anyone else acting on
• behalf of the Owner.
ii. non - delivery of Owner supplied Materials.
iii. any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor that can be substantiated by the
Contractor to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator.
Page 10 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Working Drawings or Working Plans means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for the
execution of the Work and may, without limiting the generality thereof, include formwork, falsework, and
shoring plans; Roadway protection plans; shop drawings; shop plans; or erection diagrams.
GC 1.05 Substantial Performance
.01 The Work is substantially performed,
a) when the Work to be performed under the Contract or a substantial part thereof is ready for use
or is being used for the purpose intended; and
b) when the Work to be performed under the Contract is capable of completion or, where there is a
known defect, the cost of correction, is not more than
i. 3% of the first $500,000 of the Contract price,
ii. 2% of the next $500,000 of the Contract price, and
iii. 1% of the balance of the Contract price.
.02 For the purposes of this Contract, where the Work or a substantial part thereof is ready for use or is
being used for the purposes intended and the remainder of the Work cannot be completed
expeditiously for reasons beyond the control of the Contractor or, where the Owner and the
Contractor agree not to complete the Work expeditiously, the price of the services or materials
remaining to be supplied and required to complete the Work shall be deducted from the Contract
price in determining Substantial Performance.
GC 1.06 Completion
.01 The Work shall be deemed to be completed and services or Materials shall be deemed to be last
supplied to the Work when the price of completion, correction of a known defect, or last supply is not
more than the lesser of,
a) 1% of the Contract price; or
b) $1,000.
GC 1.07 Final Acceptance
.01 Final Acceptance shall be deemed to occur when the Contract Administrator is satisfied that, to the
best of the Contract Administrator's knowledge at that time, the Contractor has rectified all imperfect
work and has discharged all of the Contractor's obligations under the Contract.
GC 1.08 Interpretation of Certain Words
.01 The words "acceptable," "approval," "authorized," "considered necessary," "directed," "required,"
"satisfactory," or words of like import, shall mean approval of, directed, required, considered
necessary, or authorized by and acceptable or satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, unless the
context clearly indicates otherwise.
Page 11 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
SECTION GC 2.0 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents
.01 The Owner warrants that the information furnished in the Contract Documents can be relied upon
with the following limitations or exceptions:
a) The location of all mainline underground Utilities that may affect the Work shall be shown to a
tolerance of:
i. 1 m horizontal, and
ii. 0.3 m vertical
.02 The Owner does not warrant or make any representation with respect to:
a) interpretations of data or opinions expressed in any Subsurface Report available for the perusal
of the Contractor, whether or not such report is included as part of the Contract Documents, and
b) other information specifically excluded from this warranty.
GC 2.02 Order of Precedence
.01 In the event of any inconsistency or conflict in the contents of the following documents, such
documents shall take precedence and govern in the following descending order:
a) Agreement
b) Addenda
c) Special Provisions
d) Contract Drawings
e) Standard Specifications
f) Standard Drawings
g) Instructions to Tenderers
h) Tender
i) Supplemental General Conditions
j) General Conditions
k) Working Drawings
Later dates shall govern within each of the above categories of documents.
.02 In the event of any conflict among or inconsistency in the information shown on Drawings, the
following rules shall apply:
a) Dimensions shown in figures on a Drawing shall govern where they differ from dimensions
scaled from the same drawing;
b) Drawings of larger scale shall govern over those of smaller scale;
Page 12 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
c) Detailed Drawings shall govern over general Drawings; and
d) Drawings of a later date shall govern over those of an earlier date in the same series.
.03 In the event of any inconsistency or conflict in the contents of Standard Specifications the following
descending order of precedence shall govern:
a) Owner's Standard Specifications
b) Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications
c) Other Standard Specifications, such as those produced by CSA, CGSB, ASTM, and ANSI and
referenced in the Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications
.04 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding
as if required by all.
Page 13 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
SECTION GC 3.0 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
GC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority
.01 The Contract Administrator shall be the Owner's representative during construction and until the
issuance of the Completion Certificate or the issuance of the Final Acceptance Certificate, whichever
is later. All instructions to the Contractor, including instructions from the Owner, shall be issued by
the Contract Administrator. The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to act on behalf of
the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents.
.02 All claims, disputes and other matters in question relating to the performance and the quality of the
Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred to the Contract Administrator
in writing by the Contractor.
.03 The Contract Administrator may inspect the Work for its conformity with the Plans and Standard
Specifications, and to record the necessary data to establish payment quantities under the schedule
of tender quantities and unit prices or to make an assessment of the value of the work completed in
the case of a lump sum price Contract.
.04 The Contract Administrator shall determine the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract
and shall issue certificates for payment in such amounts as provided for in Section GC 8.0,
Measurement and Payment.
.05 The Contract Administrator shall, with reasonable promptness, review and take appropriate action
upon the Contractor's submissions such as shop drawings, product data, and samples in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
.06 The Contract Administrator shall investigate all allegations of a Change in the Work made by the
Contractor and issue appropriate instructions.
.07 The Contract Administrator shall prepare Change Directives and Change Orders for the Owner's
approval.
.08 Upon written application by the Contractor, the Contract Administrator and the Contractor shall jointly
conduct an inspection of the Work to establish the date of Substantial Performance of the Work or
the date of Completion of the Work or both.
.09 The Contract Administrator shall be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the Contract Documents
and the judge of the performance thereunder by both parties to the Contract. Interpretations and
decisions of the Contract Administrator shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents
and, in making these decisions, the Contract Administrator shall not show partiality to either party.
.10 The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to reject part of the Work or Material that does
not conform to the Contract Documents.
.11 In the event that the Contract Administrator determines that any part of the Work performed by the
Contractor is defective, whether the result of poor workmanship; the use of defective material; or
damage through carelessness or other act or omission of the Contractor and whether or not
incorporated in the Work; or otherwise fails to conform to the Contract Documents, then the
Contractor shall if directed by the Contract Administrator promptly remove the Work and replace,
make good, or re- execute the Work at no additional cost to the Owner.
.12 Any part of the Work destroyed or damaged by such removals, replacements, or re- executions shall
be made good, promptly, at no additional cost to the Owner.
Page 14 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
.13 If, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, it is not expedient to correct defective work or work
not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may deduct from monies
otherwise due to the Contractor the difference in value between the work as performed and that
called for by the Contract Documents, the amount that will be determined in the first instance by the
Contract Administrator.
.14 Notwithstanding any inspections made by the Contract Administrator or the issuance of any
certificates or the making of any payment by the Owner, the failure of the Contract Administrator to
reject any defective work or Material shall not constitute acceptance of defective work or Material.
.15 The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to temporarily suspend the Work for such
reasonable time as may be necessary:
a) to facilitate the checking of any portion of the Contractor's construction layout;
b) to facilitate the inspection of any portion of the Work; or
c) for the Contractor to remedy non - compliance in the case of such non - compliance with the
provisions of the Contract by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for suspension of the Work in these
circumstances.
.16 The Owner has the right to terminate the Contract for wilful or persistent violation by the Contractor
or its workers of the Occupational Health and Safety Act legislation and regulations, Workplace
Safety and Insurance Board Act, and Regulation 309 of the Environmental Protection Act.
.17 If the Contract Administrator determines that any worker employed on the Work is incompetent, as
defined by the Occupational Health and Safety Act, or is disorderly, then the Contract Administrator
shall provide written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor shall immediately remove the
worker from the Working Area. Such worker shall not return to the Working Area without the prior
written consent of the Contract Administrator.
GC 3.02 Working Drawings
.01 The Contractor shall arrange for the preparation of clearly identified and dated Working Drawings as
called for by the Contract Documents.
.02 The Contractor shall submit Working Drawings to the Contract Administrator with reasonable
promptness and in orderly sequence so as to not cause delay in the Work. If either the Contractor or
the Contract Administrator so requests, they shall jointly prepare a schedule fixing the dates for
submission and return of Working Drawings. Working Drawings shall be submitted in printed form.
At the time of submission the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing of any
deviations from the Contract requirements that exist in the Working Drawings.
.03 The Contract Administrator shall review and return Working Drawings in accordance with an agreed
upon schedule, or otherwise, with reasonable promptness so as not to cause delay.
.04 The Contract Administrator's review shall be to check for conformity to the design concept and for
general arrangement only and such review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors
or omissions in the Working Drawings or of responsibility for meeting all requirements of the
Contract Documents, unless a deviation on the Working Drawings has been approved in writing by
the Contract Administrator.
Page 15 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
.05 The Contractor shall make any changes in Working Drawings that the Contract Administrator may
require to make the Working Drawings consistent with the Contract Documents and resubmit, unless
otherwise directed by the Contract Administrator. When resubmitting, the Contractor shall notify the
Contract Administrator in writing of any revisions other than those requested by the Contract
Administrator.
.06 Work related to the Working Drawings shall not proceed until the Working Drawings have been
signed and dated by the Contract Administrator and marked with the words "Reviewed. Permission
to construct granted."
.07 The Contractor shall keep one set of the reviewed Working Drawings, marked as above, at the site
at all times.
GC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment
.01 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, make alterations in the method, Equipment, or work
force at any time the Contract Administrator considers the Contractor's actions to be unsafe, or
damaging to either the Work or existing facilities or the environment.
.02 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, alter the sequence of its operations on the Contract
so as to avoid interference with work being performed by others.
.03 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall ensure that all necessary safety precautions and
protection are maintained throughout the Work.
GC 3.04 Emergency Situations
.01 The Contract Administrator has the right to determine the existence of an emergency situation and,
when such an emergency situation is deemed to exist, the Contract Administrator may instruct the
Contractor to take action to remedy the situation. If the Contractor does not take timely action or, if
the Contractor is not available, the. Contract Administrator may direct others to remedy the situation.
.02 If the emergency situation was the fault of the Contractor, the remedial work shall be done at the
Contractor's expense. If the emergency situation was not the fault of the Contractor, the Owner shall
pay for the remedial work.
GC 3.05 Layout
.01 The Contract Administrator shall provide baseline and benchmark information for the general
location, alignment, and elevation of the Work. The Owner shall be responsible only for the
correctness of the information provided by the Contract Administrator.
GC 3.06 Extension of Contract Time
.01 An application for an extension of Contract Time shall be made in writing by the Contractor to the
Contract Administrator as soon as the need for such extension becomes evident and at least 15
Days prior to the expiration of the Contract Time. The application for an extension of Contract Time
shall enumerate the reasons, and state the length of extension required.
.02 Circumstances suitable for consideration of an extension of Contract Time include the following:
a) Delays, subsection GC 3.07.
b) Changes in the Work, clause GC 3.10.01.
c) Extra Work, clause GC 3.10.02.
Page 16 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
d) Additional Work, clause GC 3.10.03.
.03 The Contract Administrator shall, in considering an application for an extension to the Contract Time,
take into account whether the delays, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, or Additional Work involve
a Controlling Operation.
.04 The Contract Time shall be extended for such additional time as may be recommended by the
Contract Administrator and deemed fair and reasonable by the Owner.
.05 The terms and conditions of the Contract shall continue for such extension of Contract Time.
GC 3.07 Delays
.01 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by,
a) war, blockades, and civil commotions, errors in the Contract Documents;
b) an act or omission of the Owner or Contract Administrator, or anyone employed or engaged by
them directly or indirectly, contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents;
c) a stop work order issued by a court or public authority, provided that such order was not issued
as the result of an act or omission of the Contractor or anyone employed or engaged by the
Contractor directly or indirectly;
d) the Contract Administrator giving notice under subsection GC 7.10, Suspension of Work;
e) abnormal inclement weather; or
f) archaeological finds in accordance with subsection GC 3.15, Archaeological Finds,
then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the
Contractor as the result of such delay, provided that in the case of an application for an extension of
Contract Time due to abnormal inclement weather, the Contractor shall, with the Contractor's
application, submit evidence from Environment Canada in support of such application. Extension of
Contract Time may be granted in accordance with subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time.
.02 If the Work is delayed by labour disputes, strikes or lock -outs, including lock -outs decreed or
recommended to its members by a recognized contractors association, of which the Contractor is a
member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound, are beyond the Contractor's control, which
then the Contract Time shall be extended in accordance with subsection GC 3.06, Extension of
Contract Time. In no case shall the extension of Contract Time be less than the time lost as the
result of the event causing the delay, unless a shorter extension is agreed to by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for costs incurred as the result of such delays unless
such delays are the result of actions by the Owner.
.03 The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for the cost of delays incurred as a result of a dispute
between the Contractor and Owner. The Contractor shall execute the Work and may pursue
resolution of the dispute in accordance with subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediations.
GC 3.08 Assignment of Contract
.01 The Contractor shall not assign the Contract, either in whole or in part, without the prior written
consent of the Owner.
Page 17 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 3.09 Subcontracting by the Contractor
.01 The Contractor may subcontract any part of the Work, subject to these General Conditions and any
limitations specified in the Contract Documents.
.02 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator 10 Days prior to the start of construction, in
writing, of the intention to subcontract. Such notification shall identify the part of the Work, and the
Subcontractor with whom it is intended.
.03 The Contract Administrator shall, within 5 Days of receipt of such notification, accept or reject the
intended Subcontractor. The rejection shall be in writing and shall include the reasons for the
rejection.
.04 The Contractor shall not, without the written consent of the Owner, change a Subcontractor who has
been engaged in accordance with this subsection.
.05 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the parties under the Contract with respect to
that part of the Work to be performed under subcontract and shall,
a) enter into agreements with the intended Subcontractors to require them to perform their work in
accordance with the Contract Documents; and
b) be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's Subcontractors
and of persons directly or indirectly employed by them as for acts and omissions of persons
directly employed by the Contractor.
.06 The Owner's consent to subcontracting by the Contractor shall not be construed to relieve the
Contractor from any obligation under the Contract and shall not impose any liability upon the Owner.
Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create .a contractual relationship between a
Subcontractor and the Owner.
GC 3.10 Changes
GC 3.10.01 Changes in the Work
.01 The Owner, or the Contract Administrator where so authorized, may, by order in writing, make a
Change in the Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to
proceed with a Change in the Work until in receipt of a Change Order or Change Directive. Upon
the receipt of such Change Order or Change Directive the Contractor shall proceed with the Change
in the Work.
.02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection
GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time.
.03 If the Change in the Work relates solely to quantities, payment for that part of the Work shall be
made according to the conditions specified in clause GC 8.01.02, Variations in Tender Quantities. If
the Change in the Work does not solely relate to quantities, then either the Owner or the Contractor
may initiate negotiations upwards or downwards for the adjustment of the Contract price in respect
of the Change in the Work pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation or
payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a
Time and Material Basis.
Page 18 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 3.10.02 Extra Work
.01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may instruct the Contractor to perform
Extra Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to proceed with
the Extra Work until in receipt of a Change Order or Change Directive. Upon receipt of such Change
Order or Change Directive the Contractor shall proceed with the Extra Work.
.02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection
GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time.
.03 Either the Owner or Contractor may initiate negotiations upwards or downwards for the payment for
the Extra Work pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may
be made according to the conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and
Material Basis.
GC 3.10.03 Additional Work
.01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may request the Contractor to perform
Additional Work without invalidating the Contract. If the Contractor agrees to perform Additional
Work, the Contractor shall proceed with such Additional Work upon receipt of a Change Order.
.02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection
GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time.
.03 Payment for the Additional Work may be negotiated pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims,
Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause
GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis.
GC 3.11 Notices
.01 Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Contract Administrator or the Superintendent in
respect of the Work shall be deemed to have been given to and received by the addressee on the
date of delivery if delivered by hand, email, or by facsimile transmission and on the fifth Day after the
date of mailing, if sent by mail.
.02 The Contractor and the Owner shall provide each other with the mail and email addresses; pager,
cell phone, and telephone numbers; and facsimile terminal numbers for the Contract Administrator
and the Superintendent at the commencement of the Work, and update as necessary.
.03 In the event of an emergency situation or other urgent matter the Contract Administrator or the
Superintendent may give a verbal notice, provided that such notice is confirmed in writing within
2 Days.
.04 Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Owner or the Contractor shall be given in
accordance with the notice provision of the Contract.
GC 3.12 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance
.01 Where it is not contemplated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Owner may use or occupy
the Work or any part thereof prior to Substantial Performance, provided that at least 30 Days written
notice has been given to the Contractor.
.02 The use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the Owner prior to Substantial Performance
shall not constitute an acceptance of the Work or parts so occupied. In addition, the use or
occupancy of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor or the Contractor's Surety from any liability
that has arisen, or may arise, from the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract
Page 19 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for any damage that occurs because of the Owner's
use or occupancy. Such use or occupancy of any part of the Work by the Owner does not waive the
Owner's right to charge the Contractor liquidated damages in accordance with the terms of the
Contract.
GC 3.13 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation
GC 3.13.01 Continuance of the Work
.01 Unless the Contract has been terminated or completed, the Contractor shall in every case, after
serving or receiving any notification of a claim or dispute, verbal or written, continue to proceed with
the Work with due diligence and expedition. It is understood by the parties that such action shall not
jeopardize any claim it may have.
GC 3.13.02 Record Keeping
.01 Immediately upon commencing work that may result in a claim, the Contractor shall keep Daily Work
Records during the course of the Work, sufficient to substantiate the Contractor's claim, and the
Contract Administrator shall keep Daily Work Records to be used in assessing the Contractor's
claim, all in accordance with clause GC 8.02.07, Records.
.02 The Contractor and the Contract Administrator shall attempt to reconcile their respective Daily Work
Records on a daily basis, to simplify review of the claim, when submitted. If the Contractor and the
Contract Administrator fail to reconcile their respective Daily Work Records, then the Contractor shall
submit its Daily Work Records as part of its claim, whereby the resolution of the dispute about the
Daily Work Records shall not be resolved until there is a resolution of the claim.
.03 The keeping of Daily Work Records by the Contract Administrator or the reconciling of such Daily
Work Records with those of the Contractor shall not be construed to be acceptance of the claim.
GC -3.13.03 Claims Procedure
.01 The Contractor shall give verbal notice of any situation that may lead to a claim for additional
payment immediately upon becoming aware of the situation.
.02 The Contractor shall provide written notice in the standard form "Notice of Intent to Claim" within
7 Days of the commencement of any part of the Work that may be affected by the situation.
.03 The Contractor shall submit detailed claims as soon as reasonably possible and in any event no
later than 30 Days after completion of the work affected by the situation. The detailed claim shall:
a) identify the item or items in respect of which the claim arises;
b) state the grounds, contractual or otherwise, upon which the claim is made; and
c) include the Records maintained by the Contractor supporting such claim.
In exceptional cases, the 30 Days may be increased to a maximum of 90 Days with approval in
writing from the Contract Administrator.
.04 Within 30 Days of the receipt of the Contractor's detailed claim, the Contract Administrator may
request the Contractor to submit any further and other particulars as the Contract Administrator
considers necessary to assess the claim. The Contractor shall submit the requested information
within 30 Days of receipt of such request.
Page 20 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
r
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
.05 Within 90 Days of receipt of the detailed claim, the Contract Administrator shall advise the
Contractor, in writing, of the Contract Administrator's opinion with regard to the validity of the claim.
GC 3.13.04 Negotiations
.01 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve their dispute by amicable negotiations and
agree to provide, without prejudice, open and timely disclosure of relevant facts, information, and
documents to facilitate these negotiations.
.02 Should the Contractor disagree with the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.13.03.05, with respect to
any part of the claim, the Contract Administrator shall enter into negotiations with the Contractor to
resolve the matters in dispute. Where a negotiated settlement cannot be reached and it is agreed
that payment cannot be made on a Time and Material basis in accordance with clause GC 8.02.04,
Payment on a Time and Material Basis, the parties shall proceed in accordance with clause
GC 3.13.05, Mediation, or subsection GC 3.14, Arbitration.
GC 3.13.05 Mediation
.01 If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.04,
Negotiations, within a period of 30 Days following the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.13.03.05, and
the Contractor wishes to pursue the issue further, the parties may, upon mutual agreement, utilize
the services of an independent third party mediator.
.02 The mediator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor.
`:03 The mediator shall be knowledgeable regarding the area of the disputed issue. The mediator shall
meet with the parties together or separately, as necessary, to review all aspects of the issue. In a
final attempt to assist the parties in resolving the issue themselves prior to proceeding to arbitration
the mediator shall provide, without prejudice, a non - binding recommendation for settlement.
.04 The review by the mediator shall be completed within 90 Days following the opinion given in
paragraph GC 3.13.03.05.
.05 Each party is responsible for its own costs related to the use of the third party mediator process.
The cost of the third party mediator shall be equally shared by the Owner and Contractor.
GC 3.13.06 Payment
.01 Payment of the claim shall be made no later than 30 Days after the date of resolution of the claim or
dispute. Such payment shall be made according to the terms of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and
Payment.
GC 3.13.07 Rights of Both Parties
.01 It is agreed that no action taken under subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, by
either party shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any of the rights or recourse available
to the parties, provided that the requirements set out in this subsection are fulfilled.
GC 3.14 Arbitration
GC 3.14.01 Conditions of Arbitration
.01 If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.04,
Negotiations, or the mediation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.05, Mediation, either party may invoke
the provisions of subsection GC 3.14, Arbitration, by giving written notice to the other party.
Page 21 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
.02 Notification that arbitration shall be implemented to resolve the issue shall be communicated in
writing as soon as possible and no later than 60 Days following the opinion given in paragraph
GC 3.13.03.05. Where the use of a third party mediator was implemented, notification shall be
within 120 Days of the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.13.03.05.
.03 The parties shall be bound by the decision of the arbitrator.
.04 The rules and procedures of the Arbitration Act, 1991, S.O. 1991, c.17, as amended, shall apply to
any arbitration conducted hereunder except to the extent that they are modified by the express
provisions of subsection GC 3.14, Arbitration.
GC 3.14.02 Arbitration Procedure
.01 The following provisions are to be included in the agreement to arbitrate and are subject only to such
right of appeal as exist where the arbitrator has exceeded his or her jurisdiction or have otherwise
disqualified him or herself:
a) All existing actions in respect of the matters under arbitration shall be stayed pending arbitration;
b) All outstanding claims and matters to be settled are to be set out in a schedule to the agreement.
Only such claims and matters as are in the schedule shall be arbitrated; and
c) Before proceeding with the arbitration, the Contractor shall confirm that all matters in dispute are
set out in the schedule.
GC 3.14.03 Appointment of Arbitrator
.01 The arbitrator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor to adjudicate the dispute.
.02 Where the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on a sole arbitrator within 30 Days of the notification
of arbitration noted in paragraph GC 3.14.01.02, the Owner and the Contractor shall each choose an
appointee within 37 Days of the notice of arbitration.
.03 The appointees shall mutually agree upon an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 15 Days after
the last appointee was chosen or they shall refer the matter to the Arbitration and Mediation Institute
of Ontario Inc., which may select an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 7 Days of being
requested to do so.
.04 The arbitrator shall not be interested financially in the Contract nor in either party's business and
shall not be employed by either party.
.05 The arbitrator may appoint independent experts and any other persons to assist him or her.
.06 The arbitrator is not bound by the rules of evidence that govern the trial of cases in court but may
hear and consider any evidence that the arbitrator considers relevant.
.07 The hearing shall commence within 90 Days of the appointment of the arbitrator.
GC 3.14.04 Costs
.01 The arbitrator's fee shall be equally shared by the Owner and the Contractor.
.02 The fees of any independent experts and any other persons appointed to assist the arbitrator shall
be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor.
Page 22 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
.03 The arbitration hearing shall be held in a place mutually agreed upon by both parties or in the event
the parties do not agree, a site shall be chosen by the arbitrator. The cost of obtaining appropriate
facilities shall be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor.
.04 The arbitrator may, in his or her discretion, award reasonable costs, related to the arbitration.
GC 3.14.05 The Decision
.01 The reasoned decision shall be made in writing within 90 Days of the conclusion of the hearing. An
extension of time to make a decision may be granted with consent of both parties. Payment shall be
made in accordance with clause GC 3.13.06, Payment.
GC 3.15 Archaeological Finds
.01 If the Contractor's operations expose any items that may indicate an archaeological find, such as
building remains, hardware, accumulations of bones, pottery, or arrowheads, the Contractor shall
immediately notify the Contract Administrator and suspend operations within the area identified by
the Contract Administrator. Notification may be verbal provided that such notice is confirmed in
writing within 2 Days. Work shall remain suspended within that area until otherwise directed by the
Contract Administrator in writing, in accordance with subsection GC 7.10, Suspension of Work.
.02 Any delay in the completion of the Contract that is caused by such a suspension of Work shall be
considered to be beyond the Contractor's control in accordance with paragraph GC 3.07.01.
.03 Any work directed or authorized in connection with an archaeological find shall be considered as
Extra Work in accordance with clause GC 3.10.02, Extra Work.
- ..04 The Contractor shall take all reasonable action to minimize additional costs that may accrue as a
result of any work stoppage.
Page 23 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 4.01 Working Area
SECTION GC 4.0 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS
.01 The Owner shall acquire all property rights that are deemed necessary by the Owner for the
construction of the Work, including temporary working easements, and shall indicate the full extent
of the Working Area on the Contract Drawings.
.02 The Geotechnical Report and Subsurface Report that may be provided by the Owner as part of the
tender documents shall form part of the Contract Drawings.
GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits
.01 The Owner shall pay for all plumbing and building permits.
.02 The Owner shall obtain and pay for all permits, licences, and certificates solely required for the
design of the Work.
GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials
.01 The Owner shall identify in the Contract Documents the materials to be moved within or removed
from the Working Area and any characteristics of those materials that necessitates special materials
management and disposition.
.02 In accordance with regulations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.0.1,
as amended, the Owner advises that,
a) the designated substances silica, lead, and arsenic are generally present throughout the
Working Area occurring naturally or as a result of vehicle emissions;
b) the designated substance asbestos may be present in cement products, asphalt, and conduits
for Utilities;
c) the following hazardous materials are ordinarily present in construction activities: limestone,
gypsum, marble, mica, and Portland cement; and
d) exposure to these substances may occur as a result of activities by the Contractor such as
sweeping, grinding, crushing, drilling, blasting, cutting, and abrasive blasting.
.03 The Owner shall identify in the Contract Documents any designated substances or hazardous
materials other than those identified above and their location in the Working Area.
.04 If the Owner or Contractor discovers or is advised of the presence of designated substances or
hazardous materials that are in addition to those listed in paragraph GC 4.03.02, or not clearly
identified in the Contract Documents according to paragraph GC 4.03.03, then verbal notice shall be
provided to the other party immediately with written confirmation within 2 Days. The Contractor shall
stop work in the area immediately and shall determine the necessary steps required to complete the
work in accordance with applicable legislation and regulation.
.05 The Owner shall be responsible for any reasonable additional costs of removing, managing and
disposing of any material not identified in the Contract Documents, or where conditions exist that
could not have been reasonably foreseen at the time of tendering. All work under this paragraph
shall be deemed to be Extra Work.
Page 24 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
.06 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Owner shall provide to the Contractor a list of those
products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS), that
the Owner may supply or use on the Contract, together with copies of the Materials Safety Data
Sheets for these products. All containers used in the application of products controlled under
WHMIS shall be labelled. The Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing of changes to the list and
provide relevant Material Safety Data Sheets.
GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property
.01 The Owner shall pay the costs of all flagging and other traffic control measures required and
provided by the railway company unless such costs are solely a function of the Contractor's chosen
method of completing the Work.
.02 Every precaution shall be taken by the Contractor to protect all railway property at track crossings; or
otherwise, on which construction operations are to take place in accordance with the terms of this
Contract.
.03 The Contractor shall be required to conduct the construction operations in such a manner as to
avoid a possibility of damaging any railway property in the vicinity of the works. Every reasonable
precaution shall be taken by the Contractor to ensure the safety of the workers, Subcontractors, and
Equipment, as well as railway property throughout the duration of the Contract.
GC 4.05 Default by the Contractor
.01 If the Contractor fails to commence the Work within 14 Days of a formal order to commence work
signed by the Contract Administrator or, upon commencement of the Work, should neglect to
prosecute the Work properly or otherwise fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract and,
if the Contract Administrator has given a written statement to the Owner and Contractor that
sufficient cause exists to justify such action, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or
remedy the Owner may have, notify the Contractor in writing that the Contractor is in default of the
Contractor's contractual obligations and instruct the Contractor to correct the default in the
5 Working Days immediately following the receipt of such notice.
.02 If the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors
because of the Contractor's insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of the Contractor's
insolvency, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, by
giving the Contractor or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy notice in writing, terminate the Contract.
GC 4.06 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default
.01 The Contractor shall have the right within the 5 full Working Days following the receipt of a notice of
default to correct the default and provide the Owner with satisfactory proof that appropriate
corrective measures have been taken.
.02 If the correction of the default cannot be completed within the 5 full Working Days following receipt of
the notice, the Contractor shall not be in default if the Contractor,
a) commences the correction of the default within the 5 full Working Days following receipt of the
notice;
b) provides the Owner with an acceptable schedule for the progress of such correction; and
c) completes the correction in accordance with such schedule.
Page 25 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 4.07 Owner's Right to Correct Default
.01 If the Contractor fails to correct the default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.06,
Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice
to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may correct such default and deduct the cost
thereof, as certified by the Contract Administrator, from any payment then or thereafter due to the
Contractor.
GC 4.08 Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work
.01 Where the Contractor fails to correct a default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.06,
Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice
to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may terminate the Contractor's right to continue
the Work in whole or in part by giving written notice to the Contractor.
.02 If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part, the
Owner shall be entitled to,
a) take possession of the Working Area or that portion of the Working Area devoted to that part of
the Work terminated;
b) use the Equipment of the Contractor and any Material within the Working Area that is intended to
be incorporated into the Work, the whole subject to the right of third parties;
c) withhold further payments to the Contractor with respect to the Work or the portion of the Work
withdrawn from the Contractor until the Work or portion thereof withdrawn is completed;
d) charge the Contractor the additional cost over. the Contract price of completing the Work or
portion thereof withdrawn from the Contractor, as certified by the Contract Administrator and any
additional compensation paid to the Contract administrator for such additional service arising
from the correction of the default;
e) charge the Contractor a reasonable allowance, as determined by the Contract Administrator, to
cover correction to the Work performed by the Contractor that may be required under subsection
GC 7.16, Warranty;
f)
g)
charge the Contractor for any damages the Owner sustained as a result of the default; and
charge the Contractor the amount by which the cost of corrections to the Work under subsection
GC 7.16, Warranty, exceeds the allowance provided for such corrections.
GC 4.09 Final Payment to Contractor
.01 If the Owner's cost to correct and complete the Work in whole or in part is less than the amount
withheld from the Contractor under subsection GC 4.08, Termination of Contractor's Right to
Continue the Work, the Owner shall pay the balance to the Contractor as soon as the final
accounting for the Contract is complete.
GC 4.10 Termination of the Contract
.01 Where the Contractor is in default of the Contract the Owner may, without prejudice to any other
right or remedy the Owner may have, terminate the Contract by giving written notice of termination to
the Contractor, the Surety, and any trustee or receiver acting on behalf of the Contractor's estate or
creditors.
Page 26 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
.02 If the Owner elects to terminate the Contract, the Owner may provide the Contractor and the trustee
or receiver with a complete accounting to the date of termination.
GC 4.11 Continuation of Contractor's Obligations
.01 The Contractor's obligation under the Contract as to quality, correction, and warranty of the Work
performed prior to the time of termination of the Contract or termination of the Contractor's right to
continue with the Work in whole or in part shall continue to be in force after such termination.
GC 4.12 Use of Performance Bond
.01 If the Contractor is in default of the Contract and the Contractor has provided a Performance Bond,
the provisions of Section GC 4.0, Owner's Responsibilities and Rights, shall be exercised in
accordance with the conditions of the Performance Bond.
GC 4.13 Payment Adjustment
.01 If any situation should occur in the performance of the Work that would result in a Change in the
Work, the Owner shall be entitled to an adjustment and those adjustments shall be managed in
accordance with subsection GC 3.10.01, Changes in the Work.
Page 27 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 5.01 Supply of Material
GC 5.02 Quality of Material
SECTION GC 5.0 - MATERIAL
.01 All Material necessary for the proper completion of the Work, except that listed as being supplied by
the Owner, shall be supplied by the Contractor. The Contract price for the appropriate tender items
shall be deemed to include full compensation for the supply of such Material.
.01 All Material supplied by the Contractor shall be new, unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents.
.02 Material supplied by the Contractor shall conform to the requirements of the Contract.
.03 As specified in the Contract Documents or as requested by the Contract Administrator, the
Contractor shall make available, for inspection or testing, a sample of any Material to be supplied by
the Contractor.
.04 The Contractor shall obtain for the Contract Administrator the right to enter onto the premises of the
Material manufacturer or supplier to carry out such inspection, sampling, and testing as specified in
the Contract Documents or as requested by the Contract Administrator.
.05 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the sources of supply sufficiently in advance
of the Material shipping dates to enable the Contract Administrator to perform the required
inspection, sampling, and testing.
.06 The Owner shall not be responsible for any delays to the Contractor's operations where the
Contractor fails to give sufficient advance notice to the Contract Administrator to enable the Contract
Administrator to carry out the required inspection, sampling, and testing before the scheduled
shipping date.
.07 The Contractor shall not change the source of supply of any Material without the written
authorization of the Contract Administrator.
.08 Material that is not specified shall be of a quality best suited to the purpose required, and the use of
such Material shall be subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator.
.09 All Material inspection, sampling, and testing shall be carried out on random basis in accordance
with the standard inspection or testing methods required for the Material. Any approval given by the
Contract Administrator for the Materials to be used in the Work based upon the random method shall
not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of incorporating Material that conforms to the
Contract Documents into the Work or properly performing the Contract and of any liability arising
from the failure to properly perform as specified in the Contract Documents.
GC 5.03 Rejected Material
.01 Rejected Material shall be removed from the Working Area expeditiously after the notification to that
effect from the Contract Administrator. Where the Contractor fails to comply with such notice, the
Contract Administrator may cause the rejected Material to be removed from the Working Area and
disposed of, in what the Contract Administrator considers to be the most appropriate manner, and
the Contractor shall pay the costs of disposal and the appropriate overhead charges.
Page 28 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 5.04 Substitutions
.01 Where the Contract Documents require the Contractor to supply a Material designated by a trade or
other name, the Tender shall be based only upon supply of the Material so designated, that shall be
regarded as the standard of quality required by the Contract Documents. After the acceptance of
the Tender, the Contractor may apply to the Contract Administrator to substitute another Material
identified by a different trade or other name for the Material designated as aforesaid. The
application shall be in writing and shall state the price for the proposed substitute Material
designated as aforesaid, and such other information as the Contract Administrator may require.
.02 Rulings on a proposed substitution shall not be made prior to the acceptance of the Tender.
Substitutions shall not be made without the prior approval of the Contract Administrator. The
approval or rejection of a proposed substitution shall be at the discretion of the Contract
Administrator.
.03 If the proposed substitution is approved by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall be
entitled to the first $1,000 of the aggregate saving in cost by reason of such substitution and to 50%
of any additional saving in cost in excess of such $1,000. Each such approval shall be conveyed to
the Contractor in writing or by issuance of a Certificate of Equality on the Owner's standard form of
"Certification of Equality" and, if any adjustment to the Contract price is made by reason of such
substitution, a Change Order shall be issued as well.
GC 5.05 Owner Supplied Material
GC 5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Material
.01 Where Material is supplied by the Owner and where this Material is ordered by the Contractor in
excess of the amount specified to complete the Work, such excess Material shall become the
property of the Contractor on completion of the Work and shall be charged to the Contractor at cost
plus applicable overheads.
GC 5.05.02 Care of Material
.01 The Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of shipments of Material supplied by the Owner, provide
adequate and proper storage facilities acceptable to the Contract Administrator, and on the receipt of
such Material shall promptly place it in storage, except where it is to be incorporated forthwith into
the Work.
.02 The Contractor shall be responsible for acceptance of Material supplied by the Owner, at the
specified delivery point and for its safe handling and storage. If such Material is damaged while
under the control of the Contractor, it shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at no expense
to the Owner, and to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. If such Material is rejected by the
Contract Administrator for reasons that are not the fault of the Contractor, it shall remain in the care
and at the risk of the Contractor until its disposition has been determined by the Contract
Administrator.
.03 Where Material supplied by the Owner arrives at the delivery point in a damaged condition or where
there are discrepancies between the quantities received and the quantities shown on the bills of
lading, the Contractor shall immediately report such damage or discrepancies to the Contract
Administrator who shall arrange for an immediate inspection of the shipment and provide the
Contractor with a written release from responsibility for such damage or deficiencies. Where
damage or deficiencies are not so reported, it shall be assumed that the shipment arrived in good
condition and order, and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good by the
Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner.
Page 29 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
.04 The full amount of Material supplied by the Owner in each shipment shall be accounted for by the
Contractor and such Material shall be at the risk of the Contractor after taking delivery. Such
Material shall not, except with the written permission of the Contract Administrator, be used by the
Contractor for purposes other than the performance of the Work under the Contract.
.05 Empty reels, crates, containers, and other type of packaging from Material supplied by the Owner
shall become the property of the Contractor when they are no longer required for their original
purpose and shall be disposed of by the Contractor, unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents.
.06 Immediately upon receipt of each shipment, the Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator
copies of bills of lading, or such other documentation the Contract Administrator may require to
substantiate and reconcile the quantities of Material received.
.07 Where Material supplied by the Owner is ordered and stockpiled prior to the award of the Contract,
the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owner, immediately upon commencement of operations,
check the Material, report any damage or deficiencies to the Contract Administrator and take charge
of the Material at the stockpile site. Where damage or deficiencies are not so recorded by the
Contractor, it shall be assumed that the stockpile was in good condition and order when the
Contractor took charge of it, and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good
by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner.
Page 30 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
SECTION GC 6.0 - INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE
GC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons and Property
.01 The Contractor, the Contractor's agents, and all workers employed by or under the control of the
Contractor, including Subcontractors, shall protect the Work, persons, and property from damage or
injury. The Contractor shall be responsible for all losses and damage that may arise as the result of
the Contractor's operations under the Contract, unless indicated to the contrary below.
.02 The Contractor is responsible for the full cost of any necessary temporary protective work or works
and the restoration of all damage where the Contractor damages the Work or property in the
performance of the Contract. If the Contractor is not responsible for the damage that occurs to the
Work or property, the Contractor shall restore such damage, and such work and payment shall be
administered according to these General Conditions.
.03 The Contractor shall immediately inform the Contract Administrator of all damage and injuries that
occur during the term of the Contract. The Contractor shall then investigate and report back to the
Contract Administrator within 15 Days of occurrence of incident, or as soon as possible.
.04 The Contractor shall not be responsible for loss and damage that occurs as a result of,
a) war;
b) blockades and civil commotions;
c) errors in the Contract Documents; or
d) acts or omissions of the Owner, the Contract Administrator, their agents and employees, or
others not under the control of the Contractor, but within the Working Area with the Owner's
permission.
.05 The Contractor and the Contractor's Surety shall not be released from any term or provision of any
responsibility, obligation, or liability under the Contract or waive or impair any of the rights of the
Owner, except by a release duly executed by the Owner.
GC 6.02 Indemnification
.01 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Contract Administrator, their
elected officials, agents, officers, and employees from and against all claims, demands, losses,
expenses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings by third parties, hereinafter called "claims ",
directly or indirectly arising or alleged to arise out of the performance of or the failure to perform the
Work, provided such claims are,
a) attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death or to damage to or destruction of tangible
property;
b) caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor
may be liable; and
c) made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work
as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work or, where so specified in the
Contract Documents, from the date of certification of Final Acceptance.
Page 31 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
.02 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from all and every claim for damages,
royalties or fees for the infringement of any patented invention or copyright occasioned by the
Contractor in connection with the Work performed or Material furnished by the Contractor under the
Contract.
.03 The Owner expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated in paragraphs
GC 6.02.01 and GC 6.02.02.
.04 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, their elected officials, agents, officers,
and employees from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs, damages, actions,
suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract that are attributable
to a lack of or defect in title or an alleged lack of or defect in title to the Working Area.
.05 The Contractor expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated in
paragraph GC 6.02.04.
GC 6.03 Contractor's Insurance
GC 6.03.01 General
.01 Without restricting the generality of subsection GC 6.02, Indemnification, the Contractor shall
provide, maintain, and pay for the insurance coverages listed under clauses GC 6.03.02 and
GC 6.03.03. Insurance coverage in clauses GC 6.03.04, GC 6.03.05, and GC 6.03.06 shall only
apply when so specified in the Contract Documents.
.02 The Contractor shall provide . the - Contract: Administrator :with :an ;original Certificate of Insurance for
each type of insurance coverage that is required.by:the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall
ensure that the Administrator is, -at times receipt of a valid Certificate of Insurance for
each =type of. insurance .coverage,: in such .amounts as:speoifi.ed in the - Contract Documents. The
Contractor will not be permitted to commence work until :the :Contract Administrator is in receipt of
such proof of insurance. The Contract Administrator may withhold payments of monies due to the
Contractor until the Contractor has provided the Contract Administrator with original valid Certificates
of Insurance as required by the provisions of the Contract Documents.
GC 6.03.02 General Liability Insurance
.01 General liability insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract
Administrator named as additional insureds, with limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive
per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof, with a
property damage deductible of not more than $5,000. The form of this insurance shall be the
Insurance Bureau of Canada Form IBC 2100.
.02 Another form of insurance equal to or better than that required in IBC Form 2100 may be used,
provided all the requirements listed in the Contract are included. Approval of this insurance shall be
conditional upon the Contractor obtaining the services of an insurer licensed to underwrite insurance
in the Province of Ontario and obtaining the insurer's certificate of equivalency to the required
insurance.
.03 The Contractor shall maintain in force such policies of insurance specified by the Contract
Documents at all times from the commencement of the Work until the end of any Warranty Period or
as otherwise required by the Contract Documents.
.04 The Contractor shall submit annually to the Owner, proof of continuation of the completed operations
coverage and, if the Contractor fails to do so, the limitation period for claiming indemnity described in
paragraph GC 6.02.01 c), shall not be binding on the Owner.
Page 32 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
.05 Should the Contractor decide not to employ Subcontractors for operations requiring the use of
explosives for blasting, pile driving or caisson work, removal or weakening of support of property
building or land, IBC Form 2100 as required shall include the appropriate endorsements.
.06 The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in
advance of cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage.
.07 "Claims Made" insurance policies shall not be permitted.
GC 6.03.03 Automobile Liability Insurance
.01 Automobile liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles shall have limits of not Tess than five
million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death and damage to property, in the
following forms endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance
of any cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage:
GC 6.03.04
GC 6.03.04.01
.01
6.03.04.02
a) standard non -owned automobile policy including standard contractual liability endorsement, and
b) standard owner's form automobile policy providing third party liability and accident benefits
insurance and covering licensed vehicles owned or operated by the Contractor.
Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance
Aircraft Liability Insurance
Aircraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non -owned aircraft used directly or indirectly in
the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall be subject to limits of not
less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property
including Toss of use thereof, and limits of not less than five million dollars for aircraft passenger
hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed
to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, change, or
amendment restricting coverage.
Watercraft Liability Insurance
.01 Watercraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non -owned watercraft used directly or
indirectly in the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall be subject to
limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and
damage to property including loss of use thereof. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to
the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written
notice in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage.
GC 6.03.05 Property and Boiler Insurance
GC 6.03.05.01 Property Insurance
.01 All risks property insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract
Administrator named as additional insureds, insuring not less than the sum of the amount of the
Contract price and the full value, as may be stated in the Contract Documents, of Material that is
specified to be provided by the Owner for incorporation into the Work, with a deductible not
exceeding 1% of the amount insured at the site of the Work. This insurance shall be in a form
acceptable to the Owner and shall be maintained continuously until 10 Days after the date of Final
Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate.
Page 33 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 6.03.05.02 Boiler Insurance
.01 Boiler insurance insuring the interests of the Contractor, the Owner and the Contract Administrator
for not less than the replacement value of boilers and pressure vessels forming part of the Work,
shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. This insurance shall be maintained continuously from
commencement of use or operation of the property insured until 10 Days after the date of Final
Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate.
GC 6.03.05.03 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion
.01 Should the Owner wish to use or occupy part or all of the Work prior to Substantial Performance, the
Owner shall give 30 Days written notice to the Contractor of the intended purpose and extent of such
use or occupancy. Prior to such use or occupancy, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing of
the additional premium cost, if any, to maintain property and boiler insurance, which shall be at the
Owner's expense. If because of such use or occupancy the Contractor is unable to provide
coverage, the Owner upon written notice from the Contractor and prior to such use or occupancy
shall provide, maintain, and pay for property and boiler insurance insuring the full value of the Work,
including coverage for such use or occupancy, and shall provide the Contractor with proof of such
insurance. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner the unearned premiums applicable to the
Contractor's policies upon termination of coverage.
.02 The policies shall provide that, in the event of a loss or damage, payment shall be made to the
Owner and the Contractor as their respective interests may appear. The Contractor shall act on
behalf of both the Owner and the Contractor for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such Toss or
damage payment with the insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined, the
Contractor shall proceed to restore the Work.... Loss or :damage shall not affect the rights and
obligations of either party under the. Contract, .except :that the Contractor shall be .entitled to such
reasonable extension of Contract Time relative to the extent of the .loss or damage as the Contract
Administrator may decide in consultation with the Contractor.
GC 6.03.05.04 Payment for Loss or Damage
.01 The Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due under the
Contract, the amount at which the Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has been appraised,
such amount to be paid as the restoration of the Work proceeds, and in accordance with the
requirements of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. In addition, the Contractor shall be
entitled to receive from the payments made by the insurers the amount of the Contractor's interest in
the restoration of the Work.
.02 The Contractor shall be responsible for deductible amounts under the policies, except where such
amounts may be excluded from the Contractor's responsibility by the terms of this Contract.
.03 In the event of a loss or damage to the Work arising from the action or omission of the Owner or
others, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restoration of the
Work proceeds and in accordance with the requirements of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and
Payment.
Page 34 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 6.03.06 Contractor's Equipment Insurance
.01 All risks Contractor's equipment insurance covering construction machinery and equipment used by
the Contractor for the performance of the Work, including boiler insurance on temporary boilers and
pressure vessels, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall not allow subrogation claims
by the insurer against the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less
than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage.
Subject to satisfactory proof of financial capability by the Contractor for self- insurance of the
Contractor's Equipment, the Owner agrees to waive the equipment insurance requirement, and for
the purpose of this Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to be insured. This policy shall be
amended to provide permission for the Contractor to grant prior releases with respect to damage to
the Contractor's Equipment.
GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration
.01 Unless specified otherwise, the duration of each insurance policy shall be from the date of
commencement of the Work until 10 Days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out
in the Final Acceptance Certificate.
.02 The Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the Owner, proof of insurance prior
to commencement of the Work and signed by an officer of the Contractor and either the underwriter
or the broker.
.03 The Contractor shall, on request, promptly provide the Owner with a certified true copy of each
insurance policy exclusive of information pertaining to premium or premium bases used by the
insurer to determine the cost of the insurance. The certified true copy shall include a signature by an
Officer of the Contractor and, in addition, a signature by an officer of the insurer or the underwriter or
the broker.
.04 Where a policy is renewed, the Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the
Owner, renewed proof of insurance immediately following completion of renewal.
.05 Unless specified otherwise, the Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of deductible
amounts under the policies.
.06 If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required in subsection GC 6.03,
Contractor's Insurance, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right
to provide and maintain such insurance and give evidence thereof to the Contractor. The Owner's
cost thereof shall be payable by the Contractor to the Owner on demand.
.07 If the Contractor fails to pay the cost of the insurance placed by the Owner within 30 Days of the
date on which the Owner made a formal demand for reimbursement of such costs, the Owner may
deduct the costs thereof from monies which are due or may become due to the Contractor.
GC 6.04 Bonding
.01 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the surety bonds in the amount required by the tender
documents.
.02 Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact a business of
suretyship in the Province of Ontario and shall be to the satisfaction of the Owner. The bonds shall
be maintained in good standing until the fulfilment of the Contract.
Page 35 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 6.05 Workplace Safety and Insurance Board
.01 The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with a copy of a Certificate of Clearance
indicating the Contractor's good standing with the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board, as
follows:
a) Immediately prior to the Contract Administrator authorizing the Contractor to commence Work.
b) Prior to issue of the Certificate of Substantial Performance.
c) Prior to expiration of the Warranty Period.
d) At any other time when requested by the Contract Administrator.
Page 36 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
SECTION GC 7.0 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK
GC 7.01 General
.01 The Contractor warrants that the site of the Work has been visited during the preparation of the
Tender and the character of the Work and all local conditions that may affect the performance of the
Work are known.
.02 The Contractor shall not commence the Work nor deliver anything to the Working Area until the
Contractor has received a written order to commence the Work, signed by the Contract
Administrator.
.03 The Contractor shall have complete control of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise the
Work so as to ensure conformity with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible
for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures and for coordinating the
various parts of the Work.
.04 The Contractor shall provide adequate labour, Equipment, and Material to ensure the completion of
the Contract in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Work shall be performed as
vigorously and as continuously as weather conditions or other interferences may permit.
.05 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance,
and removal of temporary structures and other temporary facilities and the design and execution of
construction methods required in their use.
.06 Notwithstanding paragraph GC 7.01.05, where the Contract Documents include designs for
temporary structures and other temporary facilities or specify a method of construction in whole or
part, such facilities and methods shall be considered to be part of the design of the Work, and the
Contractor shall not be held responsible for that part of the design or the specified method of
construction. The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the execution of such design or
specified method of construction in the same manner that the Contractor is responsible for the
execution of the Work.
.07 The Contractor shall execute the terms of the Contract in strict compliance with the requirements of
the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended, (the "Act ") and Ontario
Regulation 213/91, as amended, (that regulates Construction Projects) and any other regulations as
amended under the Act (the "Regulations ") that may affect the performance of the Work, as the
"Constructor" or "employer," as defined by the Act, as the case may be. The Contractor shall ensure
that:
a) worker safety is given first priority in planning, pricing, and performing the Work;
b) its officers and supervisory employees have a working knowledge of the duties of a
"Constructor" and "employer" as defined by the Act and the provisions of the Regulations
applicable to the Work, and a personal commitment to comply with them;
c) a copy of the most current version of the Act and the Regulations are available at the
Contractor's office within the Working Area, or, in the absence of an office, in the possession of
the supervisor responsible for the performance of the Work;
d) workers employed to carry out the Work possess the knowledge, skills, and protective devices
required by law or recommended for use by a recognized industry association to allow them to
work in safety;
e) its supervisory employees carry out their duties in a diligent and responsible manner with due
consideration for the health and safety of the workers; and
Page 37 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
f) all Subcontractors and their workers are properly protected from injury while they are at the
Work Area.
.08 The Contractor, when requested, shall provide the Owner with a copy of its health and safety policy
and program at the pre -start meeting and shall respond promptly to requests from the Owner for
confirmation that its methods and procedures for carrying out the Work comply with the Act and
Regulations. The Contractor shall cooperate with representatives of the Owner and the inspectors
appointed to enforce the Act and the Regulations in any investigations of worker health and safety in
the performance of the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from
any additional expense that the Owner may incur to have the Work performed as a result of the
Contractor's failure to comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations.
.09 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall provide to the Contract Administrator a list
of those products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System or
WHMIS, which the Contractor expects to use on the Contract. Related Materials Safety Data Sheets
shall accompany the submission. All containers used in the application of products controlled under
WHMIS shall be labelled. The Contractor shall notify the Contractor Administrator in writing of
changes in the products to be used and provide relevant Material Safety Data Sheets.
.10 The Contractor shall have an authorized representative on the site while any Work is being
performed, to supervise the Work and act for or on the Contractor's behalf. Prior to commencement
of construction, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the names; addresses;
positions; and cell phone, pager, and telephone numbers of the Contractor's representatives who
can be contacted at any time to deal with matters relating to the Contract, and update as necessary.
.11 The Contractor shall designate a person,:to.:be responsible fortraffic :control .and • work zone safety.
The designated person shall. be a competent_ wor. .ker:who:is -q.ual:ified_ because of knowledge, training,
and: experience to perform the duties; is familiar;with Book '7 - of the Ontario Traffic Manual; and has
_knowledge of all potential or.actual dangertoworkers.and,motorists. Prior to the commencement of
construction, the Contractor .shall notify Ana :Contract -Administrator of the name; . address; position;
cell phone,:.pager, and telephone numbers.of th.e designated person and :update:as necessary. The
designated person may have otherresponsibilities; including other construction sites, and need not
be present in the Working Area at all times.
.12 The Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, furnish all reasonable aid, facilities, and
assistance required by the Contract Administrator for the proper inspection and examination of the
Work or the taking of measurements for the purpose of payment.
.13 The Contractor shall prepare and update, as required, a construction schedule of operations,
indicating the proposed methods of construction and sequence of work and the time the Contractor
proposes to complete the various items of work within the time specified in the Contract Documents.
The schedule shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator within 14 Days from the Contract
award. If the Contractor's schedule is materially affected by changes, the Contractor shall submit an
updated construction schedule, if requested by the Contract Administrator, within 7 Days of the
request. This updated schedule shall show how the Contractor proposes to perform the balance of
the Work, so as to complete the Work within the time specified in the Contract Documents.
.14 Where the Contractor finds any error, inconsistency, or omission relating to the Contract, the
Contractor shall promptly report it to the Contract Administrator and shall not proceed with the
activity affected until receiving direction from the Contract Administrator.
.15 The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contract Administrator in writing if the subsurface conditions
observed in the Working Area differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents.
Page 38 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
.16 The Contractor shall arrange with the appropriate Utility authorities for the stake out of all
underground Utilities and service connections that may be affected by the Work. The Contractor
shall observe the location of the stake outs prior to commencing the Work and in the event that there
is a discrepancy between the location of the stake outs and the locations shown on the Contract
Documents, that may affect the Work, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contract
Administrator and the affected Utility companies, in order to resolve the discrepancy. The Contractor
shall be responsible for any damage done to the underground Utilities and service connections by
the Contractor's forces during construction if the stake out locations are within the tolerances given
in paragraph GC 2.01.01 a).
GC 7.02 Layout
.01 Prior to commencement of construction, the Contract Administrator and the Contractor shall locate
on site those property bars, baselines, and benchmarks that are necessary to delineate the Working
Area and to lay out the Work, all as shown on the Contract Drawings.
.02 The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all property bars while the Work is in
progress, except those property bars that must be removed to facilitate the Work. Any other
property bars disturbed, damaged, or removed by the Contractor's operations shall be replaced
under the supervision of an Ontario Land Surveyor, at the Contractor's expense.
.03 At no extra cost to the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with such
materials and devices as may be necessary to lay out the baseline and benchmarks, and as may be
necessary for the inspection of the Work.
.04 The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel to lay out and establish all lines and grades
necessary for construction. The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of any layout work
carried out, so that the same may be checked by the Contract Administrator.
..05 The Contractor shall install and maintain substantial alignment markers and secondary benchmarks
as may be required for the proper execution of the Work. The Contractor shall supply one copy of all
alignment and grade sheets to the Contract Administrator.
.06 The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for alignment, elevations, and dimensions of each
and all parts of the Work, regardless of whether the Contractor's layout work has been checked by
the Contract Administrator.
.07 All stakes, marks, and reference points shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor. In the case of
their destruction or removal, such stakes, marks, and reference points shall be replaced at the
Contractor's expense.
.08 Benchmarks and survey monuments identified in the Contract Documents shall be protected by the
Contractor. In the case of their destruction or removal, such benchmarks and survey monuments
shall be replaced by the Owner at the Contractor's expense.
GC 7.03 Working Area
.01 The Contractor's sheds, site offices, toilets, other temporary structures, and storage areas for
Material and Equipment shall be grouped in a compact manner and maintained in a neat and orderly
condition at all times.
.02 The Contractor shall confine the construction operations to the Working Area. Should the Contractor
require more space than that shown on the Contract Drawings, the Contractor shall obtain such
space at no additional cost to the Owner.
Page 39 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
.03 The Contractor shall not enter upon or occupy any private property for any purpose, unless the
Contractor has received prior written permission from the property owner.
GC 7.04 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment
.01 If at any time, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, damage is being done or is likely to be
done to any Roadway or any improvement thereon, outside the Working Area, by the Contractor's
vehicles or other Equipment, whether licensed or unlicensed Equipment, the Contractor shall, on the
direction of the Contract Administrator, and at no extra cost to the Owner, make changes or
substitutions for such vehicles or Equipment, and shall alter loadings, or in some other manner,
remove the cause of such damage to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator.
GC 7.05 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles
.01 Where a vehicle is hauling Material for use on the Work, in whole or in part; upon a Highway; and
where motor vehicle registration is required for such vehicle, the Contractor shall not cause or permit
such vehicle to be loaded beyond the legal limit specified in the Highway Traffic Act, R.S.O. 1990,
c.H.8, as amended, whether such vehicle is registered in the name of the Contractor or otherwise,
except where there are designated areas within the Working Area where overloading is permitted.
The Contractor shall bear the onus of weighing disputed loads.
GC 7.06 Condition of the Working Area
.01 The Contractor shall maintain the Working Area in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of
debris and prevent dust nuisance, mud, and ponding water, other than that caused by the Owner or
others.
GC 7.07 Maintaining Roads and Detours
01 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, if an existing Roadway is affected by
construction, it shall be kept open to both vehicular and pedestrian traffic.
.02 Subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall, at no additional cost to
the Owner, be responsible for providing and maintaining for the duration of the Work an alternative
route for both pedestrian and vehicular traffic through the Working Area in accordance with the OTM,
whether along the existing Highway under construction or on a detour road beside or adjacent to the
Highway under construction.
.03 Subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator, the Contractor may block traffic for short
periods of time to facilitate construction of the Work in accordance with the OTM. Any temporary
lane closures shall be kept to a minimum.
.04 The Contractor shall not be required to maintain a road through the Working Area until such time as
the Contractor has commenced operations or during seasonal shut down or on any part of the
Contract that has been accepted in accordance with these General Conditions. The Contractor shall
not be required to apply de -icing chemicals or abrasives or carry out snowplowing.
.05 Where localized and separated sections of the Highway are affected by the Contractor's operations,
the Contractor shall not be required to maintain intervening sections of the Highway until such times
as these sections are located within the limits of the Highway affected by the Contractor's general
operations under the Contract.
.06 Where the Contract Documents provide for or the Contract Administrator requires detours at specific
locations, payment for the construction of the detours and, if required, for the subsequent removal of
the detours, shall be made at the Contract prices appropriate to such work.
Page 40 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
.07 Compensation for all labour, Equipment, and Materials to do this Work shall be at the Contract
prices appropriate to the Work and, where there are no such prices, at negotiated prices.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the cost of blading required to maintain the surface of such roads and
detours shall be deemed to be included in the prices bid for the various tender items and no
additional payment shall be made.
.08 Where work under the Contract is discontinued for any extended period, including seasonal
shutdown, the Contractor shall, when directed by the Contract Administrator, open and place the
Roadway and detours in a passable, safe, and satisfactory condition for public travel.
.09 Where the Contractor constructs a detour that is not specifically provided for in the Contract
Documents or required by the Contract Administrator, the construction of the detour and, if required,
the subsequent removal shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. The detour shall be
constructed and maintained to structural and geometric standards approved by the Contract
Administrator. Removal and site restoration shall be performed as directed by the Contract
Administrator.
.10 Where, with the prior written approval of the Contract Administrator, the Highway is closed and the
traffic diverted entirely off the Highway to any other Highway, the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to
the Owner, supply, erect, and maintain traffic control devices in accordance with the OTM.
.11 Compliance with the foregoing provisions shall in no way relieve the Contractor of obligations under
subsection GC 6.01, Protection of Work, Persons, and Property, dealing with the Contractor's
responsibility for damage claims, except for claims arising on sections of Highway within the Working
Area that are being maintained by others.
GC 7.08 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility
Services
.01 The Contractor shall provide at all times and at no extra cost to the Owner,
a) adequate pedestrian and vehicular access; and
b) continuity of Utility services
to properties adjoining the Working Area.
.02 The Contractor shall provide at all times and at no extra cost to the Owner access to fire hydrants,
water and gas valves, and all other Utilities located in the Working Area.
.03 Where any interruptions in the supply of Utility services are required and are authorized by the
Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall give the affected property owners notice in accordance
with subsection GC 7.12, Notices by the Contractor, and shall arrange such interruptions so as to
create a minimum of interference to those affected.
GC 7.09 Approvals and Permits
.01 Except as specified in subsection GC 4.02, Approval and Permits, the Contractor shall obtain and
pay for any permits, licences, and certificates, which at the date of tender closing, are required for
the performance of the Work.
.02 The Contractor shall arrange for all necessary inspections required by the approvals and permits
specified in paragraph GC 7.09.01.
Page41 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 7.10 Suspension of Work
.01 The Contractor shall, upon written notice from the Contract Administrator, discontinue or delay any
or all of the Work and work shall not be resumed until the Contract Administrator so directs in writing.
Delays, in these circumstances, shall be administered according to subsection GC 3.07, Delays.
GC 7.11 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract
.01 If the Owner is adjudged bankrupt or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors
because of insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of insolvency, the Contractor may,
without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner or
receiver or trustee in bankruptcy written notice, terminate the Contract.
.02 If the Work is stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of 30 Days or more under an order of a
court or other public authority and provided that such order was not issued as the result of an act or
fault of the Contractor or of anyone directly employed or engaged by the Contractor, the Contractor
may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner
written notice, terminate the Contract.
.03 The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing, with a copy to the Contract Administrator, that the
Owner is in default of contractual obligations if,
a) the Contract Administrator fails to issue certificates in accordance with the provisions of Section
GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment;
b) the Owner fails to pay the Contractor, within 30 .Days of the .due dates identified in clause
GC 8.02.03, Certification and Payment, :the amounts certified by the Contract Administrator or
within 30 Days of an award by an arbitrator or court; or
c) the Owner violates the requirements of the Contract.
.04 The Contractor's written notice to the Owner shall advise that if the default is not corrected in the 7
Days immediately following receipt of the written notice, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any
other right or remedy the Contractor may have, stop the Work or terminate the Contract.
.05 If the Contractor terminates the Contract under the conditions set out in subsection GC 7.11, the
Contractor shall be entitled to be paid for all work performed according to the Contract Documents
and for any losses or damage as the Contractor may sustain as a result of the termination of the
Contract.
GC 7.12 Notices by the Contractor
.01 Before work is carried out that may affect the property or operations of any Ministry or agency of
government or any person; company; partnership; or corporation, including a municipal corporation
or any board or commission thereof, and in addition to such notices of the commencement of
specified operations as are prescribed elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall
give at least 48 hours advance written notice of the date of commencement of such work to the
person, company, partnership, corporation, board, or commission so affected.
.02 In the case of damage to or interference with any Utilities, pole lines, pipe lines, conduits, farm tiles,
or other public or privately owned works or property, the Contractor shall immediately notify the
Owner, Contract Administrator, and the owner of the works of the location and details of such
damage or interference.
Page 42 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
.01 Except for such work as may be required by the Contract Administrator to maintain the Work in a
safe and satisfactory condition, the Contractor shall not carry out operations under the Contract on
Saturdays, Sundays, and Statutory Holidays without permission in writing from the Contract
Administrator.
.02 The Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate the Work with other Contractors, Utility companies,
and the Owner and they shall be allowed access to their work or plant at all reasonable times.
1
1
1
1
1
' a) prior to and during the period of 12 months from the date of Substantial Performance of the
Work, as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work,
1
1
GC 7.13 Obstructions
.01 Except as otherwise noted in these General Conditions, the Contractor assumes all the risks and
responsibilities arising out of any obstruction encountered in the performance of the Work and any
traffic conditions, including traffic conditions on any Highway or road giving access to the Working
Area caused by such obstructions, and the Contractor shall not make any claim against the Owner
for any loss, damage, or expense occasioned thereby.
.02 Where the obstruction is an underground Utility or other man -made object, the Contractor shall not
be required to assume the risks and responsibilities arising out of such obstruction, unless the
location of the obstruction is shown on the Plans or described in the Contract Documents and the
location so shown is within the tolerance specified in paragraph GC 2.01.01 a), or unless the
presence and location of the obstruction has otherwise been made known to the Contractor or could
have been determined by the visual site investigation made by the Contractor in accordance with
these General Conditions.
.03 During the course of the Contract, it is the Contractor's responsibility to consult with Utility
companies or other appropriate authorities for further information in regard to the exact location of
these Utilities, to exercise the necessary care in construction operations, and to take such other
precautions as are necessary to safeguard the Utilities from damage.
GC 7.14
GC 7.15
Limitations of Operations
Cleaning Up Before Acceptance
.01 Upon attaining Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall remove surplus materials,
tools, construction machinery and equipment not required for the performance of the remaining
Work. The Contractor shall also remove all temporary works and debris other than that caused by
the Owner or others and leave the Work and Working Area clean and suitable for occupancy by the
Owner, unless otherwise specified.
.02 The Work shall not be deemed to have reached Completion until the Contractor has removed
surplus materials, tools, construction machinery, and equipment. The Contractor shall also have
removed debris, other than that caused by the Owner, or others.
GC 7.16 Warranty
.01 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents for certain Materials or components of the
Work, the Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Work only to the extent
that the design and standards permit such performance.
.02 Subject to the previous paragraph the Contractor shall correct promptly, at no additional cost to the
Owner, defects or deficiencies in the Work that appear,
Page 43 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
b) where the work is completed after the date of Substantial Performance, 12 months after
Completion of the Work,
c) where there is no Certificate of Substantial Performance, 12 months from the date of Completion
of the Work as set out in the Completion Certificate, or
d) such longer periods as may be specified in the Contract Documents for certain Materials or
some of the Work.
The Contract Administrator shall promptly give the Contractor written notice of observed defects or
deficiencies.
.03 The Contractor shall correct or pay for damage resulting from corrections made under the
requirements of paragraph GC 7.16.02.
GC 7.17 Contractor's Workers
.01 The Contractor shall only employ orderly, competent, and skillful workers to do the Work and
whenever the Contract Administrator shall inform the Contractor in writing that any worker or workers
involved in the Work are, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, incompetent, or disorderly
such worker or workers shall be removed from the work and shall not be employed on the work
again without the consent in writing of the Contract Administrator.
GC 7.18 Drainage
.01 During construction and until the Work is completed,: the Contractor shall makeall reasonable efforts
to keep all portions of the Work properly and efficiently drained, to at least the same degree as that
of the existing drainage conditions.
Page44 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 8.01
GC 8.01.01
SECTION GC 8.0 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Measurement
Quantities
.01 The Contract Administrator shall make an Estimate once a month, in writing, of the quantity of Work
performed. The first Estimate shall be the quantity of Work performed since the Contractor
commenced the Contract, and every subsequent Estimate, except the final one, shall be of the
quantity of Work performed since the preceding Estimate was made. The Contract Administrator
shall provide the copy of each Estimate to the Contractor within 10 Days of the Cut -Off Date.
.02 Such quantities for progress payments shall be construed and held to approximate. The final
quantities for the issuance of the Completion Payment Certificate shall be based on the
measurement of Work completed.
.03 Measurement of the quantities of the Work performed may be either by Actual Measurement or by
Plan Quantity principles as indicated in the Contract. Adjustments to Plan Quantity measurements
shall normally be made using Plan Quantity principles but may, where appropriate, be made using
Actual Measurements. Those items identified on the Tender by the notation (P) in the unit column
shall be paid according to the Plan Quantity. Items where the notation (P) does not occur shall be
paid according to Actual Measurement or lump sum.
GC 8.01.02 Variations in Tender Quantities
Where it appears that the quantity of Work to be done or Material to be supplied or both by the
Contractor under a unit price tender item may exceed or be less than the tender quantity, the
Contractor shall proceed to do the Work or supply the Material or both required to complete the
tender item and payment shall be made for the actual amount of Work done or Material supplied or
both at the unit prices stated in the Tender except as provided below:
a) In the case of a Major Item where the quantity of Work performed or Material supplied or both by
the Contractor exceeds the tender quantity by more than 15 %, either party to the Contract may
make a written request to the other party to negotiate a revised unit price for that portion of the
Work performed or Material supplied or both which exceeds 115% of the tender quantity. The
negotiation shall be carried out as soon as reasonably possible. Any revision of the unit price
shall be based on the actual cost of doing the Work or supplying the Material or both under the
tender item plus a reasonable allowance for profit and applicable overhead.
b) In the case of a Major Item where the quantity of Work performed or Material supplied or both by
the Contractor is less than 85% of the tender quantity, the Contractor may make a written
request to negotiate for the portion of the actual overheads and fixed costs applicable to the
amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity. For purposes of the
negotiation, the overheads and fixed costs applicable to the item are deemed to have been
prorated uniformly over 100% of the tender quantity for the item. Overhead costs shall be
confirmed by a statement certified by the Contractor's senior financial officer or auditor and may
be audited by the Owner. Alternatively, where both parties agree, an allowance equal to 10% of
the unit price on the amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity shall be
paid.
Written requests for compensation must be received no later than 60 Days after the issuance of the
Completion Payment Certificate.
Page 45 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 8.02 Payment
GC 8.02.01 Price for Work
.01 Prices for the Work shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment and Material required in its
performance. The term "all labour, Equipment, and Material" shall include Hand Tools, supplies, and
other incidentals.
.02 Payment for work not specifically detailed as part of any one item and without specified details of
payment shall be deemed to be included in the items with which it is associated.
GC 8.02.02 Advance Payments for Material
.01 The Owner shall make advance payments for Material intended for incorporation in the Work upon
the written request of the Contractor and according to the following terms and conditions:
a) The Contractor shall, deliver the Material to a site approved by the Contract Administrator and
the Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of the shipment of the Material, arrange for adequate
and proper storage facilities.
b) The value of aggregates, processed and stockpiled, shall be assessed by the following
procedure:
i. Sources Other Than Commercial
(1) Granular A, B, BI, BII, Bill, M, and 0 shall be assessed at the rate of 60% of the
Contract price.
(2) Coarse and fine aggregates for hot •mix- asphaltic concrete, surface treatment and
. Portland - cement concrete shall .be assessed at the rate of 25% of the Contract price for
each aggregate stockpiled.
ii. Commercial Sources
Payment for separated coarse and fine :aggregates shall be considered at the above rate
when such materials are stockpiled at a commercial source where further processing is to
be carried out before incorporating such materials into a final product. Advance payments
for other materials located at a commercial source shall not be made.
c) Payment for all other materials, unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract
Documents, shall be based on the invoice price, and the Contractor shall submit proof of cost to
the Contract Administrator before payment can be made by the Owner.
d) The payment for all Materials shall be prorated against the appropriate tender item by paying for
sufficient units of the item to cover the value of the material. Such payment shall not exceed
80% of the Contract price for the item.
e) All Materials for which the Contractor wishes to receive advance payment shall be placed in the
designated storage location immediately upon receipt of the material and shall thenceforth be
held by the Contractor in trust for the Owner as collateral security for any monies advanced by
the Owner and for the due completion of the Work. The Contractor shall not exercise any act of
ownership inconsistent with such security, or remove any Material from the storage locations,
except for inclusion in the Work, without the consent, in writing, of the Contract Administrator.
f) Such materials shall remain at the risk of the Contractor who shall be responsible for any Toss,
damage, theft, improper use, or destruction of the material however caused.
.02 Where the Owner makes advance payments subject to the conditions listed in paragraph GC
8.02.02.01, such payment shall not constitute acceptance of the Material by the Owner. Acceptance
shall only be determined when the material meets the requirements of the appropriate specification.
Page 46 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 8.02.03 Certification and Payment
GC 8.02.03.01 Progress Payment Certificate
.01 The value of the Work performed and Material supplied shall be calculated once a month by the
Contract Administrator in accordance with the Contract Documents and clause GC 8.01.01,
Quantities.
.02 The progress Payment Certificate shall show,
a) the quantities of Work performed;
b) the value of Work performed;
c) any advanced payment for Material;
d) the amount of statutory holdback, liens, Owner's set -off;
e) the amount of GST, as applicable; and
f) the amount due to the Contractor.
.03 One copy of the progress Payment Certificate shall be sent to the Contractor.
.04 Payment shall be made within 30 Days of the Cut -Off Date.
GC 8.02.03.02 Certification of Subcontract Completion
.01 Before the Work has reached the stage of Substantial Performance, the Contractor may notify the
Contract Administrator, in writing that a subcontract is completed satisfactorily and ask that the
Contract Administrator certify the completion of such subcontract.
.02 The Contract Administrator shall issue a Certificate of Subcontract Completion, if the subcontract
has been completed satisfactorily, and all required inspection and testing of the works covered by
the subcontract have been carried out and the results are satisfactory.
.03 The Contract Administrator shall set out in the Certificate of Subcontract Completion the date on
which the subcontract was completed and, within 7 Days of the date the subcontract is certified
complete, the Contract Administrator shall give a copy of the certificate to the Contractor and to the
Subcontractor concerned.
GC 8.02.03.03 Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment
.01 Following receipt of the Certificate of Subcontract Completion, the Owner shall release and pay the
Contractor the statutory holdback retained in respect of the subcontract. Such release shall be
made 46 Days after the date the subcontract was certified complete and providing the Contractor
submits the following to the Contract Administrator:
a) a document satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that shall release the Owner from all
further claims relating to the subcontract, qualified by stated exceptions such as holdback
monies;
b) evidence satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that the Subcontractor has discharged all
liabilities incurred in carrying out the subcontract;
Page 47 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
c) a satisfactory clearance certificate or letter from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board
relating to the subcontract; and
d) a copy of the contract between the Contractor and the Subcontractor and a satisfactory
statement showing the total amount due the Subcontractor from the Contractor.
.02 Paragraph GC 8.02.03.03.01 d), shall only apply to Lump Sum Items and then only when the
Contract Administrator specifically requests it.
.03 Upon receipt of the statutory holdback, the Contractor shall forthwith give the Subcontractor the
payment due under the subcontract.
.04 Release of statutory holdback by the Owner in respect of a subcontract shall not relieve the
Contractor, or the Contractor's Surety, of any of their responsibilities.
GC 8.02.03.04 Certification of Substantial Performance
.01 Upon application by the Contractor and when the Contract Administrator has verified that the
Contract has been substantially performed, the Contract Administrator shall issue a Certificate of
Substantial Performance.
.02 Upon verifying that the Contract has been substantially performed, the Contract Administrator shall
issue a certificate of Substantial Performance and shall set out in the Certificate of Substantial
Performance the date on which the Contract was substantially performed and, within 7 Days after
signing the said certificate, the Contract Administrator shall provide a copy to the Contractor.
.03 Upon receipt of a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance, the Contractor shall forthwith,
as required by Section 32(1) Paragraph 5 of the Construction Lien Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.C.30, as
amended, publish a copy of the certificate in a.: construction trade newspaper. Such publication shall
include placement in the Daily Commercial News.
.04 Where the Contractor fails to publish a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as
required above within 7 Days after receiving a copy of the certificate signed by the Contract
Administrator, the Owner may publish a copy of the certificate at the Contractor's expense.
.05 Except as otherwise provided for in Section 31 of the Construction Lien Act, the 45 Day lien period
prior to the release of holdback as referred to in clause GC 8.02.03.05, Substantial Performance
Payment and Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates, shall commence from the date of
publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as provided for above.
GC 8.02.03.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory
Holdback Release Payment Certificates
.01 When the Contract Administrator issues the Certificate of Substantial Performance, the Contract
Administrator shall also issue the Substantial Performance Payment Certificate and the Substantial
Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate or where appropriate, a combined
payment certificate.
.02 The Substantial Performance Payment Certificate shall show,
a) the value of Work performed to the date of Substantial Performance;
b) the value of outstanding or incomplete Work;
c) the amount of the statutory holdback, allowing for any previous releases of statutory holdback to
the Contractor in respect of completed subcontracts and deliveries of pre - selected equipment;
Page 48 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
d) the amount of maintenance security required; and
e) the amount due the Contractor.
.03 Payment of the amount certified shall be made within 30 Days of the date of issuance of the
payment certificate.
.04 The Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate shall be a payment
certificate releasing to the Contractor the statutory holdback due in respect of Work performed up to
the date of Substantial Performance. Payment of such statutory holdback shall be due 46 Days after
the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance but subject to the provisions of
the Construction Lien Act and the submission by the Contractor of the following documents:
a) a release by the Contractor in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator releasing the
Owner from all further claims relating to the Contract, qualified by stated exceptions such as
outstanding work or matters arising out of subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation;
b) a statutory declaration in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that all liabilities
incurred by the Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract have
been discharged except for statutory holdbacks properly retained;
c) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board; and
d) proof of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance.
GC 8.02.03.06 Certification of Completion
=.01 Upon application by the Contractor and when the Contract Administrator has verified that the
Contract has reached Completion, the Contract Administrator shall issue a Completion Certificate.
.02 The Contract Administrator shall set out in the Completion Certificate the date on which the Work
was completed and, within 7 Days of signing the said certificate, the Contract Administrator shall
provide a copy to the Contractor.
GC 8.02.03.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment
Certificates
.01 When the Contract Administrator issues the Completion Certificate, the Contract Administrator shall
also issue the Completion Payment Certificate and the Completion Statutory Holdback Release
Payment Certificate or where appropriate, a combined payment certificate.
.02 The Completion Payment Certificate shall show,
a) measurement and value of Work at Completion;
b) the amount of the further statutory holdback based on the value of further work completed over
and above the value of work completed shown in the Substantial Performance Payment
Certificate referred to above; and
c) the amount due the Contractor.
.03 The Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate shall be a payment certificate
releasing to the Contractor the further statutory holdback. Payment of such statutory holdback shall
be due 46 Days after the date of Completion of the Work as established by the Completion
Certificate but subject to the provisions of the Construction Lien Act and the submission by the
Contractor of the following documents:
Page 49 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
a) a release by the Contractor in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator releasing the
Owner from all further claims relating to the Contract, qualified by stated exceptions where
appropriate;
b) a statutory declaration in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that all liabilities
incurred by the Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract have
been discharged, qualified by stated exceptions where appropriate; and
c) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board.
GC 8.02.03.08 Interest
.01 Interest due the Contractor is based on simple interest and is calculated using the applicable Rate of
Interest.
GC 8.02.03.09 Interest for Late Payment
.01 Provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the Contract, including all
documentation requirements, when payment by the Owner to the Contractor for Work performed, or
for release of statutory holdback, is delayed by the Owner, then the Contractor shall be entitled to
receive interest on the outstanding payment at the Rate of Interest, if payment is not received on the
dates set out below:
a) Progress Payment Certificates: 30 Days after the Cut -Off Date;
b) Certificate of Subcontract Completion: 30: Days after - the date certified as the date on which the
subcontract was completed;
c). Subcontract .Statutory Holdback. Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after the date on which
the subcontract was completed;
d) Substantial Performance Payment Certificate: .30 Days after the date of issuance of the
certificate;
e) Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after
publication of the Payment Certificate of Substantial Performance;
f) Completion Payment Certificate: 30 Days after the date certified as the date on which the
Contract reached Completion; and
g)
Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after the date certified as
the date that the Work was completed.
.02 If the Contractor has not complied with the requirements of the Contract, including all documentation
requirements, prior to expiration of the time periods described in paragraph GC 8.02.03.09.01,
interest shall only begin to accrue when the Contractor has completed those requirements.
Page 50 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 8.02.03.10 Interest for Negotiations and Claims
.01 Except as hereinafter provided, where a notice of negotiation, notice of intent to claim and the
subsequent claims are submitted in accordance with the time limits or procedure or both described
by subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the
Rate of Interest on the amount of the negotiated price for that part of the Work or on the amount of
the settled claim. Such interest shall not commence until 30 Days after the satisfactory completion
of that part of the Work.
.02 Where the Contractor does not attempt to resolve the negotiation or the claim in an expeditious
manner, interest shall be negotiable.
.03 Where the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within the time limit prescribed by subsection
GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, interest shall not be paid.
.04 Where a Contractor fails to comply with the 30 Day time limit and the procedures prescribed in
paragraph GC 3.13.03.03 for submission of claims, interest shall not be paid for the delay period.
GC 8.02.03.11 Owner's Set -Off
.01 Pursuant to Section 12 of the Construction Lien Act, the Owner may retain from monies owing to the
Contractor under this Contract an amount sufficient to cover any outstanding or disputed liabilities,
including the cost to remedy deficiencies, the reduction in value of substandard portions of the Work,
claims for damages by third parties that have not been determined in writing by the Contractor's
insurer, undetermined claims by the Owner under paragraph GC 8.01.02.01 a), any assessment due
the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board, and any monies to be paid to the workers in accordance
with clause GC 8.02.06, Payment of Workers.
.02 Under these circumstances the Owner will give the Contractor appropriate notice of such action.
GC 8.02.03.12 Delay in Payment
.01 The Owner shall not be deemed to be in default of the Contract provided any delay in payment does
not exceed 30 Days from the due dates as defined in paragraph GC 8.02.03.09.01.
GC 8.02.04
GC 8.02.04.01 Definitions
Payment on a Time and Material Basis
.01 For the purpose of clause GC 8.02.04 the following definitions apply:
Cost of Labour means the amount of wages, salary, travel, travel time, food, lodging, or similar items
and Payroll Burden paid or incurred directly by the Contractor to or in respect of labour and supervision
actively and necessarily engaged on the Work based on the recorded time and hourly rates of pay for
such labour and supervision but shall not include any payment or costs incurred for general supervision,
administration, and management time spent on the entire Work or any wages, salary, or Payroll Burden
for which the Contractor is compensated by any payment made by the Owner for Equipment.
Cost of Material means the cost of Material purchased or supplied from stock and valued at current
market prices for the purpose of carrying out Extra Work by the Contractor or by others, when such
arrangements have been made by the Contractor for completing the Work, as shown by itemized
invoices.
Operated Rented Equipment means Rented Equipment for which an operator is provided by the
supplier of the equipment and for which the rent or lease includes the cost of the operator.
Page 51 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
Payroll Burden means the payments in respect of workplace insurance, vacation pay, employment
insurance, public liability and property damage insurance, sickness and accident insurance, pension fund,
and such other welfare and benefit payments forming part of the Contractor's normal labour costs.
Rented Equipment means equipment that is rented or leased for the special purpose of Work on a Time
and Material Basis from a person, firm, or corporation that is not an associate of the lessee as the word
"associate" is defined by the Securities Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.S.5, as amended, and is approved by the
Contract Administrator.
Road Work means the preparation, construction, finishing, and construction maintenance of roads,
streets, Highways, and parking lots and includes all work incidentals thereto other than work on
structures.
Sewer and Watermain Work means the preparation, construction, finishing, and construction
maintenance of sewer systems and watermain systems, and includes all work incidental thereto other
than work on structures.
Standby Time means any period of time that is not considered Working Time and which together with the
Working Time does not exceed 10 hours in any one Working Day and during which time a unit of
equipment cannot practically be used on other work but must remain on the site in order to continue with
its assigned task and during which time the unit is in fully operable condition.
Structure Work means the construction, reconstruction, repair, alteration, remodelling, renovation, or
demolition of any bridge, building, tunnel, or retaining wall and includes the preparation for and the laying
of the foundation of any bridge, building, tunnel, or retaining wall and the installation of equipment and
appurtenances incidental thereto.
The 127 Rate means the rate for a unit of Equipment as listed in OPSS 127, Schedule of Rental Rates
for Construction Equipment, Including.Model and Specification Reference, that is current at the time the
work is carried out or for Equipment that is not so listed, the rate that has been calculated by the Owner,
using the same principles as used in determining The 127 Rates.
Work on a Time and Material Basis means Changes in the Work, Extra Work, and Additional Work
approved by the Contract Administrator for payment on a Time and Material basis. The Work on a Time
and Material Basis shall be subject to all the terms, conditions, Standard Specifications and provisions of
the Contract.
Working Time means each period of time during which a unit of Equipment is actively and of necessity
engaged on a specific operation and the first 2 hours of each immediately following period during which
the unit is not so engaged but during which the operation is otherwise proceeding and during which time
the unit cannot practically be transferred to other work but must remain on the site in order to continue
with its assigned tasks and during which time the unit is in a fully operable condition.
GC 8.02.04.02 Daily Work Records
.01 Daily Work Records, prepared as the case may be by either the Contractor's representative or the
Contract Administrator reporting the labour and Equipment employed and the Material used on each
Time and Material project, should be reconciled and signed each Day by both the Contractor's
representative and the Contract Administrator. If it is not possible to reconcile the Daily Work
Records, then the Contractor shall submit the un- reconciled Daily Work Records with its claim,
whereby the resolution of the dispute about the Daily Work Records shall not be resolved until there
is a resolution of the claim.
Page 52 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 8.02.04.03 Payment for Work
.01 Payment as herein provided shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment, and Material to do
the Work on a Time and Material Basis except where there is agreement to the contrary prior to the
commencement of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. The payment adjustments on a Time
and Material basis shall apply to each individual Change Order authorized by the Contract
Administrator.
GC 8.02.04.04 Payment for Labour
.01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for labour employed on each Time and Material project at 135%
of the Cost of Labour up to $3,000, then at 120% of any portion of the Cost of Labour in excess of
$3,000.
.02 The Owner shall make payment in respect of Payroll Burden for Work on a Time and Material Basis
at the Contractor's actual cost of Payroll Burden.
.03 At the Owner's discretion, an audit may be conducted in which case the actual Payroll Burden so
determined shall be applied to all Time and Material work on the Contract.
GC 8.02.04.05 Payment for Material
.01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for Material used on each Time and Material project at 120% of
the Cost of the Material up to $3,000, then at 115% of any portion of the Cost of Material in excess
of $3,000.
GC 8.02.04.06 Payment for Equipment
GC 8.02.04:06.01 Working Time
.01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of all Equipment, other than Rented
Equipment and Operated Rented Equipment, used on the Work on a Time and Material basis at The
127 Rates with a cost adjustment as follows:
a) Cost $10,000 or less - no adjustment;
b) Cost greater than $10,000 but not exceeding $20,000 - payment $10,000 plus 90% of the
portion in excess of $10,000; and
c) Cost greater than $ 20,000 - $19,000 plus 80% of the portion in excess of $20,000.
.02 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Rented Equipment used on the Work on
a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the invoice price approved by the Contract Administrator up to
a maximum of 110% of The 127 Rate. This constraint shall be waived when the Contract
Administrator approves the invoice price prior to the use of the Rented Equipment.
.03 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Operated Rented Equipment used on
the Work on a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the Operated Rented Equipment invoice price
approved by the Contract Administrator prior to the use of the Equipment on the Work on a Time and
Material Basis.
GC 8.02.04.06.02 Standby Time
.01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for Standby Time of Equipment at 35% of The 127 Rate or 35%
of the invoice price whichever is appropriate. The Owner shall pay reasonable costs for Rented
Equipment where this is necessarily retained in the Working Area for extended periods agreed to by
Page 53 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
the Contract Administrator. This shall include Rented Equipment intended for use on other work, but
has been idled due to the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis.
.02 In addition, the Owner shall include the Cost of Labour of operators or associated labourers who
cannot be otherwise employed during the standby period or during the period of idleness caused by
the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis.
.03 The Contract Administrator may require Rented Equipment idled by the circumstances giving rise to
the Work on Time and Material Basis to be returned to the lessor until the work requiring the
equipment can be resumed. The Owner shall pay such costs as a result from such return.
.04 When Equipment is transported, solely for the purpose of the Work on a Time and Material Basis, to
or from the Working Area on a Time and Material basis, payment shall be made by the Owner only
in respect of the transporting units. When Equipment is moved under its own power it shall be
deemed to be working. The method of moving Equipment and the rates shall be subject to the
approval of the Contract Administrator.
GC 8.02.04.07 Payment for Hand Tools
.01 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, no payment shall be made to the Contractor for
or in respect of Hand Tools or equipment that are tools of the trade.
GC 8.02.04.08 Payment for Work By Subcontractors
.01 Where the Contractor arranges for Work on a Time and Material Basis, or a part of it, to be
performed by Subcontractors on a Time and Material basis and has received approval prior to the
commencement of such work, in accordance with the requirements of subsection GC 3.09,
Subcontracting by the Contractor, the Owner shall pay the cost of Work on a Time and Material
Basis by the Subcontractor calculated as if the Contractor had done the Work on a Time and
Material Basis, plus a markup calculated on the following basis:
a) 20% of the first $3,000; plus
b) 15% of the amount from $3,000 to $10,000; plus
c) 5% of the amount in excess of $10,000.
.02 No further markup shall be applied regardless of the extent to which the work is assigned or sublet to
others. If work is assigned or sublet to an associate, as defined by the Securities Act, no markup
whatsoever shall be applied.
GC 8.02.04.09 Submission of Invoices
.01 At the start of the Work on a Time and Material Basis, the Contractor shall provide the applicable
labour and Equipment rates not already submitted to the Contract Administrator during the course of
such work.
.02 Separate summaries shall be completed by the Contractor according to the standard form "Summary
for Payment of Accounts on a Time and Material Basis." Each summary shall include the Change
Directive or Change Order number and covering dates of the work and shall itemize separately the
labour, Materials, and Equipment. Invoices for Materials, Rented Equipment, and other charges
incurred by the Contractor on the Work on a Time and Material Basis shall be included with each
summary.
Page 54 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
.03 Each month the Contract Administrator shall include with the monthly progress payment certificate,
the costs of the Work on a Time and Material Basis incurred during the preceding month all in
accordance with the contract administrative procedures and the Contractor's invoice of the Work on
a Time and Material Basis.
.04 The final "Summary for Payment of Accounts on a Time and Material Basis" shall be submitted by
the Contractor within 60 Days after the completion of the Work on a Time and Material Basis.
GC 8.02.04.10 Payment Other Than on a Time and Material Basis
.01 Clause GC 8.02.04 does not preclude the option of the Contract Administrator and the Contractor
negotiating a Lump Sum Item or unit price payment for Change in the Work, Extra Work, and
Additional Work.
GC 8.02.04.11 Payment Inclusions
.01 Except where there is agreement in writing to the contrary, the compensation, as herein provided,
shall be accepted by the Contractor as compensation in full for profit and all costs and expenses
arising out of the work, including all cost of general supervision, administration, and management
time spent on the work, and no other payment or allowance shall be made in respect of such work.
GC 8.02.05 Final Acceptance Certificate
.01 After the acceptance of the Work, the Contract Administrator shall issue the Final Acceptance
Certificate, or, where applicable, after the Warranty Period has expired. The Final Acceptance
Certificate shall not be issued until all known deficiencies have been adjusted or corrected, as the
case -may be, and the Contractor has discharged all obligations under the Contract.
GC 8.02.06 Payment of Workers
.01 The Contractor shall, in addition to any fringe benefits, pay the workers employed on the Work in
accordance with the labour conditions set out in the Contract and at intervals of not less than twice a
month.
.02 The Contractor shall require each Subcontractor doing any part of the Work to pay the workers
employed by the Subcontractor on the Work in accordance with paragraph GC 8.02.06.01.
.03 Where any person employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor or other person on the Work is
paid less than the amount required to be paid under the Contract, the Owner may set off monies in
accordance with clause GC 8.02.03.11, Owner's Set -Off.
GC 8.02.07 Records
.01 The Contractor shall maintain and keep accurate Records relating to the Work, Changes in the
Work, Extra Work, and claims arising therefrom. Such Records shall be of sufficient detail to support
the total cost of the Work, Changes in the Work, and Extra Work. The Contractor shall preserve all
such original Records until 12 months after the Final Acceptance Certificate is issued or until all
claims have been settled, whichever is longer. The Contractor shall require that Subcontractors
employed by the Contractor preserve all original Records pertaining to the Work, Changes in the
Work, Extra Work, and claims arising therefrom for a similar period of time.
.02 The Owner may inspect and audit the Contractor's Records relating to the Work, Extra Work, and
Changes in the Work at any time during the period of the Contract. The Contractor shall supply
certified copies of any part of its Records required, whenever requested by the Owner.
Page 55 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 8.02.08 Taxes
.01 Where a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes occurs after the date of tender closing for
this Contract, and this change could not have been anticipated at the time of bidding, the Owner
shall increase or decrease Contract payments to account for the exact amount of tax change
involved.
.02 Claims for compensation for additional tax cost shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Contract
Administrator on forms provided by the Contract Administrator to the Contractor. Such claims for
additional tax costs shall be submitted not less than 30 Days after the date of Final Acceptance.
.03 Where the Contractor benefits from a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes, the
Contractor shall submit to the Contract Administrator, on forms provided by the Contract
Administrator, a statement of such benefits. This statement shall be submitted not later than 30
Days after Final Acceptance.
.04 Changes in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes that impact upon commodities, which when left in
place form part of the finished Work, or the provision of services, where such services form part of
the Work and where the manufacture or supply of such commodities or the provision of such
services is carried out by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, are subject to a claim or benefit as
detailed above. Services in the latter context means the supply and operation of equipment, the
provision of labour, and the supply of commodities that do not form part of the Work.
GC 8.02.09 Liquidated Damages
.01 When liquidated damages are specified in the Contract and the Contractor fails to complete the
Work in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay such amounts as are specified in the
Contract Documents.
Page 56 Rev. Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
DAY OF
BETWEEN:
Municipality of Kincardine
1475 Concession 5, RR5
Kincardine, ON N2Z 2X6
Coores Construction
771 Chester Street
Sarnia, ON N7S 5N2
WITNESSETH
ARTICLE 1
a)
ARTICLE 2
A description of the work is:
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT MADE IN TRIPLICATE THIS
June , 2010.
CONTRACT NO. 09071
3rd
A -1
(hereinafter called "the Owner ")
OF THE FIRST PART
- and -
(hereinafter called "the Contractor ")
OF THE SECOND PART
That the Owner and the Contractor, in consideration of the fulfilment of their respective promises and
obligations herein set forth covenant and agree with each other as follows:
Municipality of Kincardine, 2010 Street Reconstruction, Contract No. 09071.
b) The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically provided, at his own expense, provide
all and every kind of labour, machinery, plant, structures, roads, ways, materials, appliances,
articles and things necessary for the due execution and completion of all the work set out in
this contract and shall forthwith according to the instructions of the Engineer commence the
works and diligently execute the respective portions thereof and deliver the works complete in
every particular to the Owner within the time specified.
In case of any inconsistency or conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plans, and
Specifications or General Conditions, or Tender, or any other documents or writing, the provisions of
such documents shall take precedence and govern in the following order; namely,
a) Agreement
b) Addenda
c) Special Provisions
d) Contract Drawings
e) Information to Bidders
f) Standard Specifications
sl Standard Drawings
h) Form of Tender
i) Supplemental General Conditions
j) General Conditions
k) Working Drawings
ARTICLE 3
The Contractor shall not without the consent in writing of the Owner (or the Engineer) and
without restricting in any way the provisions of the General Conditions attached hereto make any
assignment of any part or the whole of any monies due or to become due under the provisions of
this contract.
ARTICLE 4
The Owner covenants with the Contractor that the Contractor having in all respects complied
with the provisions of this contract, will be paid for and in respect of the works the sum of
One million, five hundred sixty -four thousand, five hundred eighty -eight dollars and
forty -six cents
(1,564,588.46)
B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED
Consulting Engineers
62 North Street
Goderich, Ontario. N7A 2T4
ARTICLE 5
A -2
subject to such additions and deductions as may properly be made under the terms hereof, subject
to the provision that the Owner may make payments on account monthly or otherwise as may be
provided in the attached hereto.
Where any notice, direction or other communication is required to be or may be given or made by
one of the parties hereto to the other or to the Engineer, it shall be deemed sufficiently given or
made if mailed or delivered in writing to such party or to the Engineer at the following address:
Where any such notice, direction or other communication is given or made to the Engineer, a
copy thereof shall likewise be delivered to any agent of the Engineer appointed in accordance
with the General Conditions of this Contract and where any such notice, direction or other
communications is given or made to such Agent, a copy thereof shall likewise be delivered to the
Engineer.
ARTICLE 6
A copy of each of the General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Special Provisions,
Addenda, Tender, Information to Bidders, and Supplemental Specifications is hereto annexed
and together with the Plans relating therto and listed in the Specifications are made part of this
Contract as fully to all intents and purposes as though recited in full herein.
ARTICLE 7
ARTICLE 8
Time shall be deemed the essence of this Contract.
ARTICLE 9
A -3
No implied contract of any kind whatsoever by or on behalf of the Owner shall arise or be
implied from anything in this contract contained, nor from any position or situation of the parties
at any time, it being clearly understood that the express covenants and agreements herein
contained made by the Owner shall be the only covenants and agreements upon which any rights
against the Owner may be founded.
The Contractor declares that in tendering for the works and in entering into this Contract, he has
either investigated for himself the character of the work and all local conditions that might affect
his tender of his acceptance of the work, or that not having so investigated, he is willing to
assume and does hereby assume all risk of conditions arising or developing in the course of the
work which might or could make the work or any items hereof, more expensive in character, or
more onerous to fulfill than was contemplated or known when the tender was made or the
Contract signed. The Contractor also declares that he did not and does not rely upon information
furnished by any methods whatsoever by the Owner or its officers or employees, being aware that
any information from such sources was and is approximate and speculative only, and was not in
any manner warranted or guaranteed by the Owner.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
ARTICLE 10
This contract shall apply to and be binding on the parties hereto and their successors,
administrators, executors and assigns and each of them.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals the day and
year first above written or caused their corporate seals to be affixed, attested by the signature of
their proper officer, as the case may be.
FOR THE OWNER:
ture e Title
I/We have the authority to bind the corporation.
c e vl Ye�� rye +`crer 4 t cr
Signature Name
I/We have the authority to bind the corporation.
FOR THE CONTRACTOR:
Name
I/We have the authority to bind the corporation.
I/We have the authority to bind the corporation.
Title
Title
�ti ti 2- 2) 0
Date
Z -7/(G•
Date
Date
Signature Name Title Date
7 /i
A -4
F: \wp \Contracts\Forms\A- 1 -4.doc
ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL:
MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
NOTICE TO ALL CONTRACTORS
CORPORATE STATEMENT
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine is committed to ensuring that a high standard
of health and safety is provided and maintained for all employees' visitors, guests, contractors,
agents and others on our premises.
Accordingly, a corporate health and safety policy and procedure manual has been adopted and
implemented and shall be adhered to.
1. Demonstrate establishment and maintenance of health and safety program with objectives
and standards consistent with applicable legislation and with the Municipality of
Kincardine's health and safety policies and requirements.
2. Submit a copy of past accident records and Worker's Compensation Board Number.
Page 1
3. Include health and safety provisions in their management systems to reach and maintain
consistently a high level of health and safety.
4. Ensure that workers in their employ are aware of hazardous substances that may be in use
at their place of work and wear appropriate personal protective equipment as may be
required.
5. Upon request at any time from award to completion of contract, submit proof of
fulfilment of above responsibilities.
6. Must comply with Workplace Safety Insurance Board (WSIB) premiums.
7. The Contractor shall sign -off on the corporate occupational health & safety form stating
his agreement to comply.
Your co- operation and assistance in this matter is appreciated and vital to the Health and Safety
of all.
Z : \wp \Contracts\Forms\KINCARDINE Health and Safety Form.doc
1
MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY COMPLIANCE FORM
I have read the "Municipality of Kincardine, Notice to All Contractors, Corporate Statement of
Occupational Health and Safety" and agree to comply with it.
Contractor's Name Date
Page 2
Z: \wp \Contracts\Forms\ICINCARDINE Health and Safety Form.doc
(if none, state "none ")
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED
Witness or Company Seal
CONTRACT RELEASE
IN THE MATTER of a Contract dated , 20
known as Contract for the construction of
in the , Ontario
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that UWe
(name of Contractor, in full)
for and in consideration of other good and valuable consideration paid by the Owner, have
remised, released and forever discharged, and by these presents do for myself/ourselves, my /our
heirs, executors, administrators and assigns or successors and assigns, as the case may be, remise,
release and forever discharge the Owner, its successors and assigns, of and from all manner of
action and actions, cause and causes of action, suits, debts, dues sums of money, claims and
demands whatsoever at low or in equity which UWe ever had or now have, or which Me or
my /our heirs, executors, administrators or assigns or successors and assigns, as the case may be,
hereafter can, shall or may have by reason of the above - mentioned Contract, save and except any
claim which UWe have arising out of;
1) the retention by the Owner of the maintenance holdback of the Contract price;
2) any sum retained by the Owner against the cost of uncompleted work;
3)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals.
F: \wp \Contracts\Forms \Contract Release. doc
STATUTORY DECLARATION RE PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
DOMINION OF CANADA (IN THE MATTER of a contract, known as Contract
(entered into between
( the Owner
( AND
( the Contractor
(dated , 20
(for the construction of
(in , Ontario.
TO WIT:
I, of in the
Province of , do solemnly declare:
1. That I am X of the
(President, Secretary, Treasurer, a Partner, etc.)
Contractor named in the Contract above - mentioned and as such have personal knowledge of
the facts hereunder declared.
2. That the said Contractor has complied with the terms of the Construction Lien Act, R.S.O.
1990, c.C.30 and amendments thereto, with the requirements of statutes and regulations of
the Province of Ontario relating to the payment of fair wages and with the requirements of
the said Contract relating to the payment of wages.
3. That with the exception of accounts listed below, all liabilities (including payment due to all
staff, sub - contractors, suppliers, Workers' Compensation Board, insurance companies)
incurred by the said Contractor arising out of our work performed, have been discharged.
Name & Address of Creditor Service Rendered Amount
Outstanding
DECLARED before me at the
of
in the County of
this day of
A.D. 20
A Commissioner, etc. or Notary Public
(If there are no accounts, enter "NONE" above)
AND I MAKE THIS SOLEMN DECLARATION conscientiously believing it to be true and
knowing that it is of the same force and effect as if made under oath and by virtue of "The
Canada Evidence Act ".
)
Total
F: \wp \Contracts\Forms\Payment of Accounts.doc
STATUTORY DECLARATION RE LIENS & LIABILITIES
DOMINION OF CANADA (IN THE MATTER of a contract, known as Contract
(entered into between
( the owner
( AND
( the Contractor
(dated 20
(for the construction of
(in Ontario.
TO WIT:
I, of in the
Province of do solemnly declare:
1. That I am of the
(President, Secretary, Treasurer, a Partner, etc.)
Contractor named in the Contract above - mentioned and as such have personal knowledge of the facts
hereunder declared.
2. That all persons who have performed any work or service upon or in respect of, or placed or furnished any
materials or things to be used in connection with the above contract, have been fully paid or their claims have
been settled in respect of such work, service, materials or things and there are no liens, garnishees,
attachments or claims relating thereto.
3. That all subcontractors who were engaged in or in any manner associated with the performance of any part of
the above contract have been fully paid or their claims have been settled in respect thereof except to the
extent that monies (not exceeding in any instance 14% of the value of the work performed by the
subcontractor) have been held back by written agreement with any such subcontractors.
4. That all subcontractors who were engaged in or in any manner associated with the performance of any part of
the above contract have discharged all liabilities which they incurred in respect thereof.
5. That all claims for damage to property or injury to persons of which the above -named Contractor has
received notice have been fully paid or settled.
6. That the above -named Contractor has not had any notice of any grounds for a claim (other than those covered
by para. 5 above) connected with this contract by a third party and for which a claim might be made and I
believe that no such claim will be made.
AND I MAKE THIS SOLEMN DECLARATION conscientiously believing it to be true and knowing that it is of the
same force and effect as if made under oath and by virtue of "The Canada Evidence Act ".
DECLARED before me at the
of
in the County of
this day of
A.D. 20
A Commissioner, etc. or Notary Public
F:\wp\Contracts\Forms\Liens.doc
E• M S It - s MI E Z - •• N - - - • s
MIN. SLOPE 0%
MIN. SLOPE 2% (1/50) MAX. SLOPE 1%
MAX. SLOPE 10% (1/10)
200 mm TYP.
CONCRETE
SIDEWALK
/ 1200
CONCRETE SIDEWALK
/i i ii :rr- j / / / � �i / %j /�j / /iji / /0 i /! / %r'' "%^
LOCATED ON DOWN HILL SLOPE
0
0
MAX. SLOPE
3
/ 1200
600
OO
1
MIN. SLOPE 2% (1/50)
MAX. SLOPE 10% (1/10)
SECTION 1 -1
CONCRETE
SIDEWALK
200 mm TYP.
0
co
0
0
0
N
0
0
PLAN VIEW -- TYPICAL INSTALLATION
/ 0.i /// 0
r / . ir
/J / / /.r •
* , / 7, r/r rrrr
MAILBOX INSTALLATION DETAIL
MIN. SLOPE 0%
MAX. SLOPE 1%
1200
\ 600 200
/ // i�i rr i / /i / / /i
LOCATED ON UP HILL SLOPE
MAX. SLOPE
3
DATE OF REVISION - May, 2010
SCALE : N.T.S.
FIGURE No. 1
RESTRAINT DEVICE
WATERMAIN
[ FINISHED GRADE
" , /777 / A r / /l / / ( /
50mm DIA
PLUG
11111111M111 J1J11111IJIII111111111 11111111111111
COPPER, LENGTH
TO SUIT
�1WJWJYIWIJIJJJ11WdJ1JIJ11JI�IJWJJIIIIIWIIIII
I— LENGTH AS PER ----I
MANUFACTURERES SPECIFICATIONS
BMROSS
engineering better communities
SERVICE BOX
AS PER CONTRACT
SPECIFICATIONS
\—CAP TAPPED
50mm DIA.
CURB STOP -
MAIN STOP
' / / /I'// /.
50mm Blow Off Installation
c/w Restrained MJ End Cap
UPPER VALVE
BOX EXTENSION
CONCRETE SUPPORT
200x200x1 00mm
50mm DIA. PIPE
90 °ELBOW
BEDDING AS SPECIFIED
BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION - March 2005
SCALE : N.T.S.
DRAWING No. 1106
E MI MB r I NM s MI E NM UN NM - - — i MI MI MO
• NM MN NM NE NM NM • • OIM • M NM MN MN N • • •
350mm OUTSIDE DIA. P.E. TRANSMISSION MAIN 300mm INSIDE DIA. TRANSMISSION MAIN
350mm x 300mm FLANGED
CONCENTRIC REDUCER
350mm RING FLANGE
75mm FLANGE ADAPTER
NOTES:
1. TEST POLYETHYLENE PIPE SEPARATELY PRIOR TO
CONNECTION TO DUCTILE IRON MAIN.
2. PROVIDE CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR FITTING.
BMROSS
engineering better communities
Watermain Connection
350mm Dia. Polyethylene to
300mm Dia. Ductile Iron
50mm NIPPLE FOR FILLING AND
VENTING FOR HYDROSTATIC TESTING
(TYP).
250mm BLIND FLANGE
BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION - Jan, 2004
SCALE : N.T.S.
DRAWING No. 1103
GATE VALVE TO BE LEFT
IN PLACE AND INCLUDED
IN TESTING, FLUSHING,
DISINFECTION AND SWABBING
ITEM
h NEW
(SAMPLE TAP ALSO USED
FOR CHLORINE INJECTION
AND PRESSURE TESTING)
PIPE
DIAMETER
mm
100
150
200
250
300
400
I/s
6.3
12.6
25.2
37.9
56.8
109.9
BMROSS
engineering better communities
FLOW REQUIRED
TO PRODUCE
0.76m /s (APPROX)
VELOCITY IN
MAIN
REPLACEMENT SECTION AFTER
COMPLETION OF TESTING, FLUSHING
AND DISINFECTION OPERATIONS
SOLID SLEEVE
[-CAP / rCAP
U
LIMIT OF PAYMENT (TO BE INCLUCED IN TESTING,
FLUSHING, DISINFECTION AND SWABBING ITEM)
SIZE OF TAP (mm)
25
NUMBER OF TAPS ON
PIPES
1
TEMPORARY THRUST
BLOCK SOLID SLEEVE OR
BELL END
GATE VALVE (TYP)
FILL LINE OR BY —PASS
CONNECTION (MINIMUM SIZE
AS PER TABLE BELOW)
BACKFLOW PREVENTOR
DEVICE
38
1
51
2 1
3 2
2
4
BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING
Temporary Watermain Connection
Typical Configuration
NUMBER OF OPEN
64mm
HYDRANT
OUTLETS
1
1
1
1
2
2
NEW OR EXIST.
GATE VALVE
EXIST. 8
DATE OF REVISION - Jan, 2004
SCALE : N.T.S.
DRAWING No. 1101
GRANULAR "A" PER
OPSS 410 OR
APPROVED EQUAL
NATIVE BACKFILL 7
BMROSS
engineering better communities
MALCOLM BOLTED COVER
OR AS PER
CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS
100mm RISER
AND CLEANOUT
100mm—
SERVICE CONNECTION
MINIMUM SLOPE 1.0%
NOTE:
1. SIZE OF STORM SERVICE TO BE AS NOTED
IN THE FORM OF TENDER
a
300mm
BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING
Storm Service Cleanout Detail
100mm
FINISHED GRADE
///, /
.'.'.".•.'.•
PVC CAP
DATE OF REVISION - August 2008
SCALE : N.T.S.
DRAWING No. 1002
NATIVE BACKFILL 7
///)i \ \
BMROSS
engineering better communities
MALCOLM BOLTED COVER
OR AS PER
CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS
/ /Ai \
100mm RISER
AND CLEANOUT
100mm
300mm 1
1 1 I FINISHED GRADE
///, &\\ / / /. \\
-- GRANULAR "A" PER ......... .
OPSS 410 OR .'..•.'.'.':.'.'.'.'.
APPROVED EQUAL ...'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.
...............
................
...............
••- •••••••••......
150mm MI :'.'.'.'.'. • .., . ' . .
L 125mm SERVICE CONNECTION
MINIMUM SLOPE 1.0%
J
0-
......... ...............................
.......................... .... ............ .................................... .
BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING
Sanitary Service Cleanout Detail
10 0mm
125mm PVC CAP
OR CONNECT TO EXISTING
AS REQUIRED
a
DATE OF REVISION - Jan, 2004
SCALE : N.T.S.
DRAWING No. 1000
FACE
OF CURB
ri
EP
Mk
A A
50mm PVC DRAT 50mm PVC DRAIN
TEMPORARY RAMPIN PLAN
TOP OF CURB
SAW CUT
OR JOINT, TYP
GRANULAR BASE
NOTES:
BMROSS
engineering better communities
TEMPORARY RAMPING
' r
/ r
50mm PVC DRAIN'
t
CURB
SECTION A -A
BACK OF CURB
BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING
Temporary Catch Basin Drain
50mm PVC Drain C/W Ramping
SAW CUT
OR JOINT, TYP
FRAME TO BE SET IN A
`FULL MORTAR BED
GUTTER
ADJUSTMENT UNITS
(3 TYP)
1. TEMPORARY DRAIN TO BE USED WITH ALL STORM SEWER STRUCTURES LOCATED IN GUTTER LINE.
2. TEMPORARY DRAIN TO BE PLUGGED USING 30MPa CONCRETE PRIOR TO THE SURFACE COURSE
ASPHALT BEING PLACED.
NHL 3 SURFACE
COURSE (FUTURE)
• —HL -4 BINDER
COURSE
DATE OF REVISION - Jan, 2004
SCALE : N.T.S.
DRAWING No. 702
\I/
SMOOTH WALL
POLYETHYLENE
PIPE RISER
C .' engineering better communities
_I
200 mm to 300 mm
ADAPTOR DETAIL
TEE
VARIES 1.0m MIN.
Polyethylene Inline Catch Basin
300 mm NDS GRATE
C/W SCREWS
POLYETHYLENE PIPE ADAPTOR
AVAILABLE 200 TO 300
WHERE REQUIRED
\\\\ /iA\ "V)
90' BEND
FOR PIPE SIZE
SEE CONTRACT DRAWINGS
AND /OR TENDER FORM
BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION - Jan, 2004
SCALE : N.T.S.
DRAWING No. 700
COLD PLANE FOR
300mm (min) LAP
EXISTING ASPHALT
COMPACTED GRANULAR "B"
BACKFILL
NOTES:
150mm MIN. COMPACTED
GRANULAR 'A'
300mm (min)
1. WHERE THE EXISTING ASPHALT IS GREATER THAN 100mm
IN DEPTH — A DOUBLE LAP IS REQUIRED.
BMROSS
engineering better communities
40mm HL -4 (SURFACE)
300mm (min)
BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING
Trench Reinstatement
Granular Backflll
SAW CUT EDGE OF TRENCH
COLD PLANE FOR
300mm (min) LAP
BASE COAT — 40mm HL -4 MIN.
OR TO MATCH EXISTING
DEPTH
DATE OF REVISION - Jan, 2004
SCALE : N.T.S.
DRAWING No. 500
TEMPORARY RAMPING PLACED
WHEN BASE COURSE ONLY IN
ASPHALT CONTRACT
BASE COURSE ASPHALT
REMOVE RAMPING
PRIOR TO PLACING
SURFACE COURSE
1.0m 0.5m
engineering better communities
TEMPORARY
PAPER
JOINT
MATERIAL
BMROSS
J
REMOVE EXISTING ASPHALT
TO DEPTH OF SURFACE COURSE
PRIOR TO PAVING SURFACE
BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION - Jan, 2004
Asphalt Joint Detail for
Transverse Joints
EXISTING
ASPHALT
SCALE : N.T.S.
DRAWING No. 208
OM MO MI ON ® i r MN OM NM MI MN OM NM NM • I
fit
P SG t r s{ r oin;n9
e
Met ° ll� stop
G p os t
an d
�pl
n{ °sse
Hy dro
c
1 .
Is=
*4 � ,e 40r4
Wr *: 44 *
TAP
f;t t 3 � {err
9 ee
5 �
1109.02 Voice V 1�
ice s top
e{oll'c se e nd clop ° rP ° rotion
Gro G
d e'
t o 1
Not
NOTES:
1 An shall be placed at least 1.0m away from the water system pipe and appurtenances
and as deep as the bottom of the pipe and appurtenances. Minimum distance between anodes
shall be 1.0m.
2 Anode connecting wire shall be loosely wrapped around pipes and fittings and knotted.
3 Protective coating shall be applied to all thermite welds.
A All dimensions are in metres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR
PVC
WATERMAIN SYSTEMS
Nov 2008 !Rev I1
OPSD 1109.0i1
Concrete thrust
block
Note 1
Watermain
Variable
i Finished grade
Bedding
as specified 150mm valve
Variable
7 Slide type valve box
with upper and
lower section
C) ma c' �
✓ v • ° c' o
CP �
O v o 0 p ovo v°0 o
oe oo
150mm
min
Polyethylene --c\
covering
150mm dia pipe
HYDRANT INSTALLATION
600
Drain hole
Concrete support
r
600
Hydrant
+-100 to 150mm
19mm clear stone
900mm width —i
tz, 0 ° v
O Of O
moo O°
1 v
NOTES:
1 All concrete thrust blocks to be poured against undisturbed ground.
A Bond breaker to be used between the concrete and the fittings and
appurtenances.
B Bolts and nuts for buried flange to flange connections are to be stainless steel.
C When required, flange of standpipe extensions not to be in frost zone.
D This OPSD is to be read in conjunction with OPSD 1103.010 and 1103.020.
E All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2006 1Rev 1 1
0
M
x
0
0
Concrete thrust block
Note 1
OPSD 1105.010
Finished grade
Main stop
Bedding as specified
Slide type service box
with upper and
lower section
Curb stop
with rod
Concrete support
200x200x1 00mm
NOTES:
A Any junction made in service pipe between main stop and
curb stop to be made with approved couplings.
B All water services to be installed 90° to the longitudinal axis of the watermain.
C All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2006 1Rev 1 1
WATER SERVICE
CONNECTION
32, 38, and 50mm DIAMETER SIZES
OPSD 1104.020
Finished grade
Gooseneck
, E E
Main stop, Note 1
Bedding as specified
Watermain drilled and tapped
AWWA inlet thread
NOTES:
1 For plastic service pipes, install main stop C
at 15' above horizontal with a minimum
1.2m long gooseneck.
A Service connections to plastic watermains
to be made using service saddles or
factory made tees.
B Couplings shall not be permitted unless the
service length exceeds 20m between the main
stop and curb stop.
D
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
WATER SERVICE
CONNECTION
19 and 25mm DIAMETER SIZES
Slide type service box
with upper and
lower section
Curb stop
with rod
Concrete support
200x200x1 00mm
1
r•
- •
All water services to be installed 90'
to the longitudinal axis of the watermain.
All dimensions are in millimetres
unless otherwise shown.
Nov 2006 I Rev 2
OPSD 1104.010 1
Place concrete after anchor
block has been poured and
bends set in place
Stainless steel strap
50x13mm
Stainless steel strap
a
130x85x20mm
Stainless steel
angle 80mm long
E
o E
Stainless steel
rod and nuts
Concrete
thrust block
—100
0 x
UP— THRUST BLOCK
ELEVATION
DETAIL
DOWN— THRUST BLOCK
ELEVATION
4 41111
P 11 1 1 1
/ Undisturbed
ground
e
NOTES:
A Concrete shall be placed to within
50mm of the face of the bell.
B Bond breaker to be used between
concrete and fittings.
C This blocking design applies only where
1035kPa pressure is not exceeded.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD
Stainless steel strap
Inside radius of
strap= outside
radius of bend
Spring line
35mm min
CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS
FOR VERTICAL BENDS
Spacer block
See detail
Concrete
Stainless steel rods - 11 :: ' ; �: 11;
d Diameter IL? Il. •
Concrete ' it. II
• anchor block .:r
100-
80mm min —
150mm min
UP— THRUST BLOCK
SECTION X —X
Stainless
steel strap
MINIMUM DIMENSIONS
PIPE DIA c b c d e
100 450 600 750 13 150
150 600 900 900 13 300
200 600 900 1500 13 450
250 900 900 1500 20 600
300 1200 900 1650 20 800
350 1200 1200 1650 25 1000
0
a
a E
x
DOWN— THRUST BLOCK
SECTION Y —Y
0 /D +600mm min
D This blocking is for bends up to 45' for
up— thrust and 90' for down— thrust.
E This blocking design applies where the soil has
a safe allowable bearing capacity of 100kPa
as verified by a geotechnical investigation.
F All dimensions are in millimetres unless
otherwise shown.
DRAWING Nov 2006 Rev I 2
OPSD 1103.020
Concrete
thrust block
1
1
`---) 1
PLAN
TEE
a +150
PLAN
TYPICAL BEND
PLAN
90° BEND
Concrete thrust block Concrete thrust block
/
SECTION X -X
•
q ± X
Concrete
thrust block
Y -1 - E
E
0
0
+
0
o .c
Lo E
0
0
in
o
P
Q
Main stop
— optional
d
Plug or cap
PLAN
DEAD END
Main stop
— optional 7
Concrete thrust block
INN
ELEVATION
DEAD END
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2006 I Rev I 1
CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS
FOR TEES, PLUGS, AND
HORIZONTAL BENDS
MINIMUM DIMENSIONS
PIPE DIA o b c d
100 150 250 150 200
150 250 350 200 250
200 300 550 200 450
250 400 650 250 550
300 450 700 350 650
350 500 800 400 700
q
NOTES:
A Concrete shall be placed to within
50mm of the face of the bell.
B Bond breaker to be used between
concrete and fittings.
C This blocking design applies only where
1035kPa pressure is not exceeded.
D This blocking design applies where the
soil has a safe allowable bearing
capacity of 100kPa as verified by
a geotechnical investigation.
E All dimensions are in millimetres unless
otherwise shown.
OPSD 1103.010
Note 1
Backfil1
as specified
Slope 2% min
Fittings or radius bends — 8% max
as required
45'
max
\ \ \\
150mm min
Bedding and cover
as specified
NOTES:
1 Service connections to the main pipe sewer shall be made using
factory made tees or wyes, strap —on— saddles, or other approved
saddles. Factory made tees or wyes shall be used for all service
connections where the diameter of the main pipe sewer is:
a) less than 450mm; or
b) Tess than twice the diameter of the service connection.
2 Cap or plug at property line shall be adequately braced to withstand
testing pressures.
A Maintenance holes shall be used at the main sewer to connect
service connections greater than or equal to 200mm.
B For new construction, saddles must be installed on the main pipe
before that pipe is laid.
C Approved cut —in tool must be used for field made connections.
D All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
— 150mm min
d' -
L .\\\\\\
100mm min
Nov 2005 I Rev 1
SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS
FOR FLEXIBLE MAIN PIPE SEWER OPSD —
0
1
1
1
100 to 150mm dia —
as specified
Watertight cap or plug —
as specified, Note 2
1 006.0201
Note 1
150mm min
67.5'
Fittings or radius bends
as required
Bedding and cover
as specified
�I
IN
>, ,_ a
1rI,_ a�
Fittings or radius bends — Slope 2% min 150mm o I o
as required 8% max T min \ a u
1
CONNECTION WITHOUT VERTICAL RISER
150mm min —
Backfill
as specified
Bedding and cover
as specified
Slope 2% min
Backfill 8% max
as specified
100 to 150mm dia
as specified
.\\\\\\\\\'
100mm
min
Watertight cap or plug —
as specified, Note 3
2 2.5•
100mm min
100 to 150mm dia —
as specified
Note 2
Note 1
Watertight cap or plug —
as specified, Note 3
CONNECTION WITH VERTICAL RISER
— 150mm min
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2005 I Rev i 11
SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS
FOR RIGID MAIN PIPE SEWER
NOTES:
1 Service connections to the main pipe sewer shall be made using factory made tees, strap —on— saddles,
or other approved saddles.
Factory made tees shall be used for all service connections where the diameter of the main pipe sewer is:
a) less than 450mm; or
b) Less than twice the diameter of the service connection.
2 Vertical risers shall be as specified.
3 Cap or plug at property line shall be adequately braced to withstand testing pressures.
A Maintenance holes shall be used at the main sewer to connect service connections greater than
or equal to 200mm.
B For new construction, saddles must be installed on the main pipe before that pipe is laid.
C Approved cut —in tool must be used for field made connections.
D All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
1
OPSD - 1006.010 '
Terminal
section
3810
of t
L Steel beam guide rail
1///////./
0 0
I . 0 0 1
O 0 1
O 0
L J L J
U
Varies
Optional roadway terminal
sign as specified and according to
Ontario Traffic Manual Book 6
ELEVATION
00.
0 01
0 ° 01
0 01
3810
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
GUIDE RAIL SYSTEM, STEEL BEAM
BARRICADE
INSTALLATION
16mm dia bolt —
0
�i
°
0
I - Ground line
////////v (/ / 7 .
J L J
NOTES:
A Steel beam guide rail mounting heights shall be as specified.
B This OPSD to be read in conjunction with OPSD 912.101.
C Posts: Size 200x200mm nominal, 190x190mm ±1.5mm dressed, tops to have 25mm chamfer.
D All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
Nov 2008 1 Rev 11
L _
SIDE
OPSD 912.532
16- 23x29mm
slotted holes
1905
ENLARGED SECTION A -A
Note 1
E — — — MN V
4128
FRONT ELEVATION
r
1
4- 23x29mm slotted holes
TERMINAL SECTION
1905
3- 19x63mm
slotted holes
Post bolt and nut with
washer as directed
on assembly drawings
OPSD- 912.130,
912.140, and 912.141
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
GUIDE RAIL SYSTEM, STEEL BEAM
RAIL
COMPONENT
• MI 11111 — MI NM OM
—33 - -32—( -- 18 I--
8
r,
SPLICE BOLT AND NUT
1108 1108
51
SPLICE BOLT LENGTH
Location Length
mm
At posts
At structure
anchor
Splice bolt and nut
i
L
OPSD
ARRANGEMENT AT POST
Wood Post Shown
NOTES:
1 Thickness of rail to be 2.5mm.
A All dimensions subject to manufacturing tolerances
unless otherwise indicated.
B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
Nov 2002 I Rev I1
32
38
912.101
M — 11111 — MN In
PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /// k.. „. :,
Support system
Note 5, Typ
0.50D
LEGEND:
D — Inside diameter
00 — Outside diameter
Note 4, Typ
—
C
Note 1 — 0.6 00
Note 2
CLASS B BEDDING
PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED ---
EXCAVATION
Subgrade 0.5 00
'/ •�: - ": 300mm min, Typ _ .
3 -1�
Backfill material
For pipe culvert frost
treatment, Note 3
0.15
L Note 1
0.5 OD
PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
Cover material -
Bedding
grade
0.5 OD
Compacted
bedding material
0.5 0D
CLASS C BEDDING
\ s'
- \�
\ \ \ \ \\
Bedding
k— 0.5
Note 2
ubgrade
Backfill material
For pipe culvert frost
treatment, Note 3
PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
Clearance
See table, Typ
Cover material
Compacted
bedding material
grade
3
CLEARANCE TABLE
Pipe
Inside Diameter
mm
Clearance
mm
900 or less 300
NOTES:
1 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.150.
In no case shall this dimension be less than 150mm or
greater than 300mm.
2 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe.
3 Pipe culvert frost treatment according to OPSD- 803.030 and 803.031.
4 Condition of trench is symmetrical about centreline of pipe.
A Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act
and Regulations for Construction Projects.
B All dimensions are in metres unless otherwise shown.
Over 900 500
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2005 I Rev 1 1
RIGID PIPE BEDDING,
COVER, AND BACKFILL
TYPE 4 SOIL - EARTH EXCAVATION
OPSD - 802.032
PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
Support system
Typ
Note 4
. Typ
•
0.5 00 —
Note 1
Typ
0.5 0D
W////////
0.600
Note 2
CLASS B BEDDING
PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
Subgrade
— 300mm min, Typ -._- \ \ \N
Q1
0.5 00
EXCAVATION
Backfill material
For pipe culvert frost
treatment, Note 3
Cover material
300mm min, Typ
Compacted
bedding material
Bedding grad.
0.5 00
NOTES:
1 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.150 In no case
shall this dimension be less than 150mm or greater than 300mm.
2 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe.
3 Pipe culvert frost treatment according to OPSD- 803.030 and 803.031.
4 Condition of trench is symmetrical about centreline of pipe.
A Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act
and Regulations for Construction Projects.
B All dimensions are in metres ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
unless otherwise shown.
RIGID PIPE BEDDING,
COVER, AND BACKFILL
TYPE 3 SOIL - EARTH EXCAVATION
0.5 00
MB • r • • • • • • • • r r •
0.500
Note 2
CLASS C BEDDING
LEGEND:
D — Inside diameter
OD— Outside diameter
PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
Clearance
See table, Typ
0.15
CLEARANCE TABLE
Pipe Clearance
Inside Diameter
mm mm
900 or less 300
Over 900 500
Nov 2005 !Rev I 1
OPSD - 802.031
r r r r r
OM I • i♦ • 111111 MI U NM • • MO NM M MI MI S •
PIPE IN SUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
Note 4, Typ
•
Support system
Typ
/ \ .. . 300mrr min, Typ • \
: L .. ••• � •
0.5 \� : , '�
0 \ 1200mm
/.
/ / / /// 1 \ \ \� \�
0.6 00
Note 2
CLASS B BEDDING
EXCAVATION
\ \ \\\
Backfill material
For pipe culvert frost treatment
Note 3
max, Ty
Subgrade —N.
///1///.
1
Cover material
P
Compacted
bedding material
Note 1
Bedding grade
EXCAVATION
NOTES:
1 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.15,0 In no case
shall this dimension be less than 150mm or greater than 300mm.
2 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe.
3 Pipe culvert frost treatment according to OPSD- 803.030 and 803.031.
4 Condition of trench is symmetrical about centreline of pipe.
A Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act
and Regulations for Construction
Projects.
B All dimensions are in metres
unless otherwise shown.
0.500
Note 2
CLASS C BEDDING
LEGEND:
D — Inside diameter
OD — Outside diameter
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
RIGID PIPE BEDDING,
COVER, AND BACKFILL
TYPE 1 OR 2 SOIL - EARTH EXCAVATION
PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
m
Nov 2005 I Rev 11
Clearance
See table, Typ
1— 0.1500
�\ +
CLEARANCE TABLE
Pipe
Inside Diameter
Clearance
mm
900 or less 300
Over 900 500
OPSD - 802.030
150mm
min, Typ
LEGEND:
D — Inside diameter
NOTES:
1
2
3
D
0.5D
Note 1
0
E
compacted and shaped
PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
Subgrade
Ai
1 1
Backfill material
For pipe culvert frost treatment
Note 2
TYPE 1 OR 2
SOIL
Bedding grade
PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
The pipe bed shall be
of the pipe.
Pipe culvert frost treatment according to OPSD-803.030 and 803.031.
Condition of trench is symmetrical about centreline of pipe.
to receive the bottom
300mm min
TYPE 3
SOIL
A Granular material placed in the haunch area shall be compacted
prior to placing and compacting the remainder of the embedment
material.
B Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations
for Construction Projects.
C All dimensions are in metres
unless otherwise shown.
2501
late 1
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
FLEXIBLE PIPE
EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL
EARTH EXCAVATION
UM MI NM UN OM MS 111•I an • =II MB INS
0.50
•
0.50
Note 1
Bedding grade
0.50
TYPE 4
SOIL
PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
\\\\\\\W
\:\\
PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
0.5D Subgrade
7" • '
-:?
•-••
t• - ••
Backfill material
For pipe culvert frost
treatment, Note 2
CLEARANCE TABLE
Pipe
Clearance
Inside Diameter
m
mm mm
900 or less 300
Over 900
Nov 2005 I 'Rev I 1
Clearance
See table, Typ
3
500
\:\
STAN
11 V 7 .)
43 1L-
OPSD - 802.010
EN um EN No
d
r
4
600
. • •
• - •
SECTION B -B
WWR
185mm 2 /m
each way
SECTION A -A
150mm
overlap, Typ
1 A I- 185mm2 /m
. / each way
E a
EE
o o ai
CO
0
1)
r Grate reference
elevation
c
E
E
E
O
to
N
L
_ 4)
rn =
0
-
0
o . 0
v
o N
y N
E 0
0
EE
O �
(4)Q
' m
m
Granular
bedding
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
PRECAST CONCRETE DITCH INLET
600 x 600mm
Alternate Standard Opening Dimensions
Heights
Alternate Dimension Type Slope
A 1980 2H:1V 670 52
B 1520 311:1V 632 71
C 1380 A 4H:1V 618 78
6H:1V 608 83
HOR 600 87
A �
774
Outlet hole
Note 1
Grate
f
•
o b
0
I 150 — 1 1— 600 —1 —150
A �
FRONT VIEW
Nov 2009 Rev � 2
J 3
• I all sides
00mm
Typ
NOTES:
1 Outlet hole size 525mm maximum diameter, location as required.
A Where inlet is placed across ditch and is accessible to vehicular traffic, grating slope shall be 6H:1V or flatter.
B Center reinforcing in wall and slab ±25mm.
C Granular backfill shall be placed to a minimum thickness of 300mm all around the ditch inlet.
D Grating shall be according to OPSD 403.010.
E Pipe support shall be according to OPSD 708.020.
F All dimensions are nominal.
G All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
OPSD 705.030
ALTERNATE
A
B
C
D
ALTERNATE STANDARD
HEIGHTS
DIMENSION
1980
1830
1520
1380
830
115 __j 600 --j 115
Knockout—
Typ
Note 2
a
a
L
'o
E
o
L .
Outlet hole
SECTION A -A
•7
Note 1 • ,
NOTES:
1 Outlet hole size 525mm diameter maximum,
location as required.
2 200mm diameter knockout to accommodate
subdrain. Knockout shall be 60mm deep.
A Centre reinforcing in base slab and walls
±20mm.
B Granular backfill shall be placed to
a minimum thickness of 300mm all
around the catch basin.
600x600mm
— 300mm
all sides
Typ
Granular
bedding
1
115 H 600 --{ 115
m
a
a
0
a
o
6 WWR
• 185mm
' each way
E
E
o
t
H p
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
PRECAST CONCRETE CATCH BASIN
PLAN
830
SECTION B -B
r 150mm
overlap, Typ
- �- WWR
185mm
each way
L
A
C Frame, grate, and adjustment units shall
be installed according to OPSD 704.010.
D Pipe support shall be according to OPSD 708.020.
E All dimensions are nominal.
F All dimensions are in millimetres
unless otherwise shown.
Nov 2009 !Rev 2
0
I0
}
OPSD 705.010
1. Right angle bend
4. Four way junction
7. Wye connection
Maintenance
Hole Diameter
1200
1500
1800
2400
3000
3600
2. Tee connection
8. 45' bend
MAXIMUM SIZE HOLE IN THE WALL IN PRECAST RISER SECTIONS
No. 1 -4 No. 5 and
700 860
860 1220
1220 1485
1485 2020
1930 2450
2195 3085
5. Straight through
6 No. 8
780
960
1220
1760
2300
2730
3. Three way junction
6. Dead end
Section
No
Inlet Hole
700
860
1220
1485
1930
2195
.7
Outlet Hole
860
1170
1485
2020
2450
3085
NOTES:
1 Slopes shall be maintained from the outlet hole opening for top of benching.
A Concrete for benching shall be 30MPa.
B Benching shall be given wood float finish, channel shall be given steel trowel finish.
C Benching slope and height shall be as specified.
D When specified, maintenance holes that are 1200mm in diameter with a uniform channel for 200 or 250mm
may be prebenched at the manufacturer with standardized benching slope and channel orientation.
E All dimensions are nominal.
F All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2009 I Rev I 3
D max
D/2 min
f— 50mm
min
pipe
MAINTENANCE HOLE BENCHING
AND PIPE OPENING ALTERNATIVES OPSD 701.021
Tapered top v "�
See alternatives C
and D
e
Riser sections
as required
•b
•
Transition slab
See alternative B
Riser sections
as required
- -r
1-1
•
Bench or sump —
as specified
Note 1
300mm
Typ
•e
01200
01800
300mm max
Typ
Granular bedding
e`
c
E
E
0
0
I mo_
Precast slab '� _ - -' , �•
base
See alternative A
NOTES:
1 For sump detail see OPSD 701.010.
A Granular backfill shall be placed to a
minimum thickness of 300mm all around
the maintenance hole.
B Precast concrete components shall be
according to OPSD 701.030, 701.031, 701.050,
701.051, 703.012, 703.022, and 706.020.
C Structures exceeding 5.0m in depth shall
include safety platform according to
OPSD 404.020 or 404.022.
D Pipe support shall be according to
OPSD 708.020.
E For benching and pipe opening details,
see OPSD 701.021.
F For adjustment unit and frame installation,
see OPSD 704.010.
G All dimensions are nominal.
H All dimensions are in millimetres unless
otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
PRECAST CONCRETE
MAINTENANCE HOLE
1 800mm DIAMETER
Riser
section
I 1
1
300 ° '
Bench or sump I
as specified
Note 1
300
c
Granular Steel reinforcement
bedding as specified
A CAST —IN —PLACE BASE
Riser
section �
li
aI
Riser a~
section
B TAPERED TRANSITION SLAB
Flat cap - I
4 —1
Riser • -- 01200--
-\,.;
section e 1
� 1
C 1200mm PRECAST FLAT CAP
Flat cap j
Riser
section • -�
r
ALTERNATIVES
I- 01200 --I
ti
01800
D 1800mm PRECAST FLAT CAP
Nov 2009 I Rev I4
OPSD 701.012
Tapered top
See alternatives D ••.
and E
Riser sections
as required
Riser sections
as required
a
•v
e
Transition slab
See alternative C
v.,
Bench or sump — : '••• •
as specified 4
Note 1
Granular
bedding
01200
a
r_
01500
300mm max
Typ
Precast slab base ;,
See alternatives
A and B
300mm —
Typ
F--
NOTES:
1 For sump detail see OPSD 701.010.
A Granular backfill shall be placed to a
minimum thickness of 300mm all
around the maintenance hole.
B Precast concrete components shall be
according to OPSD 701.030, 701.031, 701.040,
701.041, 703.011, 703.021, and 706.010.
C Structures exceeding 5.0m in depth shall
include safety platform according to
OPSD 404.020 or 404.021.
D Pipe support shall be according to
OPSD 708.020.
E For benching and pipe opening details,
see OPSD 701.021.
F For adjustment unit and frame installation,
see OPSD 704.010.
G All dimensions are nominal.
H All dimensions are in millimetres unless
otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
PRECAST CONCRETE
MAINTENANCE HOLE
1500mm DIAMETER
Bench or sump
as specified
Note 1
ALTERNATIVES
Riser
section '
1
Monolithic base - _
ti
01500 a
Granular ° ° -'• ° a
bedding f _ _ �. . - a
A PRECAST MONOLITHIC BASE
300
}
Bench or sump
as specified
Note 1
Riser
section ; i n
Granular
bedding
Riser
section -\
300
C TAPERED
I
Flat cap I
Riser -�
section
ti
E 1500mm
ti
01500
• .
Steel reinforcement
as specified
B CAST —IN —PLACE BASE
Riser �+
section �01200—
Ywi.�r
01500
---r
TRANSITION SLAB
I
Flat cap
o-� •
Riser 01200- -
section e
ti
D 1200mm PRECAST FLAT CAP
.1
01500
e
ti
PRECAST FLAT CAP
Nov 2009 I Rev 14
OPSD 701.011
Tapered top
See alternative C
Riser sections
as required
Monolithic base with inlet
and outlet openings to suit
See alternatives A and B
Bench or sump
as specified
01200
300mm max
Typ
l o.y.. •• o . •
300mm, Typ •° • 4 ° , o
Granular bedding L ' ? =� � • 7
NOTES:
1 The sump is measured from the lowest invert.
A Granular backfill shall be placed to a minimum
thickness of 300mm all around the
maintenance hole.
B Precast concrete components shall be according
to OPSD 701.030, 701.031, and 701.032.
C Structure exceeding 5.0m in depth shall include
safety platform according to OPSD 404.020.
D Pipe support shall be according to OPSD 708.020.
E For benching and pipe opening details,
see OPSD 701.021.
F For adjustment unit and frame installation,
see OPSD 704.010.
G All dimensions are nominal.
H All dimensions are in millimetres
unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
PRECAST CONCRETE
MAINTENANCE HOLE
1 200mm DIAMETER
lit �� /��� s �L •��
Granular
bedding
Bench or
sump as
specified
Riser
SUMP DETAIL
ALTERNATIVES
Bottom riser section with
inlet and outlet openings to suit
ti
-A
•. 1
O
•4. : • •
L— _7L- a. _-- -�4s.J
Granular
bedding
A PRECAST SLAB BASE
Riser 1 01200 --
section = I--150
300
Bench or I A i• r'.' Q,
sump as
°...:.- .
specified . A . ° 300
— Steel reinforcement `— Granular
as specified bedding
B CAST —IN —PLACE BASE
1
section
1
01200
A
v
300mm
Note 1
• ' 150
-- . } 275
Flat cap
01200
O
C PRECAST FLAT CAP
Nov 2009 I Rev 14 I
OPSD 701.010
Dropped curb at
entrances
Typ
25 -- 300 -- 50 [ __150__1
1 A • J/
N• 4.04
• i
{
E 't �n
E a, N
N o
N
For flexible'
pavement
Typ
J
E
E 0
M `" z
.a' Note 3—
P. v
500
For rigid pavement
25x75mm keyway
centred in concrete
base Note 3 and 5
TANGENT
I-- 50
LEGEND:
S - Rate of pavement superelevation in percent, %.
NOTES:
— Thickness
of sidewalk
Typ
— Additional width where
sidewalk is adjacent
to curb — Typ
25 —
.�
E `" '" v •
Ti tI N0te 3
300 50 [---150-1
in
-o
• :
500
--5
SUPERELEVATED
1 Flexible and composite pavement shall be placed 5mm above the adjacent edge of gutter.
2 Where sidewalk is continuously adjacent, reduce the dropped curb at entrances to 75mm.
3 For slipforming procedure, a 5% batter is acceptable.
4 For composite pavement the depth of concrete curb to be adjusted to depth of concrete pavement.
5 When tie bars are specified, refer to OPSD 552.010 and 552.020 for details.
A Treatment at entrances shall be according to OPSD 351.010.
B Outlet treatment shall be according to the OPSD 610 Series.
C The transition from one curb type to another shall be a minimum length of 3.0m,
except in conjunction with guide
rail where it shall be according ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
to the OPSD 900 Series.
D All dimensions are in millimetres CONCRETE BARRIER CURB
unless otherwise shown. WITH STANDARD GUTTER
Note 3 —:
•
- 50
— 100mm
Note 2
Typ
v
>
Nov 2006 I Rev I1
OPSD 600.040
•e •
L
40mm
max,Typ /- 45x5mm bearing
�—, / bars, Typ
20x3mm reticuline
bars, Typ
PLAN OF GRATE
!l1
0•
SECTION B —B
6mm dia rivets, Typ
Fasteners on sides
See details
GALVANIZED STEEL
HONEYCOMB GRATING
FOR DITCH INLETS
e
1-38 i-38
4
SECTION A —A
50x50x6mm angle
welded to grating
Grating Size
Grating
Type Length Width
L W
A 762 768
B 1338 768
C 1465 768
13x95mm stainless steel
expansion anchor Type 304
or approved equivalent,
threaded 32mm and installed
per manufacturer's instructions
115x76x5mm flat
galvanized steel
offset washer
FASTENER DETAIL
76
15mm 3�
dia hole—. �
N
in
0 ; a rn
SECTION C —C FASTENER EMBEDMENT DETAIL OFFSET WASHER DETAIL
NOTES: '
A Fastener to be inserted to maintain minimum concrete cover requirements.
B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2007 1Rev 1 1
OPSD 403.010
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R46 \\•`\-\\y
SECTION B -B
800
Hoisting hook rib, \ FRAME PLAN
Typ, OPSD 400.001
067C
0632
0624
1578
SECTION A -A
19
/ R7Omm min
150mm max
Typ
1.1 ICI
III ICI Ii,
03 03®®® ® 03 03 ®
?I ®® ®®®®
ICI 03 03 03 03® 03
El 03 El E01 E
--DA N G E R*
El El
®®® El C� t , 03 ® CO El El EQ
®03 ®
--114—
24
D3 El El
El CO
El El El
El
Lift hole
TYPE A
CLOSED COVER
0624
--I F -15 27-1 I~ } f
0613
SECTION C -C
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
CAST IRON, SQUARE FRAME WITH
CIRCULAR CLOSED OR OPEN COVER
FOR MAINTENANCE HOLES
Iii Gu Iil 17l
d
III 1 I1 1 1 1 I ICI
1111 1ir1■IiI■IlI■lp■ICI ■1.111.1 IiI
•• u N i u u
! I ■1!I■1r■ICI■hI■I.I■I•I■I.0I.I 1.1
■ ■ ■ II ■ IN ■
1.1 J. • 1.I I.I 1.1 hill I.I I.1 1E1 I.I 1.1
D A
• •
LI I. I■ I.1 ■ I.I ■ I.I ■ h!I ■ I.I ■ 1.1 ■ I.I ■1.1 LI
• • • 11 • • •
ICI ■1.1 ■1.1 ■I.I ■hI ■LI ■LI ■LI ■LI
i i i n ■ ■ ■
ICI lil ■ I.I NE* /pimI0I ■I:1 ■1i1
■ ■ 111 ■ ■
I�l Iil (il■hil■Iil 111 Iil
N
I.I Iiil 1.1 1.1
1.1
I.1
1.1
1.1
I•I
111
TYPE B
OPEN COVER
0624
114-- 24 - 1 9 j-- 29j— I I
? � t ice/
27--1
—i I-- 15
061.
SECTION D -D
NOTES:
A Covers shall be Type A or Type B as specified.
B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise
Nov 2007 IRevI2
OPSD 401.010
shown.
N
B =--,
N --- 102 I--
co
See
Slot Detail
— I
Hoisting hook rib,
Typ, OPSD 400.001
820
�A
657
17— , 623
---
n II
4-1 20mm, Typ —>
FRAME PLAN
--
L I I B
2 ; -
17
(00 CO
32-_.j._ m / to
I �� I
105 !- 610
,25r' 29 SECTION B —B
\�--
}
1 0 5 t
2 5 - 1 - -
L
76176 71- Ct.
El
1
i1
f
N
--152 --I
SECTION A —A
- 70
0
1
20— L
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
11 -- -- -40
2req'd 33
1
41
1
48 CAST IRON, SQUARE FRAME WITH
R14.5 SQUARE OVERFLOW TYPE FLAT GRATE FOR
SLOT DETAIL CATCH BASINS, PERFORATED OPENINGS
— I MN — MN ON NO — ON an NM
19mm dia hinge pin
I Nov 2007 I Rev
Size and spacing, Typ
51
51 �
GRATE PLAN
612
h— 33mm, Typ
491- -- - I ~15mm,Typ 40-14-9
SECTION C —C
NOTES:
A This OPSD to be read in conjunction with OPSD 610.010 and 610.020.
B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
OPSD 400.110
mu EN No ow am am
See Table
A
Sid I 1 alk
I I ( I I
I I I
Entrance Boulevard
1 Curb with gutter 7 [ Dropped curb
Entrance
&q, Note
SAG
CREST •
g % N ,
ote 2
A
600mm min - -300mm 300mm— —600mm min
min min
Subdrain
Sidewalk
6%, Note 2
4%, Note 1 4%'max
4 %, Note 2
NOTES:
1 Maximum upgrade shall be 10 %.
2 Maximum downgrade shall be 8%.
A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2009 1 Rev 1 1
URBAN RESIDENTIAL
ENTRANCE
PLAN
ISOMETRIC VIEW
Boulevard
1
3.0m - - Var
S/W or S/W and entrance
--S /W Entrance --
SECTION A -A
89; max
Base
Subbase
Dropped curb
r_ Pavement surface
DRIVEWAY DIMENSIONS
WIDTH
LAND USE m
Single Double
min I max min I max
Residential 3.0 I 4.3 6.0 I 7.3
OPSD 351.010
Curb and gutter
Contraction joint —\ r— 1.0
i
c
E
E
ul
Sidewalk
v. f
4.,..; • o e o
v
SIDEWALK WITHOUT BOULEVARD
SECTION A -A
Curb and gutter
1.5m min
NOTES:
1 At commercial and industrial
driveways, the thickness shall
be 200mm.
A For contraction joint detail, see
OPSD- 310.010.
B All dimensions are in millimetres
unless otherwise shown.
Transition
section
e
-- 2% min
- 4%
Varies
SECTION B -B
Driveway varies
÷I
Contraction joint
4-
Sidewalk depressed
to match dropped curb
for driveway entrance
Dropped sidewalk
across driveway
o'
k
r 150mm
i Note 1
Typ
I
Driveway varies
1-iD
+JD
SECTION D -D
Boulevard
I
0.5m min \— Curb and gutter
Sidewalk depressed
to match dropped curb
FULLY DEPRESSED for drivewa entrance PARTIALLY DEPRESSED
SIDEWALK AT DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE -PLAN
Transition section
Dropped sidewalk I I I Sidewalk
across driveway
SIDEWALK WITH BOULEVARD
SECTION C -C
Varies —1 / 4% /— 2% min
v
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2005 1 Rev 11
CONCRETE SIDEWALK
DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE DETAILS
o 1
OPSD — 310.050
maw= sammemmm
Stop or yield
street
X1.0
Gutter
Finished road
surface
Through street
Back of sidewalk
line
RAMP
Expansion joint Directional lines
Typ
1.5
\ ***s% * \
L Curb and
gutter
1.0—
ELEVATION
Expansion joints
Typ
—j 1.5m
Typ
—Slope 8%
;• f
L Curb and gutter
as specified
Curb and gutter
UNSIGNALIZED INTERSECTIONS
Crosswalk
Typ •o
Expansion joint material
max 5% desirable
Sidewalk ramp
Stop or yield '•
street
Expansion joint
material, Typ
Through street
Full curb
height
2.5m
TYPICAL RAMP SECTION
AT INTERSECTIONS
•
Ramp slopes
8% max
Typ
Curb and gutter
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1993 10 01 !Rev'
CONCRETE SIDEWALK RAMPS
Directional lines
0.3m apart and
1.5m long — min
Typ
Curb and gutter
SIGNALIZED INTERSECTIONS
Back of
sidewalk
' • r
• • •••
I -150mm min
NOTES:
A Directional lines shall be 10x10mm made B All dimensions are in millimetres or
with grooving tool having a 15mm radius. metres unless otherwise shown.
Date
OPSD - 310.030
BOULEVARD
2 to 8%
Varies - 1.5m
Note 2
DUMMY JOINT
CONTRACTION JOINT
Concrete
Slope 2 to 4% `sidewalk
R5 L 125mm
Note 1
[ 0.25T
}
RSmm7 j- 5
e y
. e'.
v. V v Y
U (A
-
v : • o • : a ' r o
—I F— 12mm expansion
joint material
EXPANSION JOINT
NOTES:
1 Sidewalk thickness at residential driveways
and adjacent to curb shall be 150mm.
At commercial and industrial driveways,
the thickness shall be 200mm.
2 Sidewalk width shall be increased to
2.4m at schools, bus stops, and other
high pedestrian areas.
CONCRETE SIDEWALK
R5 ~'
TYPICAL SECTION
BOULEVARD
1.5m1—
Typ
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
0.3m
min
2 to 10%
Subgrade or granular
base as specified
Curb and gutter
Expansion
joints
Sidewalk bay
Dummy
joints
Typ
Contraction
joints, Typ
R0.5m
Typ
Slope as specified
JOINT LAYOUT
Nov 2005 I Rev 1
Expansion
joint material
Note 1
A This OPSD to be read in conjunction
with OPSD- 310.030.
B All dimensions are in millimetres
unless otherwise shown.
OPSD - 310.010
11•111•11111O11111111111111•1111111••1111111111111101111111111111111011111111•1111111
BMROSS
engineering better communities
Municipality of
Kincardine
Durham Street Sidewalk
Part No. PROJECT No.
3 09071
SCALE
N.T.S.
FIGURE No.
2
APPENDIX A
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION
B.M. ROSS & ASSOCIATES LIMITED
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
62 North Street
Goderich, Ontario
N7A 2T4
Report On
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION
for
ROAD RECONSTRUCTION
MACCASKIL ROAD
AND RIGGINS CRESCENT
KINCARDINE
January 26, 2010
Ref: 1-4503
ATKINSON, DAVIES INC.
60 Meg Drive, Unit 12, London, Ontario,
www.atkinsondavies.com
B.M. Ross & Associates Limited
Consulting Engineers
62 North Street
Goderich, Ontario
N7A 2T4
Attention: Mr. Darren L. Alexander. P. Ena.
Dear Mr. Alexander:
Consulting Geotechnical, Environmental,
& Materials Engineers
N6E 3T6 Telephone• (519 685 -6400 Fax: 519 685- 09 11n.
( ) 43
atki nsondavies @atki n sondavies.com
January 26, 2010
Ref: 1 -4503
Re: Geotechnical Investigation for Road Reconstructions,
MacCaskil Road and Riegins Crescent, Kincardine., Ontario
We have completed this project in accordance with your instructions and authori This
report contains a record of our findings and presents geotechnical recommendations for the
design and construction of the sewers and pavements.
FIELD WORK
The field work was carried out on January 13, 2010, and consisted of three boreholes located
as shown on Enclosure 2. The holes were advanced to depths of 6.1 metres using a power
auger machine equipped with conventional soil sampling equipment.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
ATKINSON, DAVIES INC.
Ref: 1 -4503
Standard penetration tests were performed at frequent intervals of depth, as detailed in
Appendix `A', and the results are recorded on the borehole logs as Nvalues. The split -spoon
samples were stored in airtight containers, which were transferred to our laboratory for
classification, testing and storage.
The soil strata encountered were related to the asphalt surface at each borehole location.
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
Descriptions of the strata encountered in the boreholes are given on the borehole logs
comprising Enclosures 3 to 5. The following notes are intended only to amplify this data.
The boreholes reveal a surface layer of asphalt, measuring 75mm thick, supported by 3 OOmm
to 450mm of granular fill. Compact silt, sand and gravel fill materials were encountered
beneath the pavement, and the fill was penetrated at depths of 1.4 to 2.0 metres. The fill
samples yielded moisture contents of 6% to 18 %. The underlying soil consists of layers of
compact to dense silt and sand, very stiff to hard clayey silt to silty clay till, and dense silt
till materials, and these layers, which displayed natural moisture contents of 9% to 22 %,
extend beyond the explored depths of 6.1 metres.
At the completion of drilling, a water level was measured in Borehole 1 at a depth of 1.8
metres, and seepage was not observed in the remaining holes during the drilling operations.
2
DISCUSSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Beneath the upper layers of pavement and fill materials, layers of compact to dense silt, sand
and gravel, very stiff to hard clayey silt to silty clay till, and dense silt till materials were
contacted at depths of 1.4 to 2.0 metres, and these layers extend beyond the explored depths
of 6.1 metres.
Excavations and Groundwater Control
The pavement, fill, and the silt and sand materials onhis site which are not excessively wet
can be classified as Type 3 soil in accordance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act
and Regulations for Construction Projects. Soil which is saturated and submerged can be
classified as Type 4 soil. In the absence of groundwater seepage, the intact till materials can
be classified as Type 2 soil.
The sides of open excavations within a Type 3 soil must be carried out using side slopes not
steeper than 1 vertical to 1 horizontal from the bottom of the excavation. Type 4 soil can be
dewatered to be classified as Type 3 soil, or adequately braced, otherwise excavation side
slopes of 1 vertical to 3 horizontal or flatter will be required for excavations intersecting
Type 4 soil. Excavations within Type 2 soil may have side slopes not steeper than 1:1 above
the bottom 1.2 metre near vertical cut.
Where Type 4 soil is not present, workmen may be protected by the use of a trench liner to
allow for excavations with steeper side slopes than those recommended.
3
ATKINSON, DAVIES INC.
Ref: 1 -4503
4
ATKINSON, DAVIES INC.
Ref: 1 -4503
A level of permanent saturation is indicated by the change in colour of the subsoil from
brown to grey in the boreholes at depths of 1.4 to 2.0 metres. However, due to the low
permeability of the silt and till materials, Boreholes 2 and 3 remained dry and open at the
completion of drilling. It is considered that groundwater and surface water can be controlled
within open excavations within the till materials, and up to one metre below the groundwater
level within the silt and sand materials, by the use of conventional sump pumps. Where
excavations within the silt and sand materials extend more than one metre below the
groundwater level, more extensive groundwater control requirements may be required, such
as running filtered pumps within sump pits for an extended period of time prior to
completing the excavation. Test pits may be excavated at the tendering stage to enable
contractors to witness the subsurface conditions and to determine for themselves the
preferred method of groundwater control and equipment selection.
Sewer and Watermain Construction
It is assumed that the pipe invert levels will not extend below the borehole depths, and it may
be assumed that the inorganic soil will provide adequate indirect support for pipes. In areas
where the base of the trench is wet, it is recommended that the pipe bedding consist of clear
crushed stone with a maximum aggregate size of 19mm. In dry areas the bedding may
consist of Granular `B' material having a maximum aggregate size of 20mm compacted to
95% of the material's maximum standard Proctor dry density (MSPDD) or clear crushed
stone (max. l9mm). A geotextile separator, such as Terrafix 270R or equivalent, should be
ATKINSON, DAVIES INC.
Ref: 1 -4503
placed on top of the stone bedding to preclude mixing of trench backfill with the underlying
stone. On -site excavated soil, which is not. excessively wet, may be considered for re -use as
trench backfill providing it is placed in maximum 300mm thick lifts, and each lift compacted
to a minimum of 95% MSPDD.
Unless all chunks are thoroughly broken down to about 150mm sizes, the clayey soil will
tend to retain a voided structure when placed as backfill and excessive post construction
settlements can occur. Broken down clayey soil should be compacted with a vibratory
sheepsfoot roller. Imported granular fill should be specified around structures such as
manholes, and for private drain connections, where access by heavy compaction equipment
is restricted. Excavated material to waste shall consist of excessively wet silt and sand
materials, and imported sand fill is recommended as a replacement to facilitate the
compaction requirements.
Pavement Construction
For dry weather and subgrade conditions during construction, the following pavement design
is recommended.
HL 3 Surface Asphalt 40mm
HL 8 Base Asphalt 50mm
Granular `A' Base 150mm
Granular `B' Sub -base 350mm
5
Prior to placing the pavement Granular `B' sub -base layer, the road subgrade should be
proof - rolled to compact loose zones and to identify spongy areas. Any spongy zones
identified should be sub - excavated and replaced with compacted drier material to provide
uniform subgrade support conditions. Alternatively a woven geotextile, such as Terratrack
24 -15, Amoco 2002, Mirafi 500 XL or equivalent, can be placed over spongy areas to
provide separation and support.
To provide uniform support for the asphalt materials, the Granular `B' sub -base must be
compacted to a minimum of 98% and the Granular `A' base to at least 100% of their
respective MSPDD. The asphalt must be supplied and placed in accordance with OPSS
Forms 310 and 1150.
It should be noted that even well compacted clayey fill materials will continue to settle for
several months after completion of backfilling due to dissipation of induced pore -air and
pore -water pressures. In this regard, paving of the surface asphalt layer should be delayed
for at least one winter season.
To provide drainage for the granular base and sub -base materials, 3 metre long filtered sub -
drains running parallel to the edge of the pavement should be installed at the subgrade level
at each catch basin location.
6
ATKINSON, DAVIES INC.
Ref: 1 -4503
3
We trust that this report is sufficient for your design and construction requirements. Please
contact our office if further discussion is required. The Statement of Limitation, Appendix
B', should be read in connection with the report.
SWB /jmw
Enclosures
Yours very truly,
ATKINSON, DAVIES INC.
Stephen W. Burt. P.Ena.
ATKINSON, DAVIES INC.
Ref: 1 -4503
In order to determine the relative density of non - cohesive soils, such as sands and
gravels, the standard penetration test has been adopted. The test also gives an indication of
the consistency of cohesive soils.
A two inch (50.8mm) external diameter thick- walled sample tube is driven into the
ground at the bottom of the borehole by means of a 140 lb. (63.5 kg) hammer falling freely
through 30 inches (760mm). The tube is first driven an initial 6 inches (150mm) to allow
for the presence of disturbed material at the bottom of the borehole. The number of standard
blows (IV) required to drive the sampler a further 12 inches (300mm) is recorded. The
sample tube is one originally developed by Raymond Concrete Pile Company in the United
States, where a sufficient number of tests have been made in conjunction with field
investigations to show that the results, although essentially empirical, may be applied to
foundation design.
For Sands:-
THE STANDARD PENETRATION TEST
Values of N Density
Less than 10 Loose
Between 10 and 30 Compact
Between 30 and 50 Dense
Greater than 50 Very dense
ATKINSON, DAVIES INC.
Appendix `A'
STATEMENT OF LIMITATION
ATKINSON, DAVIES INC.
Appendix `B'
The conclusions and recommendations in this report are based on information
determined at the borehole locations and on geological data of a general nature which may
be available for the area investigated. Soil and groundwater conditions between and beyond
the boreholes may differ from those encountered at the borehole locations and conditions
may become apparent during construction which could not be detected or anticipated at the
time of the soil investigation. The passage of time also must be considered, and it must be
recognized that, due to natural occurrences or direct or indirect human intervention at the site
or distant from it, actual conditions discovered may quickly change. The information
contained within this report in no way reflects the environmental aspect of the site or soil,
unless specifically reported upon.
The comments given in this report on potential construction problems and possible
methods of construction are intended only for the guidance of the designer. The number of
test holes may not be sufficient to determine all of the factors that may affect construction
methods and costs (e.g. the thickness of surficial topsoil and fi11 layers can vary markedly and
unpredictably). The contractors bidding on this project or undertaking the construction
should therefore make their own interpretations of the presented factual information and
draw their own conclusions as to how the subsurface conditions may affect their work.
We recommend that we be retained to ensure that all necessary stripping, subgrade
preparation and compaction requirements are met, and to confirm that the soil conditions do
not deviate materially from those encountered in the boreholes. In cases where this
recommendation is not followed, the comuanv's resnonsibility is limited to interuretine
accurately the information encountered at the boreholes.
This report is applicable only to the project described inthe introduction, constructed
substantially in accordance with details of alignment and elevation quoted in the text.
1
1
'' l
I
1
I
1
1
0
AS
CS
ChS
W%
LL%
PL%
PI%
LI
Boulder Cobble
8" 3"
U.S. Standard Sieve Size:
Auger sample
Sample from casing
Chunk sample
SAMPLER ADVANCED BY: static weight : w
If pressure : p
tapping : t
Water content
Liquid limit
Plastic limit
Plasticity index
Liquidity index
TRIAXIAL UNCONFINED
COMPRESSION TEST
® • St
20%
15% " 5%
10%
Strain of failure is represented
by direction of stem
COHESIONLESS SOILS: RD:
Very loose
Loose
Compact
Dense
Very dense
LIST OF SYMBOLS. ABBREVIATIONS AND NOMENCLATURE
Soil Comnonents and Ground Water Conditions
e e o o c e o c o o . .
Gravel Sand
Coarse {Med.{ Fine I Coarse 'Med. I Fine
4.76mm
e
RD
c
1Tl
RC
SS
0 - 15%
15 - 35%
35 - 65%
65 - 85%
85 - 100%
No.4 No.10 No.40 No.200-
SAMPLE TYPES
Rock core
Recovery
Split -spoon sample
OBSERVATIONS
MADE WHILE
CORING
SOIL PROPERTIES
Natural bulk density (unit weight)
Void ratio
Relative density
Coeff. of consolidation
Coeff. of volume compressibility
St : sensitivity =
SOIL DESCRIPTION
TP
TW
WS
k
C
C�
UNDRAINED SHEAR STRENGTH
- DERIVED FROM -
ATKINSON, DAVIES INC.
Enclosure I
Silt Clay Organics Peat
0. )02mm
Steady pressure
No pressure
Intermittent
pressure
Piston, thin -walled tube sample
Open, thin -walled tube sample
Wash sample
Washwater
returns
Washwater
last
Coefficient of permeability
Shear in terms of
Angle of int. friction total stress
Cohesion tin terms of
Angle of int. friction effective stress
LABORATORY FIELD POCKET
\ / PENETROMETER
VANE TEST TEST
X St + St
shear strength in undisturbed state
shear strength in remoulded state
COHESIVE SOILS:
Very soft
Soft
Firm
Stiff
Very stiff
Hard
C p.s.f.
less than 250
250 - 500
500 - 1000
1000 - 2000
2000 - 4000
over 4000
Grou Cav
Water in
Level
}
CD
rn
• N
•• 0
CD
I H
(D
••
0
W N
NM — MN MI 11111 NM MO NM N V NM all M — r r I r r
Atkinson Davies Inc.
12 - 60 Meg Drive, London, ON, N6E 3T6
REF. NO.: 1-4503 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO.
CLIENT: B.M. Ross & Associates 1
PROJECT: Road Reconstruction
LOCATION: MacCaskil Rd & Riggin Cr, Kincardine
DATUM ELEVATION: Asphalt Surface
fq
w �'
E
E
E
4 —
6 —
SUBSURFACE PROFILE
DESCRIPTION
75mm ASPHALT over
300mm Granular FILL (PAVEMENT).
_ Compact, greyish brown sand & gravel
FILL, some silt to silty, lower clayey
1— seams.
Compact, grey, SILT & fine SAND.
Dense, grey SILT, lower clayey seams.
5 _ Hard, grey clayey SILT with seams &
layers of silt.
End of Borehole.
Water level at 1.8m depth at completion.
J
0
m
2
0
O rt
Z W
� F
a
re
2
z
Z3
1 ss 16
2 ss 13
3 ss 20
4 ss 53
5 ss 38
6 ss 46
7 ss 55
CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS
Phone: 519- 685 -6400 Fax: 519- 685 -0943
Encl. No. 3 (Sheet 1 of 1)
DRILLING DATA: CME Truck
METHOD: Solid Stem Augers
DIAMETER: 150mm
DATE: Jan 13, 2010
• Penetration Resistance Blowslft
20 40 00 80 F
U ndraine d Shear Strength kPa a � a t =
• Field Vane Test * Compression Test a
20 40 60 80
J e
gw
H
z
6
11
17
15
13
18
14
REF. NO.: 1-4503
CLIENT: B.M. Ross & Associates
PROJECT: Road Reconstruction
LOCATION: MacCaskil Rd & Riggin Cr, Kincardine
DATUM ELEVATION: Asphalt Surface
E
w E
N
0 Ti;
E
0 75mm ASPHALT over
- 450mm Granular FILL (PAVEMENT).
_ Compact, brown silt & sand FILL.
1—
2—
3—
Very stiff to hard, grey, silty CLAY to
clayey SILT till, occasional silt seams.
4—
5—
6—
SUBSURFACE PROFILE
DESCRIPTION
Very stiff, grey, clayey SILT to sity CLAY
till.
Dense, grey SILT with clayey seams.
End of Borehole.
Hole dry at completion.
Atkinson Davies Inc.
12 - 60 Meg Drive, London, ON, N6E 3T6
LOG OF BOREHOLE NO.
2
J
0
m
N
•••••••
Vi
•••••+;
iii•
••••••
..f J
I
2 e r
Z
7 F.,
a ,Q
re
W
Z
•
2 ss 19 •
3 ss 38
7 ss 48
CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS
Phone: 519- 685 -6400 Fax: 519- 685 -09431
End. No. 4 (Sheet 1 of 1)
DRILLING DATA: CME Truck
METHOD: Solid Stem Augers
DIAMETER:. 150mm
DATE: Jan 13, 2010
• Penetration Resistance Blows /ft
20 40 60 80
.1
Undraine Shear Strength kPa
• Field Vane Test * Compression Test
2 40 60 80
1 ss 18 —*
4 ss 25
5 ss 27
6 ss 33 • •
0W
F F
Z
12
10
11
13
9
10
9
0
et
J
REF. NO.: 1-4503
CLIENT: B.M. Ross & Associates
PROJECT: Road Reconstruction
LOCATION: MacCaskil Rd & Riggin Cr, Kincardine
DATUM ELEVATION: Asphalt Surface
E
ry ;
w E
L
E
0 75mm ASPHALT over
- 450mm Granular FILL (PAVEMENT).
Compact, brown sand FILL, some silt to
1— silty.
z-
- Dense, grey, SILT till with clayey seams.
3—
4—
5—
SUBSURFACE PROFILE
DESCRIPTION
- Dense, grey SILT with clayey seams.
_ Very stiff, grey, silty CLAY till.
6—
End of Borehole.
Hole dry at completion.
Atkinson Davies Inc.
12 - 60 Meg Drive, London, ON, N6E 3T6
LOG OF BOREHOLE NO.
3
• t
0
Z
� F
0 <
CD
0:
W
0]
2
Z
} W
3 ss
4 ss
Zm
6 ss 53
1 ss 25
2 ss 27
64
50/ -
4"
•
5 ss 77
7 ss 27
CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS
Phone: 519- 685 -6400 Fax: 519- 685 -0943
End. No. 5 (Sheet 1 of 1)
DRILLING DATA: CME Truck
METHOD: Solid Stem Augers
DIAMETER: 150mm
DATE: Jan 13, 2010
• Penetration Resistance Blows /ft
20 40 60 80
U ndraine d Shear Strength kPa
• Field Vane Test * Compression Test
20 40 60 s0
o
a N �
a
OF
ct
Z'S
18
17
12
15
12
19
22
Do
APPENDIX B
SUBSURFACE EVALUATION AND
DRAINAGE ANALYSIS
&
SUPPLEMENTARY
SUBSURFACE EVALUATION AND
DRAINAGE ANALYSIS
Project 2009 -01
January 26, 2009
1
i
SUBSURFACE EVALUATION AND
DRAINAGE ANALYSIS
HURON RIDGE SUBDIVISION
MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
Prepared For:
Municipality of Kincardine
c!o B.M. Ross and Associates Limited
IAN D. WILSON ASSOCIATES LIMITED
CONSULTING HYDROGEOLOGISTS
Clinton, Ontario
Telephone (519) 233 -3500 Fax (519) 233 -3501
TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE
1.0 INTRODUCTION 1
2.0 SITE SETTING. GEOLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY 1
3.0 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIONS 2
3.1 Previous Investiaation: 2
3.2 Borehole Evaluation* 3
3.3 Watertable Conditions: 4
4.0 DISCUSSION AND OPINION 5
5.0 SUMMARY 7
FIGURES
APPENDIX
1
1
1
1.0 INTRODUCTION
SUBSURFACE EVALUATION AND
DRAINAGE ANALYSIS
HURON RIDGE SUBDIVISION
MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
The Huron Ridge Subdivision (the subdivision) is a long- existing residential development
located in parts of Lots 18,19 and 20, Concession A, Municipality of Kincardine (former
Kincardine Township). Figure 1 shows the general location of the subdivision.
At the request of B.M. Ross and Associates Limited, consulting engineers for the
Municipality, a subsurface evaluation was conducted during December 2008 to obtain
information in support of an analysis of the potential effectiveness of passive drainage
improvements to the subdivision. It is understood that several residences within the
subdivision experience regular occurrences of basement flooding, and that the sanitary
sewer system serving the subdivision is experiencing significant loading from sump
pump discharges during periods of high precipitation and snowmelt. This report provides
a summary of readily available background hydrogeologic information for the area, the
results of the subsurface evaluation, and a discussion and analysis of passive drainage
potential for the subdivision.
Information from a test pit program completed in August 2008 along Golf Links Road,
to the immediate south of the subdivision, is incorporated into the current assessment.
2.0 SITE SETTING. GEOLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY
The subdivision is bounded to the south by Golf Links Road, to the east by Queen
Street, to the west by Lake Huron and to the north by the unopened road allowance
between Lots 20 and 21. The subdivision is entirely urbanized, with paved roads (no
curbs) and drainage via road side ditches. The subdivision is located on mainly shallow
sloping lands situated between two steep scarps, with a westward slope towards Lake
Huron. Overall relief is about 15 to 20m, including the scarps. Lands to the north and
east are mainly in agricultural use while lands to the south are utilized as a golf course.
The subdivision is located within the Huron Fringe physiographic region of southern
Ontario, a narrow strip of land located between the Lake and the upland plains to the
east. According to Ontario Geological Survey Map P.2956 "Quaternary Geology of the
Walkerton- Kincardine Area ", the upper soils throughout the subdivision consist mainly
of beach /near shore deposits of sand and gravel or lacustrine sands or silts, all likely
overlying St. Joseph Till, a clayey silt to silt till. According to historical water well records
for the area, the overburden ranges between 19 and 30m thick, deepening eastward,
and is mainly fine grained except for discontinuous upper granular deposits.
The bedrock beneath the site consists of limestone and dolostone of the Detroit River
Group of Rock.
Wilson Associates 2 Huron Ridge Subdivision
Although the overburden contains discontinuous granular deposits, historical water well
records indicate that the bedrock is the only viable contiguous aquifer in the area.
Groundwater flow will tend to follow local drainage patterns towards Lake Huron.
3.0 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIONS
3.1 Previous Investiaation:
As part of the contractor's tendering process for the reconstruction of Golf Links Road,
three test pits were excavated on August 26, 2008 to observe subsurface conditions
along the road allowance. Test Pit 1 was located at the intersection of Glencoe Street,
Test Pit 2 was located at the intersection of Inverness South and Test Pit 3 was located
at the intersection of Lower Beach Road, as all shown on Figure 2. All pits were situated
in the south ditch of Golf Links Road, and were completed to depths sufficient to reach
the proposed base of the storm sewer excavation at each location. The following
provides a summary of the test pit observations:
TEST PIT 1 (At Glencoe Street. south ditch):
Depths (m) Materials:
0 -0.4
0.4 -1.5
1.5 - 3.4
groundwater observed.
TEST PIT 2 (At Inverness South. south ditch):
Depths (m) Materials:
0 -0.3
03-0.6
TEST PIT 3 (At Lower Beach Road. south ditch):
Deaths (m) Materials:
0 - 2.9
2.9 - 3.1
dark brown TOPSOIL
brown, compact, dry sandy SILT TILL
grey, compact, dry varved clayey SILT
Test Pit dry and stable
dark brown TOPSOIL
sand and gravel FILL, dry
grey, compact, dry varved clayey SILT
upon completion. No emergent
- Test Pit dry and stable upon completion. No emergent
groundwater observed.
brown loose, dry sand and gravel FILL (native sands observed on north
side of pit)
grey, compact, dry varved clayey SILT
Wilson Associates
3 Huron Ridge Subdivision
Test Pit dry, but unstable upon completion. Slight emergent groundwater
observed at granular /clayey silt interface.
3.2 Borehole Evaluation:
On November 28, 2008, nine exploratory boreholes were completed using a truck -
mounted power auger machine equipped with solid -stem, continuous flight augers and
conventional split -spoon soil sampling equipment to characterize shallow subsurface
conditions throughout the remainder of the subdivision. A tenth exploratory borehole
(BH10) was completed January 6, 2009 using a portable, hand - driven 5cm- diameter soil
sampling auger due to vague utility locates in the area of this borehole. The boreholes
were all completed to a depth of 6.1m, except for BH10, which was completed to a
depth of 1.2m. All boreholes were completed to a sufficient depth to intersect underlying
low permeability silts /clays. While some perched groundwater was encountered in thin
surface sand deposits in the eastern portion of the subdivision, the only borehole which
intersected significant groundwater was BH 1 at the southwest corner of the subdivision,
which was equipped as a monitoring well upon completion. The locations of the
boreholes are shown on Figure 2. Complete logs of the borehole observations are
included in the appendix.
Eleven representative soil samples were subjected to an analysis of grain size to
provide estimates of soil permeability. The following summarizes the results of the
analyses:
Sample Depth Grain -Size Distribution Estimated Coefficient
(m) - of Permeability
Clay% Silt% Sand% Gravel% (cm /sec)
BH1 S1 3.0 0 8 92 2 2x10 "
BH2 S2 1.2 7 78 15 0 2x10'
BH3 S3 0.9 6 62 32 0 3x10'
BH3 S4 2.4 6 53 41 0 7x10
BH4 S5 1.2 19 73 8 0 1x10
BH5 S6 1.0 0 4 81 15 3x10"
BH6 S7 1.5 18 71 11 0 1x10
BH7 S8 3.0 14 69 17 0 5x10
6H8 S9 1.0 9 69 22 0 1x10'
BH9 S10 1.5 9 66 25 0 2x10
BH10 S11 0.8 0 6 88 6 2x10'
Note: The above coefficients of permeability are estimates based on field observation,
Ian D. Wilson Associates Limited 4 • Huron Ridge Subdivision
grain -size analysis, experience with similar soils and guidelines published under
the Ontario Building Code. The grain size curves are included in the appendix.
Based on the observations at the ten boreholes and three test pits, three general soil
types were identified throughout the subdivision, these being a lacustrine silt (the most
common soil), a clayey silt glacial till and surficial fine to medium sands. These soil
types are consistent with local geologic mapping. Two general soil profiles were
identified, as follows:
1. Low-permeability soils, either the lacustrine silt or the clayey silt glacial till, are
present effectively from grade to the bases of the boreholes /test pits. This soil
profile is present beneath much of the subdivision from just west of the north -
south line formed by Riggin Crescent, Gingras Street and the eastern portion of
Inverlyn Crescent South, westward to near the top of the scarp near the west
end of the subdivision.
2. A surface veneer of fine to medium sand, with a thickness of 0.9m to 1.8m is
located within the eastern limits of the subdivision. Surficial sands with a
thickness of 3.0 to 5.0m are also found near and below the scam within the
western extremity of the site. The surface sands are consistently underlain by
low - permeability soils.
3.3 Watertable Conditions:
Most boreholes and test pits situated within the low- permeability soil profile portions of
the site (i.e. centrally across the site) encountered no meaningful groundwater within 6m
of ground surface. Some minor soil moisture was encountered in some boreholes
located nearby the surface sands, this being minor perched groundwater in an upper
silt resulting from the relatively lower permeability of the underlying till. Infiltration from
nearby ditches may also be a cause of this localized shallow groundwater. At the
eastern and western extremes of the site, where surface sands overlie low - permeability
soils, perched groundwater was encountered within the upper sand deposits. The
following table provides a summary of watertable observations.
Borehole/Test Pit Primary Soil Profile Groundwater Level
TP1 Low permeability silts none
TP2 Low permeability silts none
TP2 Sands overlying silts 2.9m (approx.)
BH1 Sands overlying silts 3.10m in monitoring well
(January 6/09)
BH2 Low permeability silts Seepage at 1.5m
overlying till
1
1
1
1
1
Ian D. Wilson Associates Limited 5 Huron Ridge Subdivision
BH3
BH4
BH5
BH6
BH7
BH8
BH9
BH10
4.0 DISCUSSION AND OPINION
Low permeability silts
Tilt
Sands overlying till
Till
Till
Low permeability silts
overlying till
Low permeability silts
Sands overlying silts
none
none
1.2m
none
none
Seepage at 1.5m
Slight seepage below
1.8m
0.6m (January 6/09)
It is understood that the subdivision lands are historically known to have exhibited wet
ground conditions. As described above, basements are known to flood in some areas
of the subdivision, and discharge from sump pumps appears to be significantly
increasing flows in sanitary sewers.
Wet ground conditions are consistent with the location of the subdivision, which is
situated below the significant scarp to the east, thereby receiving the in -flow of overland
drainage from poorly - draining fine - grained soils (St. Joseph Till) to the east.
Compounding the condition are the low-permeability soils situated either at surface or
at depth within the subdivision, preventing efficient infiltration and drainage of in -flow
from the east. From the observations at the test hole sites, perched groundwater
conditions are present within the surficial sands in the eastern extremity of the site as
well as to a lesser degree within surface silts immediately downgradient of the eastern
sands. Some perched groundwater is also present within the surface sands in the
western extremity of the subdivision, as well as within surficial silts in the close vicinity.
However, the western surface sands are drained by the scarp immediately to the west,
and perched watertable levels are much lower, appearing to be situated at or below
typical basement levels. The central portion of the site, where soils are consistently fine -
grained and of low - permeability, exhibits no evidence of perched groundwater
conditions.
It is proposed to install perforated drains on road allowances throughout the subdivision
with the intent of alleviating basement flooding and to divert the discharge of sump
pumps from the sanitary sewers. Classically, perforated drains are most effective in
soils of moderate to high permeability, as the cone of influence formed by the drain
expands the most in such soils and the drains are most capable of intercepting and
collecting shallow groundwater. In fine - grained soils, the influence of perforated drains
is very limited as the cone of influence extends very little beyond the installation trench
Ian D. Wilson Associates Limited 6 Huron Ridge Subdivision
and the capture zone is resultantly very small.
The following outlines our opinions regarding shallow groundwater conditions, basement
flooding, and the probable effectiveness of the perforated drain proposal:
Occurrences of basement flooding and excessive sump pump flows are
considered most attributable to perched shallow groundwater conditions in
approximately the eastern 1 /3 of the subdivision. Perched groundwater was
observed in the surficial sands in this area, and appears to extend slightly
westward into silty upper soils. Infiltration and in -flow from the east will maintain
this condition if no remedial action occurs.
A majority of soils within the central 1 /3 to 1 /2 of the site are fine grained, and with
the absence of observed shallow /perched groundwater in the low permeability
soils of this area, it is our opinion that improper /inefficient overland drainage is
a likely primary contributing factor to any flooding issues in this area. A
secondary possibility is the movement of water collected in the granular fill of
road beds and/or servicing trenches may be a contributing factor. Sand lenses
undetected by the subsurface investigation, if present, will also act to store and
transport infiltrating water.
Within the surface sands in the western periphery of the subdivision, the perched
watertable surface is relatively low due to the freely draining soils and the
proximity to the western scarp. Perforated drains, unless set below 3 to 4 metres
in depth, will not be effective.
The installation of perforated drains will be most effective in the eastern 1 /3 of the
site. The drains should be installed in granular fill at or slightly below the base
of the upper sands in this area. In particular, a drain following the north -south
street formed by Riggin Crescent south to Gingras Street, and extending
westward along Inverlyn Crescent North, MacCaskill Road and Inverlyn Crescent
South, will be effective in draining the surface sands in this area. This drain will
also serve to intercept the westward flow of shallow groundwater, thereby
providing some relief to lots within the central portion of the site, where shallow
groundwater may become emergent surface drainage atop the fine- grained
soils.
Perforated drains installed in the central and west portions (above the west
scarp) of the site will be relatively ineffective at capturing shallow groundwater
due to fine- grained soils. However, perforated drains in this area will provide
some benefit in that an outlet for sump pumps and inefficient/improper surface
drainage will be provided. Also, water stored /transported in any undetected sand
lenses will be intercepted.
Ian D. Wilson Associates Limited
5.0 SUMMARY
7 Huron Ridge Subdivision
1. Two general soil profiles were identified within the Huron Ridge Subdivision. A
low- permeability, fine- grained soil profile covers most of the subdivision west of
Inverlyn Crescent North /South. A surficial sand deposit is located within the
eastern 1 /3 of the site, as well as at and below the western scarp. The surficial
sands are underlain by fine- grained soils.
2. Perched shallow groundwater was encountered within the eastern surficial sands
and within the fine - grained soils slightly to the west of this area. No meaningful
groundwater was encountered within the fine- grained soils across most of the
central and west - central portions of the site. Perched groundwater was
encountered in the western surficial sands, but below a depth of 3m.
3. Perforated drains installed within the eastern surficial sands and slightly west of
this area will be effective at controlling shallow groundwater levels and
intercepting the in -flow of drainage from lands to the east. Perforated drains
installed in the central and west portions (above the west scarp) of the site will
be relatively ineffective at capturing shallow groundwater due to fine- grained
soils. However, perforated drains in this area will provide some benefit in that an
outlet for sump pumps and inefficient/improper surface drainage will be provided.
Also, water stored /transported in any undetected sand lenses will be intercepted.
In the western surficial sands, drains will have to be installed below depth of 3 -4
metres to provide any benefit in this area if so required.
IAN D. WILSON ASSOCIATES LIMITED
Geoffrey Rether, P.Geo.
January 26, 2009
FIGURES AND APPENDIX
NM OM i AIM - MI AIM rr Sr -. — .. r — — — - NM all it i
-!- --° . 44 NT
rw -� ' I
/ 1
1
1
w` Co ceptual �n?t �' " I E
1 , BO j IcQ l�llt Sc [•11 surfici I / - -1--
�' -- i sands -^
I
/ Ii I I ! ( i _� r ,
I I _
tt — � I — I &464 I • i 4x{;
•
1\
l
LOCATIONS OF 2008 TEST
�t PITS /BOREHOLES AND GENERAL
DISTRIBUTION OF SOIL PROFILES
HURON. RIDGE SUBDIVISION
FIGURE 2
SCALE 1:4,000 (approx.)
4 I‘
B H�t
p
i
I
I t I I
,N ra
', Conceptual western
', limit of eastern surficial
',sands
MUnldIpatityot
Kincardine
Huron Skip Subdivision
Contract No. Project No.
Drawing No.
salaam:
GENERAL LOCATION OF HURON
RIDGE SUBDIVISION
FIGURE 1
SCALE 1:35,000 (approx.)
MO ME MN MN I i —. —... Mir __.-- 111111......_.1115.. __.�__ �..... — ___ _ 5 ..... .._ - - --
1
1
1
BH2
1
1
1
BOREHOLE LOGS Completed November 28. 2008
BOREHOLE DEPTH (mi MATERIALS
BH1 0 - 3.4 brown, loose, dry to wet fine SAND with traces of silt and gravel
3.4 - 5.2 brown, loose, wet gravelly SAND
5.2 - 6.1 grey, compact, wet SILT with come clay and traces of sand
•
0 -0.5
0.5 - 0.6
0.6 - 2.3
2.3 - 4.0
4.0 - 6.1
5cm diameter PVC monitoring well installed with 3m length of #10
PVC well screen set to base of borehole. Installed as flush- mount.
Water level 3.10m below grade, January 6, 2009.
Sample 1 - 3.0m
Clay - 0%
Silt -6%
Sand - 92%
Gravel - 2%
brown, loose, dry SAND AND GRAVEL FILL
buried TOPSOIL
brown, compact, dry to wet SILT with some sand and traces of
clay
grey, compact, wet to damp SILT with some sand and traces of
clay
grey, dense, dry clayey SILT with traces of sand
Groundwater seepage observed in upper silt at a depth of 1.5m,
becoming discontinuous in second silt unit.
Sample 2 -1.2m
Clay - 7%
Silt - 78%
Sand - 15%
Gravel - 0%
Ian D. Wilson Associates Limited
BOREHOLE LOGS
BOREHOLE DEPTH (ml MATERIALS
•
2
No meaningful groundwater encountered.
Sample 5 - 1.2m
Clay - 19%
Silt - 73%
Sand - 8%
Gravel - 0%
• No meaningful groundwater encountered.
• Sample 3 - 0.9m
Clay - 6%
Silt - 62%
Sand - 32%
Gravel - 0%
• Sample 4 - 2.4m
Clay - 6%
Silt - 53%
Sand - 41%
Gravel - 0%
Completed November 28. 2008
BH3 0 - 0.3 brown, loose, dry SAND AND GRAVEL FILL
0.3 -1.4 brown, soft, dry sandy SILT with traces of clay
1.4 - 6.1 grey, soft, dry to moist sandy SILT with traces of clay
BH4 0 - 0.8 brown, compact, dry SAND AND GRAVEL FILL (through road
surface)
0.8 - 6.1 grey- brown, grading to grey, compact, dry to moist clayey SILT
with traces of fine sand
Ian D. Wilson Associates Limited
BOREHOLE LOGS
BOREHOLE DEPTH (ml MATERIALS
BH5 0 - 0.5 brown, compact, dry SAND AND GRAVEL FILL
0.5 - 0.6 red - brown, loose, dry fine SAND
0.6 -1.8 brown, loose, dry to wet SAND with some fine gravel and
traces of silt
1.8 - 6.1 grey, very compact, dry to moist clayey SILT with traces of fine
sand
3
Completed November 28. 2008
Perched groundwater in upper sands observed at 1.2m below grade.
Sample 6 - 1.0m
Clay -0%
Silt - 4%
Sand -81%
Gravel - 15%
BH6 0 - 0.6 brown, compact, dry SAND AND GRAVEL FILL, grading to
SAND FILL
0.6 - 6.1 grey, compact, dry to moist SILT with some clay and traces of
fine sand
•
No meaningful groundwater encountered.
Sample 7 - 1.5m
Clay - 18%
Silt - 71%
Sand - 11%
Gravel - 0%
Ian D. Wilson Associates Limited
BOREHOLE LOGS
BOREHOLE DEPTH (m). MATERIALS
BH7 0 - 0.8 brown, compact, dry SAND AND GRAVEL FILL
0.8 - 6.1 grey -brown to grey, compact, dry to moist SILT with some clay
and fine sand
BH8 0 - 0.3 brown, loose, dry SAND AND GRAVEL FILL
0.3 - 0.5 brown, loose, dry SAND
0.5 - 3.4 brown, soft to dense, dry to moist SILT with some sand and
traces of clay
3.4 - 6.1 grey, dense, dry clayey SILT with traces of fine sand
4
No meaningful groundwater encountered.
Sample 8 - 3.0m
Clay - 14%
Silt - 69%
Sand -17%
Gravel - 0%
Slight groundwater seepage observed at 1.5m.
Sample 9 - 1.0m
Clay - 9%
Silt - 69%
Sand - 22%
Gravel - 0%
Completed November 28. 2008
Ian D. Wilson Associates Limited
5
BOREHOLE LOGS Completed November 28. 2008
BOREHOLE DEPTH imi MATERIALS
BH9 0 - 0.9 brown, compact, dry SAND AND GRAVEL FILL
0.9 - 6.1 grey, compact, dry to moist SILT with some fine sand and
traces of clay
• Slight groundwater seepage at 1.8m and below.
• Sample 10 - 1.5m
Clay - 9%
Silt - 66%
Sand - 25%
Gravel - 0%
BH10 Completed January 6, 2009 using portable soil sampling auger
0 - 0.6
0.6 - 0.9
0.9 -1.2
brown, compact, dry SAND FILL, overlying thin buried
TOPSOIL
brown, loose, wet SAND with traces of silt and gravel
grey- brown, compact, wet SILT with some fine sand and traces
of clay
Perched groundwater in upper sands observed at 0.6m below grade.
Sample 11 - 0.8m
Clay - 0%
Silt - 6%
Sand - 88%
Gravel - 6%
GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION CHART
I PROJECT /SAMPLE Huron, Ridge Subdivision - BH1 and BH2 ( DATE
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS ` I ' SIEVE NUMBER (US STANDARD SIEVE SIZES)
200 100 60 40 20 1) 4
100
I..- 1 1 J
90 1 0
20
30
70 rr^
v/
A
/ m
60 40
50
40
30
20
10
CLAY SIZE
SILT SIZE
cNi
co
2 /
0 100
0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETRES
SAND SIZE
IAN D. WILSON ASSOCIATES LIMITED
50
GRAVEL SIZE
60
70
80
90
COBBLE
SIZE
In IMO INN MIS 11111 11111 ENO MIN NM INS - - 11111 - 11111 - - NMI
--me -- som — am 1st Nei Ns ime um an No au EN
GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION CHART
PROJECT/SAMPLE Huron Ridge Subdivision - BH3 I DATE
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0.0001 0.001
CLAY SIZE
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS -41( I )1.- SIEVE NUMBER (US STANDARD SIEVE SIZES)
200 100 60 40 20 10 4
. . . .1 . I : 1. . I.. . . I . 0
SILT SIZE
is .1
10
20
30
40
50
60
0.01 0.1
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETRES
. SAND SIZE
IAN D. \MLSON ASSOCIATES LIMITED
1 10
GRAVEL SIZE
70
80
90
100
100
COBBLE
SIZE
a
w
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION CHART
I PROJECT /SAMPLE Huron Ridge Subdivision - BH4 and BH5
0.0001 0.001 0.01
CLAY SIZE
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS
m
SILT SIZE
I SIEVE NUMBER (US STANDARD SIEVE SIZES)
210 100 60 40 0 10 4
0.1
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETRES
SAND SIZE
IAN D. WILSON ASSOCIATES LIMITED
DATE
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
1 10 100
GRAVEL SIZE
COBBLE
SIZE
- IN NM it - M MI r r NM MN NS IM 111111 . 11111 _......- ir---- - -111111- -r
Elm an gm - am lam Aim ER iss Is um am 111111 I= • NMI MIN
GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION CHART
I PROJECT /SAMPLE Huron Ridge Subdivision - BH6 and BH7 f DATE
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0.0001 0.001
CLAY SIZE
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS
0:01 0.1
SILT SIZE
' SIEVE NUMBER (US STANDARD SIEVE SIZES)
200 100 60 40 20 1) 4
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETRES
SAND SIZE
IAN D. WILSON ASSOCIATES LIMITED
1 10 100
GRAVEL SIZE
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
COBBLE
SIZE
0
a
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION CHART
I PROJECT /SAMPLE Huron Ridge Subdivision - BH8 and BH9
0
0.0001
CLAY SIZE
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS ` I 'SIEVE NUMBER (US STANDARD SIEVE SIZES)
200 1 100 17 4
1 0 . � . '
0
1 � 10
h
0.001 0.01 0.1
SILT SIZE
4
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETRES
SAND SIZE
IAN D. WILSON ASSOCIATES LIMITED
I DATE
GRAVEL SIZE
20
- 30
40
50
60
70
80
90
-------- 100
1 10 100
COBBLE
SIZE
ar
MR MI M E ON r r - IM NM M - ..._ - r -- MI
OM -MI MIN -NM AIN — MI — MO — 1111111 ill. MI NMI MI MINI $1111 • all MINI
GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION CHART
Huron Ridge Subdivision - BH1 0 DATE
100
9(
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
PRCUECT/SAMPLE
CLAY SIZE
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS -41( "Po-SIEVE NUMBER (US STANDARD SIEVE SIZES)
200 100 60 40 20 1) 4
I I I
SILT SIZE
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETRES
SAND SIZE
IAN D. WILSON CIATES LIMITED
GRAVEL SIZE
0
10
20
30
40
50
- 60
70
80
90
100
0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100
COBBLE
SIZE
MiniStry Of
Ontario
. • the Environment gef")
Measurements recorded In: 0 Metric IERThperial
Diameter
(fgen)
6 /
(Galvanized, Fbreglass,
Concrate,plastio Steel) rledffird
, .••••—
1
From
(m/11) OGas Daher, specify
Water found at Depth Kind of Water: 0Fresh ['Untested
(nz 0Gas ['Other. specify
FtlignitgagnarffirkelMaregglegaglrt
Bysiness Name pf Wel5ontractor
44/11.1,4 )0 I t- /-771)
Business Alres,(Street Number/Name)
"2 4 . •
Province Prt 1Business E-mail Address
MIUMOSIIMMANIMMENENNUMIIIMIGNINERMENDIIN.VRITMOlailfilliakiiiiiMailliginnffim
First Name
fi
Last Nary/ Organization E
E -mail AAddress I 0 Well Constructed
ti /Al( ( d _ by Well Owner
1aIfln Address (Street Nymber/Na i 1\16 .
Postai Uccle eiephone a a o —
I t f 1- 6 C Ot\le , , e ) .i , 6.
Province
C r14-17.J
/1-
mcf.4itocogyown. ifalgliMIROPIIMIINSirmstrow,
Address of Well Location (Street Number/Name)/ , Lot s— i;oncessrp
18 Kt t&f: 4-7, 2, /
County/District/Municipality Cityfrown0Al(age
P O m Il v t in a c r e ft0 I
Postal Code
A
NAD 1 813 / 11 it/ !JO , 01
UTM Coon:Mates Zone „Easling., . Municipal Plan and Sublot Number 0 iner
PighlitiONY, Other Materials General Description Fro
General Colour Most Common Material oepth oleo ..
m To
q9
Depth Set at (mild/ Type of Sealant Used Volume Placed
From I To (Material end Type) (m
.• •-•""e:',/ , c7,7, 4
2 0 e
.2•Am000go.a.rmimagolcra liconsmosnmermiggewg.qmpipmhq I
0 pable Toot 0 Diamond 0 PubNc 0 Commercial 0 Not used
[Notary (Convention's]) 0 Jetting 0 Domestic 0 Municipal 0 Dewatering
0 Rotary (Reverse) 0 Driving 0 Livestock 0 Test Hole E'Monitoring
0 Boring 0 Digging 0 Irrigation 0 Cooling & Air Conditioning
0 Air percussion
inchistrial
0 Other, spear 0 other, spec& •
M'...,._.IML91 r KO?, BfigiflOtatirilUM- 4, d, 'tari ,:' ibV.,,L iali6 . - DI • it - -.1,. '
Ijatde Pen Hcle OR - 7 wat Depth 7 0 Water Supply
To 0 Replacement Well
-
0 Test Hole
0 Recharge Well
, 1
0 Dewatering Well
(EKObservalion and/or Well produ n (iniin / GPM)
Monitoring Hole
40 40
I El Alteration 50
Disinfected?
(Construction) 1
0 Abandoned,
Insufficient Supply
PYWOIIIIIAVRPHIOCASNNIVRMLRJSA 0 Abandoned, poor
Material
Outside Deplh Water Quality
ro n t ro ffiele ; (Plastic. Galvanized, Steel) Stet No.
From To 0 Abandoned, other,
r ) A .
specify
0 Other, specify
italietIMINTEMIM wasingomwo
mis
Water found at Depth Kind of Water: Erresh ['Untested DeptY (rtstfr Dieaten
Fr T9 )
(retPDGas Daher, om
her, specify
Water found at Depth Kind of Water: 0 Fresh ['Untested' (:•-•
6 4 A / ) information
Well owner's
13".Teleghone (pc. yea ame of Well Technician (Last Name. First Name)
, package
1) . 1")z -- /
1 7.. delivemd
WeilTedl einieris LiconosAs. Signaturenfliitynician and/or ContractorlDete submkted
— Via106 I?l Jo
0506E (12120071 nwnaec rneitt
Pump Intake set at (inlly
Pumping rate (l/min / GPM)
Duration of pumping
hrs + min 51
— — ./
Rnal water level end of pumping (mA) (
If owing give rate (11min./ GPM)/ 20
. 0
Recommended pump de (miff)
25
1 Recommended purpp
Pin /GPM) •
Comments:
•
1 1 4 (• )Li5e
Well Record
Regulation 903 Ontario Water Resources,ct
Page / of /
1:14$5111EMITMOMINOMOICANIMelfte.MMINAMIN
After test dwell yield, water was: Draw Down recovery
0 Clear and sand free Time Watertevel Time Water Lem,
0 Other. specify (nvS) (min) o r
Static
if pumping discontinued, give reason:
Level /-
1 1
2
3
4-
30 30
gies 0 No 160 60
SMINNIMEMEWAVOMMOVIUMEMEMAERK
Please provide a map below following instructions on the back.
Date Package Delivered
YIYIY1Y
Date Work Completed
) iqg
/ 2
3
4
5
10
15
20
25
50
'Queen's Printer forOnlarto,2■707
Project 2009 -01
August 5, 2009
SUPPLEMENTARY SUBSURFACE EVALUATION
AND DRAINAGE ANALYSIS
HURON RIDGE SUBDIVISION
MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
Prepared For:
Municipality of Kincardine
c/o B.M. Ross and Associates Limited
IAN D. WILSON ASSOCIATES LIMITED
CONSULTING HYDROGEOLOGISTS
Clinton, Ontario
Telephone (519) 233 -3500 Fax (519) 233 -3501
TABLE OF CONTENTS ' PAGE
1.0 INTRODUCTION 1
2.0 SITE SETTING. GEOLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY 2
3.0 SUPPLEMENTARY SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION 2
3.1 Queen Street Borehole Evaluation 2
3.2 Watertable Conditions: 3
4.0 DISCUSSION AND OPINION 4
5.0 SUMMARY 4
FIGURES
APPENDIX
1.0 INTRODUCTION
SUPPLEMENTARY SUBSURFACE EVALUATION
AND DRAINAGE ANALYSIS
HURON RIDGE SUBDIVISION
MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
The Huron Ridge Subdivision (the subdivision) is a long- existing residential development
located in parts of Lots 18,19 and 20, Concession A, Municipality of Kincardine (former
Kincardine Township). Figure 1 shows the general location of the subdivision.
Subsurface evaluations were previously conducted during August 2008 and December
2008 to obtain information in support of an analysis of the potential effectiveness of
passive drainage improvements within the subdivision. It is understood that several
residences within the subdivision experience regular occurrences of basement flooding,
and that the sanitary sewer system serving the subdivision is experiencing significant
loading from sump pump discharges during periods of high precipitation and snowmelt.
The results and analysis of the December 2008 evaluation are detailed in the Wilson
Associates Report dated January 26, 2009, which concluded:
1. Two general soil profiles were identified within the Huron Ridge Subdivision. A
low - permeability, fine - grained soil profile covers most of the subdivision west of
Inverlyn Crescent North /South. A surficial sand deposit is located within the
eastern 1 /s of the site, as well as at and below the western scarp. The surficial
sands are underlain by fine - grained soils.
2. Perched shallow groundwater was encountered within the eastern surficial sands
and within the fine- grained soils slightly to the west of this area. No meaningful
groundwater was encountered within the fine - grained soils across most of the
central and west - central portions of the site. Perched groundwater was
encountered in the western surficial sands, but below a depth of 3m.
3. Perforated drains installed within the eastern surficial sands and slightly west of
this area will be effective at controlling shallow groundwater levels and
intercepting the in -flow of drainage from lands to the east. Perforated drains
installed in the central and west portions (above the west scarp) of the site will
be relatively ineffective at capturing shallow groundwater due to fine - grained
soils. However, perforated drains in this area will provide some benefit in that an
outletforsump pumps and inefficient/improper surface drainage will be provided.
Also, water stored /transported in any undetected sand lenses will be intercepted.
In the western surficial sands, drains will have to be installed below depth of 3 -4
metres to provide any benefit in this area if so required.
Following a review of the findings of the January 2009 report and subsequent
discussions with the Municipality, the December 2008 assessment was expanded
through the drilling of four supplementary boreholes along the Queen Street corridor,
Wilson Associates 2 Huron Ridge Subdivision
located immediately east of the Huron Ridge Subdivision. The supplementary boreholes
were completed to assess the feasibility and effectiveness of the installation of passive
drainage along Queen Street, in addition to passive drainage along internal subdivision
roads. This report provides a summary of the results of the supplementary assessment.
2.0 SITE SETTING. GEOLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY
The subdivision is bounded to the south by Golf Links Road, to the east by Queen
Street, to the west by Lake Huron and to the north by the unopened road allowance
between Lots 20 and 21. The subdivision is entirely urbanized, with paved roads (no
curbs) and drainage via road side ditches. The subdivision is located on mainly shallow
sloping lands situated between two steep scarps, with a westward slope towards Lake
Huron. Overall relief is about 15 to 20m, including the scarps. Lands to the north and
east are mainly'in agricultural use while lands to the south are utilized as a golf course.
The subdivision is located within the Huron Fringe physiographic region of southern
Ontario, a narrow strip of land located between the Lake and the upland plains to the
east. According to Ontario Geological Survey Map P.2956 "Quaternary Geology of the
Walkerton- Kincardine Area ", the upper soils throughout the subdivision consist mainly
of beach /near shore deposits of sand and gravel or lacustrine sands or silts, all likely
overlying St. Joseph Till, a clayey silt to silt till. According to historical water well records
for the area, the overburden ranges between 19 and 30m thick, deepening eastward,
and is mainly fine grained except for discontinuous upper granular deposits.
The bedrock beneath the site consists of limestone and dolostone of the Detroit River
Group of Rock.
Although the overburden contains discontinuous granular deposits, historical water well
records indicate that the bedrock is the only viable contiguous aquifer in the area.
Groundwater flow will tend to follow local drainage patterns towards Lake Huron.
3.0 SUPPLEMENTARY SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION
3.1 Queen Street Borehole Evaluation:
On June 17, 2009, four exploratory boreholes were completed using a track - mounted
power auger machine equipped with solid -stem, continuous flight augers and
conventional split -spoon soil sampling equipment to characterize shallow subsurface
conditions along the Queen Street corridor east of the subdivision. The boreholes were
all completed to a depth of 4.6m, a sufficient depth to intersect underlying low
permeability silts /clays. All four of the supplementary boreholes were equipped as
monitoring wells. The locations of the 2008 and 2009 boreholes are shown on Figure
2. Complete logs of the 2009 borehole observations are included in the appendix.
Four representative soil samples were subjected to an analysis of grain size to provide
estimates of soil permeability. The following summarizes the results of the analyses:
Ian D. Wilson Associates Limited
3 Huron Ridge Subdivision - Queen St.
Sample Depth Grain -Size Distribution Estimated Coefficient
(m) of Permeability
Clay% Silt% Sand% Gravel% (cm /sec)
BH11 S1 3 0 3 51 46 4x10'
BH11 S2 4.6 35 51 14 0 10 to 10
BH13 S3 3 0 • 4 62 34 2x10
BH14 S4 1.5 17 71 12 0 5x10
Note: The above coefficients of permeability are estimates based on field observation,
grain -size analysis, experience with similar soils and guidelines published under
the Ontario Building Code. The grain size curves are included in the appendix.
Based on the observations at the four supplementary boreholes, the upper granular
deposits encountered at the boreholes within the eastern periphery of the subdivision
(BH5 and BH10) appear to extend to the Queen Street corridor, except near the
extreme northeast corner of the subdivision at BH14. Along Queen Street, the granular
deposits terminate approximately 3.5 to 3.7m below grade.
According to local topographic mapping, the slope between the Queen Street boreholes
and the boreholes along Inverlyn Crescent North /South (BH5 and BH10) is
approximately 4 to 5m. The boreholes along Inverlyn Crescent encountered the base
of the upper granular deposits at depths of 0.6 to 1.8m. Accordingly, based on the
information gathered from Boreholes 5, 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14, the base of the granular
deposits appears to slope westward approximately 2m to 3m between Queen Street and
Inverlyn Crescent.
3.2 Watertable Conditions:
Water levels were observed in the four supplementary boreholes, as well as BH1 on
July 14, 2009. The following table provides a summary of watertable observations.
Borehole/Test Pit Groundwater Level (below grade)
BH1 3.10m(January 6/09), 3.88m (July 14/09)
BH11 3.30m
B H 12 3.39m
BH13 3.21m
BH14 1.75m
Although 2009 has regionally experienced normal to greater- than - normal precipitation,
the July 2009 water levels in the Queen Street monitoring wells are unlikely to represent
Ian D. Wilson Associates Limited 4
seasonal maximum levels. It is noted that the water level in BH1 was 0.78m lower than
that observed in January, suggesting that perched groundwater levels along Queen
Street will be at least 0.7m higher than observed in July.
4.0 DISCUSSION AND OPINION
The supplementary boreholes have demonstrated that the surficial granular deposits
present within the eastern 1 /3 of the subdivision appear to extend to most of the Queen
Street corridor immediately east of the subdivision. Although the eastern limit of the
surficial deposit is not known, Quaternary geology mapping and the site setting suggest
that the deposits are unlikely to extend an appreciable distance upslope to the east.
The granular deposits along Queen Street will function to readily collect surface
drainage from the highlands to the east during snowmelt and significant precipitation
events, and the infiltrated water will quickly perch atop the underlying fine - grained clayey
silts. The base of the granular deposit slopes westward about 2m to 3m between Queen
Street and Inverlyn Crescent, and the relatively high permeability of the granular
deposits along Queen Street will promote the lateral flow of the perched water to the
lands along the west side of Queen Street and into the subdivision.
Provided that a passive drainage outlet is viable, a perforated drain installed along the
western side of Queen Street will be effective at intercepting much of the seasonally
perched groundwater moving westward along the surface of the underlying clayey silt
deposit past Queen Street. The drain will need to be installed to, or just below the
surface of the fine - grained soils (i.e. about 3.5m below current grade along Queen
Street) to be most effective. With the available information, at least 1 m of perched water
will occur in the spring, and likely more.
Because of the westward slope of the surface of the fine- grained soils, the Queen Street
drain will only be effective at draining water which infiltrates into the granular deposit
directly along Queen Street and areas east. The Queen Street drain will not be effective
at controlling direct infiltration and overland flow which occurs west of Queen Street. As
such, a passive drain along lnverlyn Crescent remains recommended.
5.0 SUMMARY
Huron Ridge Subdivision - Queen St.
1. The surficial granular deposit located within the eastern 1 /3 of the subdivision
extends eastward to at least Queen Street, except at the northeastern extremity
of the subdivision. Within the subdivision, the surficial deposit was typically less
than 2m deep, but increased in depth to about 3.5m along Queen Street. The
surficial sands are underlain by fine - grained soils.
2. Perched shallow groundwater was encountered at the base of the granular
deposits along Queen Street, and will flow along the surface of the underlying
fine grained deposit westward into the shallower sands within the subdivision.
This perched groundwater flow is likely a primary contributing factor to the
flooding concerns within the subdivision.
Ian D. Wilson Associates Limited
3. Provided that a passive drainage outlet is viable, a perforated drain installed
along the western side of Queen Street will be effective at intercepting much of
the seasonally perched groundwater moving westward along the surface of the
underlying clayey silt deposit past Queen Street. The drain will need to be
installed below a depth of 3 to 4 metres to be effective at intercepting westward
flowing perched groundwater, and should be set in clear stone.
IAN D. WILSON ASSOCIATES LIMITED
Geoffrey Rether, P.Geo.
August 5, 2009
5 Huron Ridge Subdivision - Queen St.
FIGURES AND APPENDIX
GENERAL LOCATION OF HURON
RIDGE SUBDIVISION
FIGURE 1
SCALE 1:35,000 (approx.)
II
t
i I 1 / i
I 1 — —7r1.\\ - t
I / l I il J
J x 4 9 T i ,' ` ._ I a 1 I
/ 1 1 / t -- --
- - - 9 I � 1__ -. -_y I - - -- —
f r- --..__..i / I \ t .. f ISIM CAICIl
/ H I
�1. j I
I, t r
i r(1: I
I
I y
il I
/�' \Li
BF44
INITFIN -
d N•D
1,f,a_oea Dr.
•—
•. I i ` L_—__J I
i s r / Coricej7tual ' �Stbrn - - -±
f -24113-:t l* weE,A urfic�i I
> - TT[rr j I _�� f
I I I —
}} �.. r
DDLI� I I 4 �4
I 1 i i i I I I I
• t � I F I flCtAD 1
j I ya
.Q =6
i� I I
I I I ! ; I I I - I I± -
NED. SOILS
CE 1 t
WVLNLYN..._
- -id—
I
I
I
f i I I I
I _ Lt. ; ( I C
I
ti El
I
I j j �
I 1 I Lill
I l
5171981 "7r
I I a I I I hohD I `; •
11
I graped.-
I
I BH5
i - I - _ -1t - --
r r
dnescel1 !Infirm r
1
I 1
I / I I 11
I i \ Ill I I 1 ,
Ilk
I
i Conceptual western
I s limit of eastern surficial
(sands
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LOCATIONS OF 2008 and 2009 TEST
PITS /BOREHOLES AND GENERAL
DISTRIBUTION OF SOIL PROFILES
HURON RIDGE SUBDIVISION
FIGURE 2
SCALE 1:4,000 (approx.)
ti
BH12
Municipality of
Kinard ne
Huron Ridge Subdlvirlon
Contract No. Project No.
sore Drawing No.
mama: r 790'
— — — — 101111 — — — — MI MI
BOREHOLE LOGS Completed June 17. 2009
BOREHOLE DEPTH (ml MATERIALS
BH11 0 - 0.1 brown TOPSOIL
0.1 - 3.7 light brown, loose, dry to wet SAND with traces of silt, gravelly
below 2.4m
3.7 - 4.6 grey, dense, dry clayey SILT with some fine sand
BH12 0 - 0.1 brown TOPSOIL
0.1 - 3.5 light brown, loose, dry to wet SAND with traces of silt, gravelly
below 3.0m
3.5 - 4.6 brown to grey, dense, dry clayey SILT with some fine sand
5cm diameter PVC monitoring well installed with 1.5m length of #10
PVC well screen set to base of borehole. Installed as flush- mount.
Water level 3.30m below grade, July 14, 2009.
Sample 1 - 3:0m
Clay - 0%
Silt - 3%
Sand - 51%
Gravel - 46%
Sample 2 - 4.6m
Clay - 35%
Silt - 51%
Sand - 14%
Gravel - 0%
5cm diameter PVC monitoring well installed with 1.5m length of #10
PVC well screen set to 4.4m. Installed as flush- mount.
Water level 3.39m below grade, July 14, 2009.
Ian D. Wilson Associates Limited
BOREHOLE LOGS
BOREHOLE DEPTH (ml MATERIALS
BH13 0 - 0.1 brown TOPSOIL
0.1 - 3.3 light brown, loose, dry to wet SAND with traces of silt, gravelly
below 2.5m
3.3 - 3.7 brown, soft, wet SILT with some clay and fine sand
3.7 - 4.6 grey, dense, dry clayey SILT with some fine sand
•
2
Completed June 17. 2009
5cm diameter PVC monitoring well installed with 1.5m length of #10
PVC well screen set to 4.3m. Installed as flush - mount.
Water level 3.21 m below grade, July 14, 2009.
Sample 3 - 3.0m
Clay - 0%
Silt - 4%
Sand - 62%
Gravel - 34%
BH14 0 - 1.5 FILL, mix of sand, silt and topsoil
1.5 - 1.8 brown, soft, wet SILT with some clay and fine sand
1.8 - 4.6 grey, dense, dry clayey SILT with some fine sand
5cm diameter PVC monitoring well installed with 1.5m length of #10
PVC well screen set to 3.0m. Installed as flush- mount.
Water level 1.75m below grade, July 14, 2009.
Sample 4 - 3.0m
Clay - 17%
Silt - 71%
Sand - 12%
Gravel - 0%
— f — — — I— •i-- — I— — I-
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
PROJECT /SAMPLE Huron Ridge Subdivision - BH1 1
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS `
0
0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1
CLAY SIZE
SILT SIZE
GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION CHART
DATE
'SIEVE NUMBER (US STANDARD SIEVE SIZES)
200 110 I 60 40 20 1) 4
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETRES
SAND SIZE
1
IAN D. WILSON ASSOCIATES LIMITED
10
GRAVEL SIZE
100
0
10
— 20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
COBBLE
SIZE
100
90
GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION CHART
I PROJECT /SAMPLE Huron Ridge Subdivision - BH13 and 14
80 7 J 20
70 / / / 30
60 40
Cr //' �
50 = / -- -- - - -- 50
40 60
30 70
20 - - - -- - - - -- 80
10 - - - - - -- 90
0
0.0001
CLAY SIZE
HYDROMETER ANALYSIS I SIEVE NUMBER (US STANDARD SIEVE SIZES)
200 100 0
2I 1
0.001
0.01
SILT SIZE
0.1
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETRES
SAND SIZE
IAN D. WILSON ASSOCIATES LIMITED
DATE
10
GRAVEL SIZE
0
10
100
100
COBBLE
SIZE
• ' — — —
1
• . • Ministry of
Aro - the Environment 4 - ; Well Tan-110. r 4 04'7894 v) Well Record
... .... : . • .
Re 903 Ontario Wear Resources ict
' I
,vents recorded id:. 0 Metric 0 Imperial ' •:.
' O
I:4
Page / of i
eirit Name _ . - AlLaskName / Organization
-4,1341f010310.4.111,4405akitnItgaltriilnagtilig,arg
1 i 1.., Al le t Pitt..17 64 I K i AI C 1 i\IE-4 • , . :
1
„, r by Well Owner
mail Address
0 Well Constructed
Mailin Address)Street. umber/Name)
i • f? t.,) 17 f.clpality Province ,, Postal Code ..,,,./ ITejephAetWrie. area 994e) ^i
A74/2/AI 1 ay. AtivFca.y.Af-
Well 1gi4itailitrweizaitiv-4,-Anigigavoinatolefigmatemotygrixonsionansmaggaggagiosmom
Address of Well Location (Street Number/ ame ' ' Tpwrship , I Lot r I Concessipn
(.,4 kii ( 'e VI 7'S ' tree C i tri 11F, i::70 r (. Al C
lage i 1 Province
Countypisfrict/MunIcipality ____—, t. City/Town/Vil Postal Code
g../. (4 ('v7 Ontario HMI
UTM Coordinates Zone , tasting _ _ , Northing _ .,..., Municipal
in and Sublet Number Other
NAD 1813 i 111 lb 'V 1 4
og000totoogiot oNowiligookgookmirkiiii.Riowrstogyorwordivotooswono.immigeardvsmoviodo mme g maggqii r s'
: -
General Colour I Most Common Material I , 0 her Materials
f it flPfik 'c 6.1,iscal I 4c /1
•,,,
! . •
I Depth
General Description (no/it) I From I To
/ jot% (.0_ I 0
0 , -g. ffl 1 I / I i ( (, c
I -
1 . H
- ■
I
t t I I '
I
01 ek..i LI tAkki s "I .•.I -
. I
I • • I i
ip-.1.-„8.1,-,,,p7.,...,0,,,,m4,...,AE::-Atritia&trg.co:040.6:01.2sigromonismiritstel tramiguirokomomminolair4giormr9Y-ww
Depth S#Lat (miff) Type of Sealant Used '
Draw Down '
From I To - iMeterial end Type) I // Volume Rimed - ! Met test of well yield, vvaterwas: Recovery .
..(m - I 0 Clear and sand free Time WaterLevel Time
0 I II IWA-0All' IN'''' CktOSI q 0 Other
- edify
I
(min) . (mat) (min)
9f I i :5 r
. I .
- i Pump intake set at (m/)
ttg10:0_.$:f tiiikKaill.ffffaitifgigglintilrAINWERMAWIRRISSTINKI r umPing rate "'in / GPM)
0 Cable Tool 0 Diamond 0 Public 0 0ommercial , 0 Not used I
Jatfotery (Conventional) 0 Jetting 0 Domestic -0 MuniCipal .0 Dewat-ering Duration of pumping
0 Rotary (Reverse) 0 Driving
0 Livestock 0 Test Hole , -- :)7*oriltaring I _ hrs + min
0 Boring ICI Digging
0Air percussion - . 0 Industrial .
0 Other, speci6 - t -
0 lirigatibri Et COriiinig, Air conditioning' " - I Final wafer level end or pumping On//r)
. 0 Other:..specly i r. - .. - ....- . :,...4,,-.:-.*".:-.:-,..,-.*-,. . :
I it flo give rate (Uinin:/..GpM
(Galvanized, Fibrlass,- •
1 Depth OnAll 0 Water Supply I Recommended pump):
side Open Hole OR
• Diameter frig) Concrete, Plastic, eg S Thickness teel) kmr, From To 0 Replacement Well
rttliaN(k:e44101M5OffrrEtiat f.M.V. ustuda
In Malarial Wall
I u)( ta Well
' 1 0 Test Hole
P 1,•., t 0 Recharge Recommended pup rate
kmin / GPM) /
DewaterIng Weil
I lECrabservalion and/or I 40
1 6°I
I 60 I
- I
• -
141 P 4 g - NWPAAMVOOliget.61 1 001405406'.:710K091§E1440
ia
Outside
,
Material
Slot No. Depth (m/lt)
D
(cm meter (Plastic, Galvanized Steel) From I To
-, I ( I t
I .:1 I I.
Water found at Depth Kind of Water: ['Fresh 0 Untested Depth (m/ft) Diameter
I From To lart4r0
(m/ft) ['Gas 0 Other, specify
found at Depth (Kind of Water: ID Fresh 0 Untested
Water found at Depth I Kind of Water: OFresh ['Untested
[' (
0Gas1 Other, speci6t
1WirMiF;f deajW9itgAtitegrA01100,111T.§:fialgilbliffigtOMMIIMMill
L4 ( )K1 .S L_ Wej Conlraala/s Licence No.
(mW) 0Gas 00ther, specify
Business Name of 141Contractor:. _
BuffrAss Ad (Street Number/Name) • Punicipality I Comments:
(
Province Postal Code 'Business E-mail Address
( lArina 11:.66
Busyelegghone No, ((nc. area rode) awe of Well T nIcian (Last Name, First Na t e)
'W C i f -6 10 . 10A0 1
Well Techrifejan's Ljr.pnm 6 Tijarlciensdt Date Submlyeq
I I 6.1 •-t1 - ,I•:140916.1Joi
0511fiF 17rInn,
0 Abandoned:other,
0 Other, Specify
t akt70.11.3.
7
t If pumping discontinued, give reason] SLetavtal
I 0 Alteration
(Construction) Disinfected?
Mongering Hole Well productlyn (t/min / GPM) :00
0 Abandoned 0 Yes ID No 60
Insufficient Supply - - - - - -
D Ab p . galbattigiga Wage M nag 86PateCVM T4411
Water duality Please provide map below following insktichens on the back.
.„.
4
- - -•
&Ate/
. r
IP fel iff
•.
Well owner's 1
package Date Package Delivered
information
delivered YIYIY IY [mimic)! D
Date Work Completed
[ TI N° 1 ra(116-:,/1
Yes
I 1/
2 AI
3 I 3 I
4
5 / 6
I
251 I .251 I .
30 I I
30j
Water Levy
(n
(net)
lo I .
II i p
20 .- 1 " A;'1
th (mitt)
frAgilkilftV.1 gfirfari
sit
Ref. No. 320006181496
1 of 2
Aon Reed Stenhouse Inc.
255 Queens Avenue
One London Place
Suite 1400
London ON N6A 5R8
tel 519 - 433 -3441 fax 519 -433 -3853
Municipality of Kincardine
475 Concession 5,
RR #5
Kincardine, ON N2Z 2X6
Insurance as described herein has been arranged on behalf of the Insured named herein under the following policy(ies) and as more fully described
by the terms, conditions, exclusions and provisions contained in the said policy(ies) and any endorsements attached thereto.
Insured
Coores Construction Inc.
771 Chester Street
Sarnia, ON N7S 5N2
Coverage
Commercial General Liability Insurer Royal & Sun Alliance Ins Co of Canada
Policy #
Effective
Limits of Liability
Contractors Equipment Floater
Policy #
Effective
C0M035847703
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
Re: Municipality of Kincardine
2010 Street Reconstruction
Contract No. 09071
18- Apr -2010 Expiry 18-Apr-2011
Bodily Injury & Property Damage, Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products and Completed Operations, Aggregate $1,000,000
Non -Owned Automobile Liability $1,000,000
Legal Liability for Damage to Hired Automobiles $50,000
Policy may be subject to a general aggregate and other aggregates where applicable
Insurer Royal & Sun Alliance Ins Co of Canada
C0M035847703
18- Apr -2010 Expiry 18- Apr -2011
Perils Insured Any One Occurrence $1,380,147
THE POLICY CONTAINS A CLAUSE THAT MAY LIMIT THE AMOUNT PAYABLE
OR, IN THE CASE OF AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE,
THE POLICY CONTAINS A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF LOSS CLAUSE
Acw
Ref. No 320006181496
2 of 2
Umbrella Liability
Automobile Owners Form
Policy #
Dated : 15 -June -2010
Issued By :
Tel:
Insurer
Policy # COM035847703
Effective 18- Apr -2010 Expiry 18- Apr -2011
Limits of Liability Each Occurrence $4,000,000
Policy may be subject to a general aggregate and other aggregates where applicable
Effective
Limits of Liability
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
Royal & Sun Alliance Ins Co of Canada
Insurer Economical Mutual Insurance Company
6312582
18- Apr -2010 Expiry 18-Apr -2011
Third Party Liability - OA.P.1$1,000,000
Additional insured
Only with respect to the above and arising out of the Named Insured's operations are the following name(s) added to the policy
as Additional Insured(s). The policy limits are not increased by the addition of such Additional Insured(s) and remain as stated
in this Certificate.
Municipality of Kincardine & B.M. Ross and Associates Limited to the extent of coverage required by written contract or written
agreement between the Named Insured and Additional Insured with respect to Commercial General Liability
THIS CERTIFICATE CONSTITUTES A STATEMENT OF THE FACTS AS OF THE DATE OF ISSUANCE AND ARE SO
REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED ONLY TO Municipality of Kincardine. OTHER PERSONS RELYING ON THIS
CERTIFICATE DO SO AT THEIR OWN RISK.
Reed Stenhouse Inc.
THE POLICY CONTAINS A CLAUSE THAT MAY LIMIT THE AMOUNT PAYABLE
OR, IN THE CASE OF AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE,
THE POLICY CONTAINS A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF LOSS CLAUSE
MN
CONTRACTOR
L'ENTREPRENEUR
200 Front Street West Telephone: Certificate of Clearance
(416) 344-1012 Certificate de d8charge
Toronto ON U5V 3J 1
"'� CONSTRUCTION CUNT, n�.,. :T_IGN INC
771 CHESTER ST
SARNIA
N7S 5N2
ON
THIS CERTIFICATE IS VALID FOR ALL CONTRACTS OF
THE NAMED CONTRACTOR DURING THE EFFECTIVE PERIOD
The Workplace Safety anc Insurance Board , WSIB)
rlereby waives its rights urder Section 141 oot the
Workplace Safety and Insurance Act to Hold the
Principal, that is n a contractual agreement with the
Contractor named, liable for any Section 141 liability
of the Contractor for premiums and levies or the
WSIB owing now or within 60 days from the date of
this Certificate.
Par la presente, Is Commission de la secants
professionnelle or de ?assurance contra ies accidents
du travail (CSPAAT) renonce a:rx droits qui la' sent
conferes en vertu de Particle 141 de Is tot sur la
securite protessionneNe et !assurance centre les
accidents du travail at qui fautonsent a tenir
?entrepreneur principal. qui a signs une entente
contractuelle avec ?entrepreneur dont le nom figurs
sur le present certiflcat. responsable du paiement
de torte prime or: de toute somme qua Pentrepreneur
est tenu de verser a la CSPAAT rmmediaiament or
dans les 60 fours suivant la date,nciquee sur ce
certiticat.
SE PRESENT CERTIFICAT EST VALIDE POUR TOUS LES CONTRATS PASSES PAR
LEDIS ENTREPRENEUR PENDANT LA PERIODS, D'APPLICATION DU CERTIFICAT
Account No 111t de r.ompte
1774479
Valid on_,yt when signed ey an authorized Officer at the 'JJS!B.
Mon _varge sans to srgnarure d'un agerrrautcr's8 de le CSPAA
RateTaux Description Rater Tet,x
4122000 WATERWORKS AND SEW 421400; EXCAVATING AND GRA
4.5640&G DRY ,E MATERIALS
Contract, Description. Desctipticn du contrat
Firm No.t N' d'entrepnse
753112
Contact the WSIB if you question the validly of this document
VoLillaz corrrnuniquer avec 19 CSPAAT si s,.ue deutaz dale vatia;YB du pr ®sent document.
0191?C (3710d)
Description
Certificate No. l Wee cerhhcat
20412(0:2
151 23 4412 42
THE SOVEREIGN
GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY
No: 88 -25406
Coores Construction Inc. as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and Sovereign General Insurance Company
a corporation created and existing under the laws of Canada and duly authorized to transact the business of Suretyship
in Canada as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto The Corporation of the
Municipality of Kincardine as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the amount of One Million, Five Hundred
Sixty - Four Thousand, Five Hundred and Eighty - Eight Dollars and Forty - Six Cents ($1,564,588.46) lawful
money of Canada, for the payment of which sum the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally.
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a written contract with the Obligee, dated the 26th of May, 2010, for
2010 Street Reconstruction, Contract No. 09071
hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
The condition of this obligation is such that if the Principal shall promptly and faithfully perform the Contract then this
obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
Whenever the Principal shall be, and declared by the Obligee to be, in default under the Contract, the Obligee having
performed the Obligee's obligations thereunder, the Surety shall promptly:
(1) remedy the default, or;
(2) complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions or;
(3) obtain a bid or bids for submission to the Obligee for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and
conditions and upon determination by the Obligee and the Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a
contract between such bidder and the Obligee and make available as work progresses (even though there should be
a default, or a succession of defaults, under the contract or contracts of completion, arranged under this paragraph)
sufficient funds to pay to complete the Principal's obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
Contract and to pay those expenses incurred by the Obligee as a result of the Principal's default relating directly to
the performance of the work under the Contract, less the balance of the Contract price; but not exceeding the Bond
Amount. The balance of the Contract price is the total amount payable by the Obligee to the Principal under the
Contract, less the amount properly paid by the Obligee to the Principal, or;
(4) pay the Obligee the lesser of (1) the Bond Amount or (2) the Obligee's proposed cost of completion, less the
balance of Contract price.
It is a condition of this bond that any suit or action must be commenced before the expiration of two (2) years from the
earlier of (1) the date of Substantial Performance of the Contract as defined in the lien legislation where the work under
the Contract is taking place, or if no such definition exists, the date when the work is ready for use or is being used for
the purpose intended, or (2) the date on which the Principal is declared in default by the Obligee.
The Surety shall not be liable for a greater sum than the Bond Amount.
No right of action shall accrue on this Bond, to or for the use of, any person or corporation other than the Obligee
named herein, or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of the Obligee.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have Signed and Sealed this bond dated 10th
day of June, in the year of 2010.
SIGNED and SEALED
in the presence of
PERFORMANCE BOND
Witness as to Principal --"' Principal
Sovereigg.�eneyal nce Company
William Harshaw, Atfiney - in - fact
Bond Amount: $ 1,564,588.46
,-'-- Co;, Construction Inc.
Endorsed by — CCDC 221 CCDC 221— 2002 has been approved by The Surety Association of Canada
(Jan. 2003 — Performance Bond CCA - Standard)
THE SOVEREIGN
No: 88 -25406
GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY
LABOUR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
(Trustee Form)
Coores Construction Inc. as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and Sovereign General Insurance Company
a corporation created and existing under the laws of Canada and duly authorized to transact the business of Suretyship
in Canada as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto The Corporation of The
Municipality of Kincardine as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the amount of Seven Hundred Eighty - Two
Thousand, Two Hundred and Ninety - Four Dollars and Twenty - Three Cents ($782,294.23) lawful money of
Canada, for the payment of which sum the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally.
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a written contract with the Obligee, dated 26th day of May, in the year
2010, for
2010 Street Reconstruction, Contract No. 09071
Bond Amount: $782,294.23
in accordance with the Contract Documents submitted, and which are by reference made part hereof and are
hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
The condition of this obligation is such that, if the Principal shall make payment to all Claimants for all labour and
material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, then this obligation shall be null and
void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions:
1. A Claimant for the purpose of this Bond is defined as one having a direct contract with the Principal for labour,
material, or both, used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, labour and material being
construed to include that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment
directly applicable to the Contract provided that a person, firm or corporation who rents equipment to the Principal
to be used in the performance of the Contract under a contract which provides that all or any part of the rent is to
be applied towards the purchase price thereof, shall only be a Claimant to the extent the prevailing industrial rental
value of such equipment for the period during which the equipment was used in the performance of the Contract.
The prevailing industrial rental value of equipment shall be determined, insofar as it is practical to do so, by the
prevailing rates in the equipment marketplace in which the work is taking place.
2. The Principal and the Surety, hereby jointly and severally agree with the Obligee, as Trustee, that every Claimant
who has not been paid as provided for under the terms of his contract with the Principal, before the expiration of a
period of ninety (90) days after the date on which the last of such Claimant's work or labour was done or
performed or materials were furnished by such Claimant, may as a beneficiary of the trust herein provided for, sue
on this Bond, prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may by justly due to such Claimant
under the terms of his contract with the Principal and have execution thereon. Provided that the Obligee is not
obliged to do or take any act, action or proceeding against the Surety on behalf of the Claimants, or any of them, to
enforce the provisions of this Bond. If any act, action or proceeding is taken either in the name of the Obligee or by
joining the Obligee as a party to such proceeding, then such act, action or proceeding, shall be taken on the
understanding and basis that the Claimants or any of them who take such act, action or proceeding shall indemnify
and save harmless the Obligee against all costs, charges and expenses or liabilities incurred thereon and any loss or
damage resulting to the Obligee by reason thereof. Provided still further that, subject to the foregoing terms and
conditions, the Claimants, or any of them, may use the name of the Obligee to sue on and enforce the provisions of
this Bond.
3. It is a condition precedent to the liability of the Surety under this Bond that such Claimant shall have given
written notice as hereinafter set forth to each of the Principal, the Surety and the Obligee, stating with
substantial accuracy the amount claimed, and that such Claimant shall have brought suit or action in accordance
with this Bond, as set out in sub - clauses 3 (b) and 3 (c) below, Accordingly, no suit or action shall be
commenced hereunder by any Claimant:
a) unless such notice shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail to the Principal, the Surety and
the Obligee, at any place where an office is regularly maintained for the transaction of business by such
persons or served in any manner in which legal process may be served in the Province or Territory in which
the subject matter of the Contract is located. Such notice shall be given.
i.) in respect of any claim for the amount or any portion thereof, required to be held back from the Claimant
by the Principal, under either the terms of the Claimant's contract with the Principal, or under the lien
Legislation applicable to the Claimant's contract with the Principal, whichever is the greater, within one
hundred and twenty (120) days after such Claimant should have been paid in full under the Claimant's
contract with the Principal;
Endorsed by — CCDC 221 CCDC 221— 2002 has been approved by The Surety Association of Canada
(Jan. 2003 — Performance L&M Payment CCA - Standard)
-4 THE +�
SOVEREIGN
GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY
ii.) in respect of any claim other than for the holdback, or portion thereof, referred to above, within one
hundred and twenty (120) days after the date upon which such Claimant did, or performed, the last of the
work or labour or furnished the last of the materials for which such claim is made under the Claimant's
contract with the Principal;
b) after the expiration of one (1) year following the date on which the Principal ceased work on the Contract,
including work performed under the guarantees provided in the Contract;
c) other than in a Court of competent jurisdiction in the Province or Territory in which the work described in the
Contract is to be installed or delivered as the case may be and not elsewhere, and the parties hereto agree to
submit to the jurisdiction of such Court
4. The Surety agrees not to take advantage of Article 2365 of the Civil Code of the Province of Quebec in the event
that, by an act or an omission of a Claimant, the Surety can no longer be subrogated in the rights, hypothec and
privileges of said Claimant.
5. Any material change in the contract between the Principal and the Obligee shall not prejudice the rights or interest
of any Claimant under this Bond, who is not instrumental in bringing about or has not caused such change.
6. The amount of this Bond shall be reduced by, and to the extent of any payment or payments made in good faith,
and in accordance with the provisions hereof, inclusive of the payment by the Surety of claims made under the
applicable lien legislation or legislation relating to legal hypothecs, whether or not such claim is presented under
and against this Bond.
7. The Surety shall not be liable for a greater sum than the Bond Amount.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have Signed and Sealed this bond dated 10th day of June, in
the year 2010.
SIGNED and SEALED
in the presence of
nstruction Inc.
kill �u ,
ea—
Witness as to Principal --'—'
Endorsed by— CCDC 221
(Jan. 2003 — Performance L&M Payment CCA - Standard)
William Harshaw, Attomey - - fact
Principal
CCDC 221— 2002 has been approved by The Surety Association of Canada